X 
 
 \. Civ 
 
 IN MEMQmAJk 
 Albin Putzker 
 
 vy I-53 
 
 Jj 
 
6^ /^^£t^ 
 
Digitized by the Internet Archive 
 
 in 2008 with funding from 
 
 IVIicrosoft Corporation 
 
 http://www.archive.org/details/bookofballadsongOOwagnrich 
 
ipiit ipwss Smts.'"' ""'■' 
 
 BOOK OF BALLADS'" 
 
 ON 
 
 GERMAN HISTORY. 
 
 ARRANGED AND ANNOTATED 
 
 WILHELM WAGNER, Ph.D. 
 
 PROFESSOR AT THE JOHANNEUM, HAMBURG. 
 
 EDITED FOR THE SYNDICS OF THE UNIVERSITY PRESS. 
 
 Ctamftrflrgc : 
 
 AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS. 
 
 ilonUon: CAMBRIDGE WAREHOUSE, 17, Paternoster Row. 
 CaminritJflr. DEIGHTON, BELL, AND CO. 
 
 1877 
 
Camtrttigc: 
 
 rRINTED BY C. J. CLAY, M.A.. 
 AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS. 
 
PREFACE. 
 
 The present Collection of Ballads on German 
 History is an attempt to combine the study of 
 German poetry with the history of the country. 
 The Ballads have been arranged in chronological 
 order, so as to form a series of historical poems 
 from the earliest times down to the latest events. 
 It is hoped that the plan of this work and the 
 selection itself will meet with the approbation of 
 experienced teachers. Not a little labour has been 
 bestowed upon the commentary, in which both the 
 subject-matter and the linguistic peculiarities of the 
 ballads have been carefully elucidated. Besides the 
 works referred to in the notes, the Editor has to 
 acknowledge his obligations to the excellent col- 
 lection edited by his colleague Dr Juhus Bintz 
 {Ausgewdhlte Gedichte geschichtlichen Inhalts, Leip- 
 zig, Teubner). He also begs to record his thanks 
 
iv PREFACE, 
 
 to the learned editor of The Missing Fragment of 
 the Latin translation of the Fourth Book of Ezra, 
 Mr R. L. Bensly, to whom he owes many valu- 
 able hints and suggestions. 
 
 Hamburg, November, 1876. 
 
CONTENTS. 
 
 9. 
 10. 
 II. 
 12. 
 13. 
 14. 
 15. 
 16. 
 
 17. 
 18. 
 
 19- 
 
 20. 
 21. 
 22. 
 23- 
 
 2)a0 ®raB im S3ufento (410) 
 ©d^Iad^t 6ei Bulpid^ (496) . 
 ©elimer (534) . 
 ^ipin ber t^urgc (752) . 
 Oiclanb ©(^ilbtrdgcr . 
 ^k ©age wen SSittefinb (785) 
 Subirig be^ Si^omnten ^ob (840) . 
 §einrtc^ bcr ginfler (919) . 
 ^aifer Dtto I. (942) , , , 
 ^laglieb ^aifer Dttc^ III. (1002) 
 ^aifer ^eintid) II. (1002- 1024) . 
 $Die SBeiBer »cn SQBcfnoBerg (i 140) 
 (S(^tt?dbif(^c t^unbc (1190) . 
 SBarBarcffa 
 
 ^cntg ©njio'g ^cb (1272) , 
 $r)er ®raf i)on §aBeBurg (1273) . 
 ^aifer (Rubclf^ Olitt junt ©rabe 
 
 (1291) 
 
 ^er Sanbgraf »cn Xpringcn 
 
 (1307) 
 
 2)ie ©d)Ia(^t Bei Oieutlingen (1377) 
 2)er reid^ftc giitft (1495) 
 ^aifer 3)Jar ju Sornt^ (149 5) 
 Sutler uttb Stunb^berg ( 1 5 2 1 ) 
 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Platen . 
 
 I 
 
 SiMROCK . 
 
 2 
 
 KOPTSCH . 
 
 3 
 
 Baur 
 
 4 
 
 Uhland . 
 
 8 
 
 Platen . 
 
 J5 
 
 A. V. Stoltf.rfoth 
 
 18 
 
 VOGL 
 
 21 
 
 H. V. MiJHLER . 
 
 22 
 
 Platen 
 
 24 
 
 Schwab . 
 
 27 
 
 Chamisso . 
 
 29 
 
 Uhland . 
 
 30 
 
 RUCKERT . 
 
 32 
 
 Uhland . . 
 
 33 
 
 Zimmerman N ,. 
 
 . 37 
 
 Schiller . 
 
 41 
 
 Kerner . 
 
 45 
 
 Menzel . 
 
 . 43 
 
 Uhland . 
 
 . 50 
 
 Kerner , 
 
 . 53 
 
 A. Grun . 
 
 ► 54 
 
 Hagenbach 
 
 . 57 
 
vi CONTENTS. 
 
 PAGE 
 
 24. ^aifer ^arl <xxi Sut^er^ ©tab 
 
 (1547) Hagenbach . . 59 
 
 25. ^er pilgrim i)cr (St. Suj^ (1557) , Platen . . . 60 
 
 26. SSaflenfieitnjor ©tralfunb (1629). F. GuNTHER . 60 
 
 27. ge^rBefUn (1675) • • • Minding . . 64 
 
 28. „$nn§ dugen, ber eble O^itter" 
 
 (1717) Freiligrath . . 67 
 
 29. $rinj ©ugeniu^, ber ebtc Oiitter . Vo Iks lied . . .68 
 
 30. 2)er (S^oral »cn Seutr^cn (1757) . Besser . . . 70 
 
 31. S)er ^cnig unb ber 2)2u[(er . . Curtmann . . 72 
 
 32. 5Der alte Siet^en .... Fontane . . . jt, 
 
 33. 2)a^ Sieb »cn @d^i(( (1809) . . Arndt ... 74 
 
 34. §ofer^ ^cb (18 10) . , , Mosen . . .77 
 
 35. 3)er ^rcm|)eter an ber ,^a^Ba^ 
 
 (1813) Mosen . . . 78 
 
 36. 2)a^ Sieb worn lyelbntarfc^aK (181 3) Arndt . . .80 
 
 37. £u|ch?'^ it)ilbe3agb (1813) . . Korner ... 81 
 
 38. Sluf Sc^arn^^orj^'^ Jlob (1813) . Schenkendorf . 83 
 
 39. S3(ud^er avx Oi^ein (18 13) . . Kopisch ... 85 
 
 40. 2)ie ^Q.^i ^m ^^txn . . . Schneckenburger . 85 
 
 41. 5Die (S^lad^tijcr 3D^e§ (1870) . Dohm . . .87 
 
 42. ^aifer i?cn S)eutfci^lanb ! S>id^ gruft 
 
 ttteinSieb! (1871) . . . Elze . . . 89 
 
 Notes ,. 91 
 
 Notes on the Authors . 153 
 
BALLADS ON GERMAN HISTORY. 
 
 (410) 
 S^ac^tlic^ am Sufento li^peln, M Sofenja, l}UttH)fe Sieber, 
 Stu^ ben SBaffern [c^aHt e^ Slntwort unb in SBirbeln flingt 
 
 e^ tt)ieber! 
 Unb ben gluf f)inauf — f)inunter — 3ief)n bie ©(fatten 
 
 ta:pfrer @ot^m, 
 2)ie ben Sllaric^ beii)eineft, it)re6 9SoIfe6 beften S^obten. 
 SlU^ufruf) unb fern ber »^eimat mupten fie if)n £)ier be- 
 
 graben, 5 
 
 2Baf)renb no($ bie Sugenbtocfen feine (Sc^utter blonb umgaben, 
 Unb am Ufer be6 Sufento reifjten fie fi($ um bie SBette; 
 Um bie Stromung ab^uteiten, gruben fie ein frifc^e^ ^dk. 
 3n ber n)ogenleeren »&M)(ung tt)uf)lten fie empor bk (Srbe, 
 ©enften tief f)inein ben Seic^nam mit ber 5iuftung auf bem 
 
 $ferbe, 10 
 
 2)edten bann mit Srbe n)ieber if)n unb feine ftolje ^abc, 
 2)a^ bie ^of)en Stromgett^ac^fe n)uc^fen au6 bem ^elbengrabe. 
 Slbgelenft ^um jtDeitenmale, n^arb ber g(uf f)erbeige5ogen; 
 SMac^tig in if)r alte^ S3ette fc^aumten bie 35ufentott)ogen. 
 Unb e6 fang ein Sf)or ^on SJiannern: „®^taf in beinen 
 
 ^elbene^ren, 15 
 
7;ijia(i)t bei 3u(pi^. 
 
 ^c'mf, St{omx§: H^xibbz ^vtbfuc^t [oH Mr je bein ®rab 
 
 @angen'^, unb bie Sobgefange tonten fort im @otf)enf)eere! 
 SGalse fie, Sufenton^eKe, n^al^e fie t>on SKeer ju 9Jleere. 
 
 5lugii|t ®raf tton platen. 
 
 (496) 
 6f)(obei\)ig, ber granfenfonig, faf) in 3u(pi^^ ^ei^er Sc^(acl;t, 
 2)a^ bie Sllemannen fiegten burc^ ber SSolf^^af)! Uebermad^t. 
 ^^lo^Uc^ au^ be6 5£am))f^ ©ebrange \)cU er fid^ auf ftoljem 
 
 3tof, 
 llnti man fat) if)n f)err(ic^ ragen ^or ben ©b(en, t>or bem 3!rof . 
 SSeibe 2lrme, beibe Ȥanbe f)alt er f)Oc^ empor jum Sc^mur, s 
 3iuft mit feiner (Sifenftimme, bap e^ burd^ bie dMtjtn ful}r : 
 ., ®ott ber Sf)riften, @ott am i^reuje, @ott, ben mein ©emaM 
 
 t>erel)rt, 
 So bu bift ein @ott ber <Si)la^tcn, ber im @c[;recfen nieberr 
 
 fa[)rt, 
 ^ilf mir biefe6 SSoIf be^itjingen, gib ben ©ieg in meine ^anl), 
 2)af ber ^ranfen 9Jtac^t erfennen mup be^ St^ein^, bc$ 
 
 9tecfar6 ©tranb! 10 
 
 ©ief), fo n)iU {($ an bid^ glauben, iJird^en unb JfapeKen bau'n, 
 Unb bie eblen Sranten Iel)ren, feinem @ott a(^ bir t^ertrau'n." 
 6!prad^ e6, unb au6 SBolfen leud^tenb brid^t ber 6onne t^oWer 
 
 ©tra^I, 
 grifd^er ^Jxiti) belebt bie ^erjen, fuHt be6 f^n^a^en ^auflein^ 
 
 . 3af)l. 
 6[)lobn)ig felbft ergriff ba^ SSanner, trug c6 in ber geinbe 
 
 3teif)^n, 15 
 
®e(imer. 3 
 
 Hub Me granfen [ie9c^mutf)ig ftilr^en iaui^^cnb tjinterbrein ; 
 (3($re(f ergreift ber geinbe 9totten, fcige it)enben [ie unb flief)n, 
 2(11 if)r ^rieg6ruf)m ift ertofc^en, if)re SKac^t unb greif)eit f)in. 
 Jlonig Sf)(obn)ig lic^ [id^ taufen, unb [ein eble^ SSoK a^^gleic^, 
 Unb ^or alien beutfc^en Stammen mac^tig tt^arb ber granfen 
 9tci(^. 20 
 
 JJarl ©tmrocf 
 
 (534) 
 2So ift bein 9{ei(^, ©etimer, 
 2)a^ grofe 93anbatenrei($ ? 
 S)ein 'Seer, e^ ixxt jerftreut umt)ev; 
 SBo flief)ft bu ^in [0 bteic^? 
 
 Unb ate er ju ben SKaurufiern fam, 5 
 
 2)ie l)atten nic^t 33rob, nid^t SEein, 
 SBie man bie 2lel)re t>om gelbe nal)m, 
 ©0. mu^te fie ^pdk fcin. 
 
 2luf einem S3erge n)of)net er, 
 
 2)a lt>ar an SBaffer 9lott), 10 
 
 2luc^ nat)ete ber ©riec^en ^eer 
 
 Unb brof)te ring^ mit Zo\). 
 
 Unb einen Soten fanbf er l)in 
 
 Sum geinb, ate naf) er fam, 
 
 Unb hat urn eine 2aute if)n, 15 
 
 Um Srob unb einen Sd^tr^amm. 
 
 $^ara6, be^ ^cm^ ^ukx, fragt: 
 ,, Sonft fprac^ er nic^t^ babei? 
 
©elimer. 
 
 (Sr foil fie ^abcn, ahct fagt : 
 
 SBo^^u n)itl er Me Drei?" 20 
 
 2)a6 Srob n)ia ejfen ©elimer, 
 SBeit feine^ er gefefin, 
 ©eitbem mit n)unben gupen er 
 3n Me Serge mufte get)n. 
 
 2)en ©d^njamm mit SSaffer tr>ill er i)an 25 
 
 3u ti^af^en Me Slugen fein: 
 
 ® fam fc^on lange fein SBaffer baran 
 
 211^ feine Xijxamn allein. 
 
 !l)ie Saute foil ein S^roft if)m fein 
 
 3n Mefer fc^n^eren 3^it, 30 
 
 2)rauf n)ill er fpielen unb fingen barein 
 
 ©in 8ieb t)on feinem 8eib. 
 
 (752) 
 
 5Pi^in ber 5Eur^e n)ar ni($t grof, 
 2)od^ ifarte be6 ©rofett SSater, 
 3n aller SBeife fef)terto^, 
 Sin treuer SSolf^kratfjer, 
 
 2)er befte Ȥelb im granfenreid^, 
 2)er ifird^e aBo{)tgefanen, 
 2ln aBei^f)eit nur fid^ fel6er flteid^, 
 2ln 2;ai3ferfeit »or SlUen. 
 
^ipin btx £urje. 5 
 
 3Bar mrf;t geboren auf bem 3:f)ron, 
 
 2)oc^ fur ben 3if)ron geboren; 10 
 
 3um t^errfc^er n)ar be^ §ammer6 ®of)n 
 
 aSon (Sotted ®nab' erforen. 
 
 5Pa:pft 3ci^^na6 frrac^ bie^ SBort: 
 
 „!I)e^ £omg6 SBitrb' unb 9lamen 
 
 @ebut)rt ber SSolfer ftarfem §ort!" 15 
 
 Unb alle SBelt frra^: Slmen! 
 
 2)oc^ unfer Ȥelb, ber ^urje, fc^ien 
 
 3u ftein manc^ fleinen Oeiftern, 
 
 S)ie ma^en mit im Slugen if)n, 
 
 Unb ^atkn ^iel ju meiftern. 20 
 
 2)ef f^tt)ieg ber ^elb, unb ritterlid^ 
 ©innt er itn §o£)n ju bamipfen, 
 Unb labt jum @:piele manniglic^, 
 2Bo tt)ilbe 2^{)iere fam)3fen, 
 
 @d^on eitt ba^ SSolf t)erbei, mit 2)rang 25 
 
 S)ie ftoljen Orofen atte, 
 
 ©ie naf)en beim 2irommeten!Iang, 
 
 ma lautem SBaffenfc^alle. 
 
 (Still fi^t ^ipiU; gebanfenfc^mer ; 
 
 2Bie nal)enb Ungen)itter ^ 30 
 
 SBirft er nur SU^e urn [ic^ f)er — 
 
 2)a raufd;t l^erab ba^ ©itter. 
 
 (Sin grimmer 8eu, dn n^ilber ©tier, 
 
 2)ie ftur^en in bie Sd^ranfen, 
 
 Segegnen [id^ mit ^am|)fbegier, 35 
 
 Unb feiner wUk i^anfen. 
 
3e^t aber fa^t be^ Seuen 3cif)n 
 
 2) en Ur in bcm ©enirfe, 
 
 Unb reift if)n nieber auf ben $Ian, 
 
 Slut, gcu^r unb 2Butf) im Sficfe. 40 
 
 „9Ber ift "oon euc^" — fo fragt ^ipin, 
 Unb bli^et burd^ bie Siei^en — 
 „9Ber ift t)on eud^ fo ftarf unb fuE)n, 
 (Sntreif t bie Seuf bem Seuen ? " 
 
 ®a madden grofe ilno^cn ^n)ar 45 
 
 3iing^um bie grofen imk; 
 2)od^ ieber bcbt t)or ber ©efa^r, 
 Unb feiner wiU ^um ©treite. 
 
 Unb n)ie nod^ Sflle fc^tDeigcnb ftef)n 
 Unb an bem iJam))f t^eqagen, 50 
 
 ®ief)t man $i^)in jum £am)3f^)ta^ gef)n, 
 Slttein ben ©trauf ju n^agen. 
 
 ®r ruft ben blut'gen Somen an 
 
 SStit bonnergteid^er ©timme; 
 
 2)er ftur^t auf if)n mit SButf) r)eran, 55 
 
 Unb kullt »or n^itbem @rimmc. 
 
 Unb aM aSolf fie{)t e^ mit @rau6, 
 
 ^^Jipin nur o^ne ©raufen; 
 
 ©ein gute^ (S(S)mxt jur ®c^eib' ^erau^, 
 
 Sapt'6 burd^ bie Siifte faufen, 60 
 
 Unb fd^(agt ben ibwm in ben 33art, 
 !l)af tobt er nieberftur3ct ; 
 !l)a^ n)ar ein Sd^fag na^ ^elbenart, 
 SJiit ^^etbenfraft Qmm^ct 
 
^nn rafft ber n)i(be Ur fid^ auf, 65 
 
 2)en neuen geinb er n)ittert, 
 Hub rennt f)eran in t>o((em Sauf, 
 2)a^ Sc^ranP unb 23oben gittert. 
 
 2)0^ unfer ^e(b ftef)t mauerfeft, 
 
 Unb U)anft ni(^t ^on ber SteHe: 70 
 
 3)a^ @(^n)crt er n)ieber faufen laft, 
 
 Unb fi^njingt'^ mit SUge^f^neKe. 
 
 Unb trifft ben ©d^nauBenben fo gut, 
 
 2)ic^t an be^ 9tarfen^ 9lanbe — 
 
 2)a fpri^t sum ^immel f^njar^e^ 23Iut, 75 
 
 2)a^ ^aupt ftiir^t f)in jum ®anbe. 
 
 2Bie nun, if)r gro^en Sletfen if)r, 
 
 2Ba6 bunft euc^ ^on bent £{einen? 
 
 9}lag nun ber §e(b im ifam))fret>ier 
 
 (Suc^ grop genug er[(J;einen ? — So 
 
 (S^ ftefjn befd^amt bie ©potter mxt^, 
 ©efenft bie ftofjen 33Iidfe; 
 $ipin ftedft ein [ein gute6 ©c^n^ert, 
 2)ann tritt er fd^nelt jururfe. 
 
 !I)e6 3Solfe6 3ukl akr fiiKt 85 
 
 9iing6um bie n?eiten S^ranfen; 
 (gttHJor i^n {)ebenb auf bem Sd^ilb 
 3eigt if)n ber grant bem granfen. 
 
 2116 i?i)nig gruft if)n aKe SBett, 
 2)ie Splitter miiffen fc^n^eigen, 90 
 
 Unb if)m, ber Sen unb Ur gefaitt, 
 2)emutf)igli^ [ic^ beugen. 
 
3totanb ©d^ilbtrager. 
 
 Unb SSarbett fmgen aHjumal 
 
 93om Stier^ imb SoiDenftur^e ; 
 
 $ipitt glatt^t in ber gurften^af)! : 95 
 
 @rop it)ar $i^)m ber ^ur^e. 
 
 JBaur. 
 
 5 
 
 (Roland f 778) 
 
 2)er 5fonig 5farl faf einft ju 3;ifc^ 
 3u ^aS)tn mit ben Siirften. 
 nan ftente aSiIbpret auf nnb %i\^ 
 Unb lief aud^ feinen burften; 
 SSiet @oIbge[c^irr t)on Ilarem Serein, 5 
 
 SKand^ rotJ)en, griinen @bel[tein 
 ©af) man im ©aate leuc^ten. 
 
 2)a fprad^ Ȥerr 5farl, ber ftarfe Ȥelb: 
 ,,2B^^ foH ber eitte ©d^immer? 
 2)a^ befte iEfeinob biefer SBett, lo 
 
 !l)a^ fe^let un^ noc^ immer. 
 2)ie6 ^teinob, ijM n)ie ©onnenfc^ein, 
 (Sin 9iiefe tragt'^ im ©d^ilbe [ein, 
 2^ief im 2lrbennern)a(be." 
 
 @raf atic^arb, erjbifd^of 3;ur^in, 15 
 
 §err »^aimon, 9faim^ t)on Saiern, 
 mion t)on 2lnglant, ®raf @arin, 
 2)ie n)oUten ba nid^t feiern; 
 ®ie f)aben ©ta{)lgen)anb begef^rt 
 Unb {)iepen [atteln it)re 5]3ferb', 20 
 
 3u reiten md) bem Siiefen. 
 
9{o(anb ©c^ilbtrager. 9 
 
 Sung SRolanb, ©o^n be$ SKilon, f^rac^ : 
 „8ieb abater! ^ort, i($ bitte! 
 aSermeint iijx mid^ ju jung unb f^n>ac^, 
 5)ap i^ mit 3iie[en ftritte, 25 
 
 2)oc^ bin i^ ni^t ju n^injig me^r, 
 @u^ nac^^utragen euern ®)3eer 
 ©amt eurem guten ©c^ilbe." 
 
 2)ie fed^^ ©enoffen ritten balb 
 aSereint nad^ ben Slrbennen; 30 
 
 2)0^ aB [ie famen in ben SBalb, 
 2) a t^aten [ie fic^ trennen. 
 9iolanb ritt f)interm SSater I)er; 
 SBie tt)of)l i£)m vvar, be^ »§elben ®!peer, 
 S)e^ §elben ©c^ilb ju tragen! 35 
 
 Set ©cnnenfc^ein unb SJionbenli^t 
 ©treiften bie fuf)nen 2)egen; 
 2)od^ fanben [ie ben 9iie[en nid^t 
 3n gel[en noc^ ®ef)egen. 
 
 3ur SKittag^ftunb' am t^ierten Zag 40 
 
 S)er ^er^og SJtiton [d^tafen lag 
 3n einer @id^e ©(fatten. 
 
 atolanb fa^ in ber gerne halb 
 (Sin aSli^en unb ein itn^kxtf 
 !I)at)on bie ®tra{)(en in bem SBalb 45 
 
 5)ie §ir[c^' unb 9iel/ auf[d^eud^ten ; 
 Gr [a^, e6 fam ^on einem ©d^ilb, 
 2)en trug ein 9tie[e, gro^ unb n)ilb, 
 SScm Serge nieberfteigenb. 
 
 Stolanb gebad^t' im ^^er^en [ein: 50 
 
 ,,2Ba^ i[t ta^ [ilr ein ©d^redfen! 
 
lo Stolanb ©c^itbtrager. 
 
 ©oil xii) ben lieben SSater mein 
 
 3m beften Sc^faf txmdcn'^. 
 
 6'^ n)ac^et ia [ein gute6 ^Pferb, 
 
 (S^ n)ad^t fein ©peer, fein ©d^ilb unb ®c^n)crt, 55 
 
 (Si^ tt)ac^t 3tolanb, ber junge." 
 
 9toIanb ba^ Scfiwert ^ur ©cite banb, 
 ^erm 9Jli(on6 ftarfc^ SBaffen, 
 S)ie Sattje na{)m er in bie §anb 
 Unb tf)at ben ©c^ilb aufraffen. 60 
 
 Ȥerm SiKilon^ 9tof beftieg er iann 
 llnb ritt gans ^a^k bur(^ ben Sann, 
 !Den SSater nid^t ^u ti^ccfen. 
 
 Unb a(6 er fam 3ur gelfenmanb, 
 !Da fpra(^ ber 3tief' mit Sac^en: 65 
 
 ^aBae tDill bodf) biefer f(eine gant 
 ?[uf fo((^em 9ioffe mac^en? 
 @ein ©^i^ert ift ^\vax fo lang a(6 er, 
 aSom 9{offe i;ief)t tf)n fc^ier ber ©peer, 
 2)er ©ci?i(b tvill if)n erbrudfen." 70 
 
 Sung Stolanb rief: „2QoI)(auf ^um Streit! 
 2)i(^ reuet nc^ bein 9?ecfen, 
 ^aV ic^ bie 3;artftf;e lang unb keit, 
 ^ann fie mic^ kffer becfen; 
 gin fleiner 9Jlann, ein grofe^ 5Pferb, 75 
 
 (Sin fur^er Hxm, ein (ange^ Sc^n^ert, 
 9Jluf ein^ bem anbcrn t)elfen." 
 
 !l)er 9tiefe mit ber Stange fc^tug 
 Slu^tangenb, in bie SBeite, 
 3ung JRoIanb [c^n?enfte fc^netl genug ^'o 
 
fRolanb S^ilbtrager. n 
 
 (Sdn 3{of nod^ auf Me ©eite. 
 S)ie Sans' ^^ ^^f i>^^ 3iiefen fc^ttjang, 
 ©od^ t>on t»em SBunberfc^ilbe frrang 
 2luf 9{o(anb [ie juriidEe. 
 
 3ung Stolanb na{)m in grower ^a\t 85 
 
 2)a6 ®c^n)ert in beibe ^anbe, 
 2)er 9?iefe nad^ bem feinen faft, 
 @r tvar ju unbe^enbe; 
 ?!Jlit flinfem §iebe fd^lug 9to(anb 
 3f)m unterm Sd^ilb bie linfe ^anb, 90 
 
 2)afl ^anb unb ©d^ilb entroUten. 
 
 2)em 9{{efen [($n)anb ber 9Jlutf( ba^in, 
 SBie i{)m ber ©d^ilb entriffen, 
 2)a^ ^kinob, ba6 if)m 5Eraft ^erlie^n, 
 SStu^t' er mit ©d^mer^en miffen. 95 
 
 3tt)ar lief er gleid^ bem ©d^itbe nad^, 
 2)od^ 9fioIanb in ba6 ifnie i^n ftad^, 
 2)af er ju S3oben fturjte. 
 
 SJolanb if)n bei ben ^aaren griff, 
 §ieb it)m ba^ §aupt f)erunter, 100 
 
 Sin grofer Strom t)on Slute lief 
 3n^ tiefe X^al f)inunter, 
 Unb au^ be6 2iobten (B^Hb fjernad^ 
 9to(anb ba6 lid^te itfeinob kad^, 
 Unb freute fic^ am ©lanje. 105 
 
 2)ann barg efg unterm fffeibe gut 
 Unb ging ju einem Quelle, 
 2)a n)ufd^ er [id^ »on Staub unb Slut 
 ®eit)anb unb SBaffen l^eKe. 
 
12 Stolant) @($i(t>trager. 
 
 Surucfe ritt ber jung' Otolanb no 
 
 S)af)in, it)o er ben SSater fanb, 
 9io^ [c^Iafenb bei ber Sid^e. 
 
 er regf fic^ an be^ SSaterS @eif, 
 95om ©c^fafe felbft bejn)ungen, 
 S5i^ in ber fallen Slknbaeit 115 
 
 *§err 9JJi(on aufgefprungen : 
 „2Bad^' auf, n)ad^' auf, mein @o{)n 9JoIanb! 
 5Rimm Sc^ilb itnb San^e [d^nell jur »&anb, 
 2)af n)ir ben SRiefen fuc^^en!" 
 
 ©ie ftiegen auf unb citten fe^r, 120 
 
 3u fc^n^eifen in ber SBitbe, 
 JRoIanb ritt t)interm 3Sater ^er 
 SSRxt beffen ®:peer unb ©d^ilbe. 
 ©ie famen balb ju jener ®tatt\ 
 2Bo gtolanb jungft geftritten ^tf, 125 
 
 2)er 5Riefe lag im Slute. 
 
 gtolanb faum feinen Slugen glaubt, 
 Site ni(^t mef)r "coax ju fc^auen 
 2)ie linfe ^anb, ba^u ba^ Ȥau)3t, 
 ©0 er i^m abge{)auen, 130 
 
 Sliest mef)r be6 9tie[en ©d^n)ert unb ©^eer, 
 2lud^ nic^t fein ©c^ilb unb »§arni[c^ mef)r, 
 9Jur SRum^f unb blut'ge Olieber. 
 
 SDZilon befa^ ben grofen 9ium^f: 
 „Sa3a^ ift ba6 fur 'ne Seidf^e? 135 
 
 gjlan fief)t noc^ am jerf)aunen ©tum))f, 
 SBie mac^tig n>ar bie Sid^e. 
 Dae ift ber Stiefe, frag' id^ me^r? 
 
9totanb ©^ilbtrager. 13 
 
 93er[c^Iafen fjab' i^ ©ieg unb ^x\ 
 
 2)rum mup ic^ ett)ig trauren." 140 
 
 3u Slai^en ^or bem ©c^loffe \tuni) 
 2)er ifonig ifart gar bangc: 
 ,,@inb meine §elben n)o^l ge[unb? 
 ©ie mikn alf^u lange. 
 
 !Dod^ fef)' i(^ red^t, auf £onig6tt^ort ! 145 
 
 ©0 reitet »§cr^og ^aimon bort, 
 2)e6 Stiefen ^anpt am S^jeere." 
 
 ^^err §aimon xitt in trubem 3}iutf), 
 Unb mit gefenftem (Spiefie 
 8egt' er ba^ ^^auj^t, bef:prengt mit S5Iut, 150 
 
 2)em ifonig ^or bie Sufe; 
 ,,3c!^ fanb ben ifo^f im n)i(ben ^ag, 
 Unb funf^ig ©d^ritte n)eiter lag 
 2)e$ 3tiefen 9tum^)f am 33oben." 
 
 33alb auc^ ber Sr^bifc^of Slur^in 155 
 
 !Den 9tiefenf)anbf(^uf) brac^te, 
 2)ie ungefuge Ȥanb noc^ brin, 
 @r 5og fie an^ unb lad^te: 
 ,,2)a6 ift ein fd^on Steliquienftudf, 
 Sc^ bring' e6 au6 bem SBalb jurudf, 160 
 
 Sanb e6 fc^on jugef)auen/' 
 
 ©er «§er5og 9laim6 t>on S3aierlanb 
 if am mit be6 9tiefen ©tange : 
 ,,®c^aut an, n?a6 id^ im SBalbe fanb! 
 Sin SBaffen, ftarf unb (ange. 165 
 
 SBo^t fd^tt)i$' id^ tion bem fd^njeren !Drudf, 
 ^ei! bairifd^ S5ier, ein guter ©d^ludf, 
 ©oHt' mir gar !6ftlid^ munben!" 
 
 2 — 2 
 
14 9ioIant) (Sc^ilWrager. 
 
 ®raf 3ii(^art) Urn p guf ba^er, 
 @ing neben feinem ?Pferbe, 170 
 
 2)a^ trug be^ 9tiefen [c^tvere 3Bef)r, 
 2)en ^arnifc^ famt bcm ®d^n)erte: 
 „2B^^ fuc^en n)itl im n)ilben Xann, 
 SJianc^ aOSaffenftudf nod^ ftnben Unn, 
 3ft mir ju ^icl gen)efen." 175 
 
 2)er @raf (Sarin tijat feme fc^on 
 2)en S^itb be^ Stiefen fc^n)ingen: 
 ,,2)er f)at ben @(^i(b, bef ift bie £ron', 
 Der tt){rb ba$ 5fteinob kingen!" 
 ,,!Den Sc^ilb ^ab' i^, if)r lieben ^errn! 180 
 !l)a^ £leinob i)att' i^ gar ju gem, 
 2)o(^ ba^ ift au^gebrod^en." 
 
 3ute^t t^at man ^erm SJiitcn fe^n, 
 2)er nac& bem ©c^Ioffe lenfte, 
 (Sv lief; ba6 Oioptein langfam ge^n, 185 
 
 2)a6 §au^)t er traurig fenfte. 
 Siolanb ritt {)interm aSater f)er 
 Unb trug if)m feinen ftarfen ®^)eer 
 3ufammt bem feften ©c^ilbe. 
 
 2)od^ tt)ie fie famen t?or ba^ ©d^Io^ 190 
 
 Unb ju ben Ȥerrn geritten, 
 9Kac^t' er i)on SSater^ ©c^itbe (o^ 
 Den Si^^^^^f) i^ fc^^ SKitten; , 
 2)a^ Sliefenfteinob fe^t' er ein, 
 2)a6 gab fo n)unberflaren ©d^ein, 195 
 
 211^ n)ie bie liebe Sonne. 
 
 Unb aI6 nun biefe ^elle @(ut 
 3m Sc^ilbe SRilone brannte, 
 
S)ie ©age t>on SBittefinb. 15 
 
 2) a rlef bee £onig frof)gemutf) : 
 
 „^dl 9Jli(on t)on Slnglante! 200 
 
 2)er ^at ben Sliefen libermannt, 
 
 3f)m abgefc^tagen ^aupt unb Ȥanb, 
 
 Sa^ ^(eittob if)m entriffen." 
 
 Ȥerr SKiton ^atte fid^ geit)anbt, 
 ©a{) ftaunenb all' bie »§elle: 205 
 
 ,,3tofanb! fag an, bu junger %antl 
 aBer gab bir ba^, ©efette?" 
 ,,Um @ott, ^ax aSater, jurnt mir nid^t, 
 2)af ic^ erfc^lug ben groben SBid^t, 
 2)eweU S^r eben fc^Uefet!" 210 
 
 (785) 
 
 3)a faum bie ^iigel matt erfieHte 
 
 2)er morgenrotfje, lic^te ©c^ein, 
 
 SBer [d^teic^t [i($ in bie ^dk 
 
 2)e^ granfentager^ ein? 
 
 SKit ©c^ritten (eife, leife, 5 
 
 28ie ©:paf)erfd^ritte finb, 
 
 aSerfolgt er bie gef)eime 9teife ; 
 
 !Da^ ift bet ©ad^fe 2Bittefinb. 
 
 ©d^on foc^t et n)iber mut{)'ge ^^tanfen 
 
 2)urd^ lange 3af)re blufgen ©treit, 10 
 
 Unb groHte fonber SBanfen 
 
 2)em Ǥerrn,ber S^riften^eit ; 
 
1 6 2)ie Sage ^on 3BitteRnt). 
 
 9iurt fc^lid^ er fuf)n iinb fd^nelle 
 
 SSertaufc^enb feinc ^elbenfeflc 15 
 
 9Kit einer feigen 33etttertvac^t. 
 
 2)a fuf)lt er ))t6^ti^ [ic^ umrungen 
 
 SSon 9Jfetobieit fanft unb n^eid;; 
 
 ©efungen n)irt), gef(ungen 
 
 SBirb urn ifjrt I)er sugteid^. 20 
 
 SSernjunbert eilt er n^eiter, 
 
 2)ur(^5ief)t ba^ ruft'ge »g)eer, 
 
 2)a [ief)t er Seter ftatt ber ©treitcr, 
 
 2)a6 ifreuj ate if)re ganje SBe{)r. 
 
 2Bei{)nac^ten n)ar ^erangefommen, 25 
 
 2)er f)eirge SKorgen n)ar erglu{)t, 
 
 Unb innig [^moU beg frommen, 
 
 !I)e^ gro^en ffarte ©emiitf); 
 
 3um t)o{)en Xcmpdham 
 
 Sief n)oIben er [ein S^lt, 30 
 
 !I)af er im 8anb ber ^^eibert fc^aue 
 
 S)ie ®(orie ber S^riftentt^elt. 
 
 ^oc^ uberm 2l(tar ))rangt unb raget 
 
 Sin blauer, goIbburd^ttJirfter 2;§ron, 
 
 !Drauf fi^t bie relne SSJiageb 35 
 
 Unb if)r im ©c^oofi ber ©o^n. 
 
 ^tU fd^immert ring6 ba6 fc^one, 
 
 2)a^ {(eilige ©eratt), 
 
 Unb aKe garben, alle 2^one ' 
 
 Segrufen fid^ mit SKajeftat. 40 
 
 ©d^on fniete briinftig, ftiUanbac^tig 
 2)er £aifer t>or bem »§od^altar, 
 
!l)ie 6age V)on SBitteflnb. 17 
 
 Wit ©rafenfronen ^^rad^tig 
 
 Urn if)n Me Ȥe(t)enfc^aar ; 
 
 ©c&on fallt »om ©piel kr Sid^ter 45 
 
 Sin rofenfarbner ©c^ein 
 
 5luf if)re ftaren 2lnge[i($ter ; 
 
 S)a tritt ber §eibe !ecE t)inem. 
 
 ®r ftaunt, aB er Me ftotjen ^Pare 
 
 5SKit i?atl auf if)ren ifnien erfennt, 50 
 
 2)amit fie fiimmlifc^ naf)re 
 
 2)a6 en)'ge @a!rament; 
 
 5)od^ ftauttt er bep nid^t minber, 
 
 SBa^ man bent ®otte bot: 
 
 9iid^t 5Pferbe ftelen I)ier, nod^ SRinber, 55 
 
 @ie o))ferten nur SSein unb SSrot. 
 
 2)er ^priefter hot jum Siebe^ma^Ie 
 
 2)ie Ȥoftle bem ifaifer bar, 
 
 S){e auf fmatagbner ©d^ale 
 
 ©i^ njanbett n)unber6ar; 60 
 
 2Ba^ altea SSotf erqutrfte 
 
 Unter be^ Srotea 33ilb, 
 
 ©n leknb £inb barin erblidfte 
 
 ©ein Slug*, ein ^nablein fuf unb milb. 
 
 @r fieijt ba^ fd^one ifinb erla^en, 65 
 
 3f)m freunblid^ n)infen: „5fomm ju mir; 
 
 3(^ )X)iU bi^ gtudftid^ madden, 
 
 Unb felig bort unb f)ier/' 
 
 Unb Subel fiim bie ©eelen, 
 
 ®m:pfaf)enb 33rot unb 2Bein, 70 
 
 6^ bringt ein Sieb au^ tavi\cn\) ifef)(en 
 
 aSon gottlid^em 3ugegenfein. 
 
1 8 8ut>n)ig be6 grommen Zob, 
 
 2)er ©ad^fe ftef)t ktau6t, er faltet 
 
 2)ie »^dnbe fromm, feln Slug' ift nap, 
 
 !Da^ f)of)e SBunber ftjaltet 75 
 
 2)en fjeibnifc^ argen Ȥaf. 
 
 ^in eitt er, n)o ber »&aufe 
 
 9Jlit frof)em Slirf ifjn mlf t : 
 
 „@ib, Sari, im SBittefinb Me Siaufe, 
 
 2)ap er umarme Md^ aB Kf)rift" 80 
 
 ^tatcn. 
 (Strophe 7, 8, 9 von Simrock.) 
 
 (20. Sunt 840) 
 
 ^^ tommt ein ©c^iff gefc^tt)ommen 
 
 ^txab ben ftoljen 9if)ein, 
 
 3)ie tt)ei|ien @ege( n^allen 
 
 3m gotenen SJiittag^fd^ein ; 
 
 Umgeben t)on ©etreuen S 
 
 dtu^t brin gebettet n)eid^ 
 
 2)er fromme Saifer 8ublt)ig 
 
 ©0 frant unb tobe^bleii^. 
 
 „8egt an, legt an, i§r ©d^iffer, 
 
 Sei biefer ftiHen 2lu, lo 
 
 2)a n>e^n burd^ fd^att'ge SSaumc 
 
 2)ie Sufte milb unb lau; 
 
 3)a rajfeln feine ©d^ttjerter, 
 
 2)a tfint fein ©d^Iad^tgefang 
 
 9Kir t>om SSerrat^ ber ©6f)ne 15 
 
 2)en furd^terlid^en Slang." 
 
8ut)n)ig t>e6 ^^rommen Xoi. 19 
 
 „Unb auf km grunen 9tafen, 
 
 3f)r 3^reuen, fpannt mein 3ett, 
 
 2luf fca^ in grieben ruE)e 
 
 2)er ^^errfc^er einer 28elt. 20 
 
 ©c^on raufd^t be^ 9if)eine$ SBeKe 
 
 iSin [anfte^ ©d^lummerliet), 
 
 Unb Iei($ter n)ivb fic^ f(^(iefen 
 
 SJiein Sluge txixb unb miib." 
 
 (S^ fprad^'6 ber franfe £aifer, 25 
 
 2)a tt)irb erfiiKt [ein SBort, 
 
 SiJlan tragt i{)n auf ein Sager 
 
 2lm fleinen 3n[e(port. 
 
 SBie blap fmb [eine SBangen, 
 
 2Bie tobe^matt fein 33Iidf, 30 
 
 @r ric^tet if)n iJoU 3;rauer 
 
 3tac^ 3ngelf)eim ^urudf. 
 
 Unb auf ben 3innen leu^tet 
 
 2)er le^te ^Ibenbftra^I, 
 
 !Die ^unbert ©aulen fd^immern 35 
 
 2lm ftotjen ifaiferfaal; 
 
 2)a fuf)lt ber fromme SubUJig, 
 
 !Da^ feine (Stunbe fc^lagt, 
 
 @r betet (ang unb leife 
 
 Unb [agt, "oon ©c^merj ben^egt: 40 
 
 ,,®ef)t, n)ie ber @(anj ber ©aulen 
 
 aSerfd^n)unben ift in ^a^t, 
 
 S5alb tt)irb auc^ [0 !oergef)en 
 
 2)er £aroIinger 9Jia($t ! — 
 
 ©agt meinen fernen ©i)^nen, 45 
 
 3n aBef)r unb SBaffen tt)i(b, 
 
20 8ut)n)ig be^ grommen Zob. 
 
 !l)afi fie t>a6 ^erj gekod^en, 
 3u UJeic^ unt) t>atermi(b." 
 
 „2)od& n)ill e^ gern tiergeben, 
 
 SSergeffen muf e^ bait) 50 
 
 2)er @rbe Suft unb ©d^merjen, 
 
 t^af, Siebe unb ®en)alt ! 
 
 3f)r 3iitter, nef)mt bie £rone, 
 
 Umglanjt t)on pd^f gem ©d^ein, 
 
 Sot^ar foil fie empfangen, 55 
 
 (Sr n)irb nun ffaifer fein." 
 
 ,,Unb bringt {f)m aud^ ben @ce^)ter, 
 
 3u fd^mr oft meiner t^anb, 
 
 Sringt x^m bm ^urpurmantet, 
 
 9Jiir gnugt ein Sterbgen^anb. 60 
 
 !l)enn nun jum brittenmale 
 
 SSom ftot^en ^aifert£)ron, 
 
 !Do(^ a^, in^ @rab l)ernieber 
 
 Oteigt, grof er if art, • bein ®o^n/' 
 
 ,,2lu^ ~ au^" — fein Sluge finfet, 65 
 
 Umf)uUt »on Siobe^nad^t, 
 
 gr f)at ben £ampf beftanben, 
 
 (Sr ^at ben Sieg ^oltbrad^t 
 
 Unb urn bie ifonig^leid^e 
 
 itnie'n traurig unb t>oll ©c^merj 70 
 
 3)ie 9titter jum ©ebete 
 
 giir ba^ gebrod^ne »^erj. 
 
 Slbcl^cib Mon ©tottcrfof^. 
 
t^einrid^ bet Sinfler, 21 
 
 8 
 
 (919) 
 Ȥerr Ȥeinric^ [i^t am S3oge(f)erb 
 9ted^t frof) unb n)oI)Igemutf) ; 
 2Iu6 taufenb 5PerIen bUn!t unb Mi^t 
 2)er STOorgenrotfie @Iut. 
 
 3n SBief unb %db unb SBalb unb STu — s 
 
 ^oxii), ml^ ein fiifer Oc^atl! 
 
 2)er Serene Sang, ber SBad^tel ©c^Iag, 
 
 S)ie [life 5ftac^tigan ! 
 
 ^err ^einrid^ fc^aut fo fri)f)Hd^ brein : 
 „SBie fc^on ift i)zut bie SBelt! 10 
 
 SBa6 giir^? f)eut gibf^ 'nen guten gang!'' 
 Sr lugt sum §immetejelt. 
 
 (St laufc^t unb ftrei(^t fic^ t>on ber @tirn 
 2)a^ bionbgetotfte §aar: 
 
 „@i bod^! )x>a^ fprengt benn bort f)erauf 15 
 
 gur eine 5Reiter[c^aar ? " 
 
 2)er Qtani n)aKt auf, ber ^uffc^lag bro^nt, 
 
 (S^ naf)t ber 2Baffen £Iang. 
 
 ,,2)ap @ott! bie Ȥerrn ^erberben mir 
 
 S)en gan^en SSogelfang ! " 20 
 
 ;,(Sl nun! 2Ba6 gibf^?" — @^ f>a(t ber Sirop 
 aSor'm *§erjog ^plofeUc^ an; 
 »&err ^einric^ tritt {)ert>or unb fpri^t: 
 „2Benfuc^t i^r §errn? fagt an I'' 
 
22 5?aifer Dtio I. 
 
 2)a f(^rt^en!cn fie bie gaf)nlein bunt 25 
 
 Hub iauc^^en : „ Hnfern »§errn ! — 
 ^Oii) lebe fiiJnig ^einric^ ! — ^0^ 
 2)e^ ©ac^fenlanbe^ ©tern!" — 
 
 3)ie^ rufenb fnie'n fie t>or t^n fjin 
 
 Unb I)u(bigen if)m ftitl 30 
 
 Unb rufen, aU er ftaunenb fragt : 
 
 ,/6 ift bmt\<i)m 9ieic^e^ SBittM" 
 
 S)a Midft §err .^einric^ tiefben)egt 
 
 •^inauf jum t^immetejelt: 
 
 ;,2)u gabft mir einen guten Sang, 35 
 
 ^err ®ott, n)ie 2)ir'^ gefaHt." 
 
 9 
 
 (942) 
 
 3u £lueblinburg im !Dome ertonet ©focfentlang, 
 2)er Drgel Stimmen kaufen 3um ernften Sf)orgefang : 
 (g^ fi^t ber ^aifer brinnen mit feiner Slitter SSJtad^t, 
 SSoK Slnbad^t ju begef)en bie fjeiPge 3Beif)enad^t. 
 
 ^od) ragt er in bem iJreife, "oon mannlid^cr Oeftatt, 5 
 2)a^ Sluge fd^arf n)ie 33ti§e, t>on golbnem ^aar umn^allt; 
 S0lan f)at if)n nid^t gum ©c^erje ben ibmn nur genannt, 
 ©d^on WlaxK^cx f)at em^jfunben bie I6n)enftarfe ^anb. 
 
 S93of)I ift aud^ je^t t)om ©iege er n)ieber ^eimgefef)rt, 
 2)oc^ nic^t be^ 9{eic^e6 geinben f)at mad^tig er gen^e^rt ; 
 6a ift ber eigne Sruber, kn feine SBaffe fd^lug, 
 ^er breimal ber (gm^orung b(utrotf)e6 Sanner trug. 
 
 10 
 
5Eaifer Dtto I, 23 
 
 3e^t fc^n)cift er burc^ bie Sanbe gcac^tet, pc^tig f)in, 
 2)a6 n)ill bem ebten 5f aifer gar [^merjlid^ in bm ©inn ; 
 ©r f)at bie f^timme ge^be oft bitter fc^on bett)eint: 15 
 „D ^dnxi(S)f bu mein Sruber, U)a^ bift bu mir fo feinb!" 
 
 3u £lueblinburg t)om 2)ome ertont bie 'SStitkxna(f)tf 
 2?om ^riefter n)irb ba6 D:pfer ber 5Keffe bargebrac^t, 
 (S^ beugen fic^ bie itniee, e^ beugt fid^ jebe^ ^^erj, 
 ®chtt in ^eirger ©tunbe fteigt brfinftig fjimmetoart^. 20 
 
 2)a offhen fi(^ bie ^forten, e6 tritt ein 9)lann t)erein, 
 (S^ f)Mt bie ftarfen ©lieber ein 23uper{)embe ein — 
 @r fc^reitet auf bm £ai[er, er n>irft fic^ »or if)m f)in, 
 S)ie £nie' er i^m umfaffet mit tiefgebeugtem ®inn. 
 
 „D Sruber, meine Se^Ie, fie laften fd^mer auf mir; 25 
 §ier (iege i^ ju gitfen, 3Serjeif)ung flefjenb, bir; 
 ^a^ x^ mit ^M gefunbigt, bie @nabe mac^t e^ rein, 
 SSergib, t)ergib, itaifer, tiergib, bu 35ruber mein ! " 
 
 2)oc^ ftrenge btidft ber 5faifer bm funb'gen Sruber an : 
 „3^eimal f)ab' id) ^ergeben: nic^t furber me£)r fortan! 
 3)ie ^^t ift au^gef)3rod^en, ba^ i^im bir geraubt, 31 
 9ia(^ breier S^age SQc^\d, ba fallt bein fd^ulbig ^auptV' 
 
 23(ei($ mxbm ring6 bie gurften, ber ^erjog ^einrid^ bteid^, 
 Unb <BtiUc f)errf d^t im ifreife, gleid^ n)ie im 2!obtenrei^, 
 9Jlan tjatte mogen f)oren j[e^t n)o{)l ein fallenb Saub, 35 
 2)enn Reiner n)agt ju m^xtn bem 26tt)en feinen 9taub. 
 
 !Sa f(at fic^ ernft jum ifaifer ber fromme 2lbt gett^anbt, 
 2)a6 en)'ge 33ud^ ber Sucker, ba^ ^alt er in ber ^anb; 
 Gr lieft mit (autem SKunbe ber I)eirgen SBorte £lang, 
 3)af e^ in Siller ^^erjen n)ie ©otte^ftimme brang. 40 
 
24 iflagliet) ^aifer Dim III. 
 
 f, Unb $etru6 fprad^ jum §erren : S^id^t fo? ©enilgt iiS) ^ab\ 
 SSenn ic^ bem funb'geu SSruber fc^on [ieknmal ^ergab? 
 2)oc^ 3cfu6 i^m antmortct: 9{i^t fiebenmal t>ergi6, 
 9Mn, fiebenjig mat fieben, ia^ iji km SSater lieb." 
 
 2)a fd^mitjt be6 ifaifer^ ©trenge in X^xamn unbz)ft:}n^t, 45 
 (5r f)ebt i^n auf, ben SSruber, er brucft i^n an tie 33ruft ; 
 Sin lauter 9tuf ber greube ift jubelnb ring6 cx\\:)aS)t, 
 9lie [(^oner n^arb begangen bie '^eirge SBei()ena(^t. 
 
 10 
 
 paglhir paisa" ®iioB III. 
 (1002) 
 
 £) @rbe, nimm im SKuben, 
 
 !Den Seben^muben auf, 
 
 S)er f)ier im fernen ©ilben 
 
 Sefd^Iieft ben 5]3i(gerlauf ! 
 
 ©d^on ftef)' id^ an ber ©renje, 5 
 
 !I)ie Seib unb Seefe t^eilt, 
 
 Unb meine 3n)an3ig Sen3e 
 
 ©inb raf^ bafiingeeilt. 
 
 SSoH unerfullter 3;raume, 
 
 SSernjaift, in ©ram ^erfenft, 10 
 
 (SntfaHen mir bie 3«ume, 
 
 S)ie biefe^ 9teic^ gelenft. 
 
 ^in 2lnbrer mag e^ jugein 
 
 SKit <§anben minber fc^taff, 
 
 SSon biefen fieben Ȥugeln 15 
 
 95i6 an be6 5Rorben^ Ȥaff. 
 
^laglieb 5fai[er Dim IIL 25 
 
 2)oc^ felbft im ©eelenreic^e 
 
 ^arrt meiner noc^ Me ©c^mad^ ; 
 
 (S6 folgt ber blaffen Seid^e 
 
 SSegangner gretiel nac^: 20 
 
 SSergeben^ mit @tMm 
 
 S3ef^n)or' ic^ i)ie[en S3ann, 
 
 Unb mir entgegen treten 
 
 Sre6centiu6 unb 3of)ann. 
 
 2)oc^ nein! bie ©tolsen beugtc 25 
 
 SJtein teuemutf)tg %k^n ; 
 
 3f)n, n)eld^er mic^ erjeitgte, 
 
 3^n ttjerb' i^ ^ieber[et)n ! 
 
 ^a^ ml^m xS) ate ^mU 
 
 @o oft t>ergeben6 frug: 30 
 
 2lu feinem frii^en Orabe 
 
 ^ab' ic^ gett)emt genug. 
 
 2)e6 beutfc^en aSoIf6 SSerat^er 
 
 Ummnbein @otte^ 2:{)ron; 
 
 9Kir tt)inft ber Sleltert^ater 35 
 
 501U feinem gto^en @of)n; 
 
 Unb n)af)renb ^oH ^on SKUbe 
 
 2)ie frommen §anbe legt 
 
 SKir auf ba6 ^aupt 9}latf)ilbe, 
 
 ®tef)t §einrid^ tief bett^egt. 40 
 
 Sflm fuf)!' ic^ erft, n?ie eitel 
 
 S)e6 ®lu(f6 ©efc^enfe finb, 
 
 2Bien)ot)I ic^ auf bem Sc^eitel 
 
 (BiSjon ifronen trug aB 5?inb! 
 
 S93a6 je mir f^ien gen)ic^tig, 45 
 
 3etftiebt n>ie ein Sltom: 
 
26 Jflag(iet) ^aifer ^im III. 
 
 D aBeft, bu Mft fo ni^tig, 
 !Du Wft fo flein, o 9iom! 
 
 D 9tom, n)o meine S3[utf)en 
 
 SSeriDetft, n)ie Mrre^ 8aub, 50 
 
 2)ir ^iemt e6 ni($t, ju f)uten 
 
 2)en faiferlid^en ®taub ! 
 
 2)ie mir Me %x^\x^ brad^en, 
 
 3erbrdc^en mein ©ebein: 
 
 33eim grofen i?ar( in Slad^cn 55 
 
 2Bia \^ beftattet fein. 
 
 3)ie ec^ten ^almen tt)ef)en 
 
 9lur bort urn fein Ranter: 
 
 3^n f)ab' id^ liegen fef)en, 
 
 3n feiner ifaifer^ier. 60 
 
 2Ba6 burfte mid^ ^erfu^ren, 
 
 3u offnen [einen ©arg? 
 
 Sen Sorbeer anjuruf)ren; 
 
 2)er [cine ©c^lafe barg? 
 
 D greunbe, laft ba^ 5tlagen, 65 
 
 9Kir aber gebt ©ntfa^, 
 
 Uttb mad^t \)iX(i Seid^envpagen 
 
 9Kit euern SBaffen ^\<x%\ 
 
 Sebedft ba6 @rab mit 9tofen, 
 
 2)a^ id^ fo fruf) gert)ann, 70 
 
 Unb fegt ben tf)atenIofen 
 
 3um tf)atenreid^ften SSKann! 
 
ifaifer ^dnxi^ 11. 27 
 
 II 
 
 (1002 — 1024) 
 
 2)er fi(^ in ber SJlitternac^t, 
 
 SBo Me frommften Sruber feiern, 
 
 ^in jur ifird^e aufgemad^t. 
 
 (grnfte Sitber nad^ i^m faffen, 5 
 
 Xxdhm ifjn jum SSeten an, 
 
 2)urd^ bie 9tegen^burger (Saffen 
 
 ®e^t er nad^ Sanct »§eimeran. 
 
 Sunge^ ^elbenantli^ betenb 
 SSKoc^f ein fd^oner SlnMidE fein; 10 
 
 2)iefer, jum Slttare tretenb, 
 ifmet umnad^tet unb aKeitt. 
 9Sor ktt Slugen gar bie Ǥanbe, 
 2)rudenb iebe6 S3ilb jururf, 
 glet)t er urn ein fefge^ (Snic, 15 
 
 Siic^t urn irbifd^ »§eil unb ©lucf. 
 
 Site er aufftanb, fc^ien'5 ^om 9ludfen 
 Ueber if)n, al6 n)ie ein Sid^t; 
 ©taunenb ttjht er urn [id^ blidfen, 
 @ief)t ein {)eirge6 Slngeftd^t. 20 
 
 Ȥ0(^altar unb itreuj t)erfiarenb 
 Dort ein lid^ter SSifd^of ftanb, 
 2)er mit ^o^er §anb, n)ie fd^rt)orenb, 
 3eigte na(^ ber ilird^enn^anb. 
 
 aJlit ben t^ingern, n)ie mit 5Jerjen, 25 
 
 Send^tet er auf eine ©d^rift, 
 
 B. 
 
28 ^aifer ^einrid^ 11. 
 
 aBo ber giirft mit bangem Ȥerjen 
 
 STuf ein' rSm'fd^e ©ed^fe trifft. 
 
 ,;mU mid^ ®ott fo batb er^oren? 
 
 ^err, iii) glaub'a auf eure ^anb, 30 
 
 §ebt fie nid^t fo ernft jum Sc^njoren ! " 
 
 <Spxadl) ber Ȥelb, unb 2ltte^ fd^tt^anb. 
 
 2Bie fed^3 ©tunben fmb tjergangen, 
 Ȥarrt er fromm auf feinen 3;ob, 
 2)0(^ e^ fc^iett i§m auf bie SBangen 35 
 
 8eben^f)eH ba6 SDlorgenrot^. 
 SBie ber fed^ftc S^ag gefommen, 
 Sr bereit unb fertig ift, 
 !Dod^ e6 gibt ber Ǥerr bem Srommen 
 S^eue ^eifre Seben^frijl. 40 
 
 2)arum i)alt er an mit SSeten, 
 Si^ ber fed^fte 2Jlonb erfd^eint, 
 SBurb'ger ftet6 t>or ®ott ju treten— 
 2)od^ e^ toax nid^t fo gemeint. 
 Slber ernfte J£ob6gebanfen 45 
 
 SBanbeIn mit if)m immerbar, 
 Unb fo lebt er fonber SBanfen 
 ^eilig U^ in'^ fed^jie 3a^r. 
 
 Unb in ^o^er £ird^e ftanb er 
 Seud^tenb urn ba$ fed^fte Saljr, 50 
 
 Unb auf feinem ^aupU fanb er 
 9i6m'fd^e 5tonig^frone gar. 
 itonig §einrid^ tt)ax% ber ^miU, 
 Jqcxx t)on allem beutfd^en Sanb, 
 2)er »on bort an njarb bi^ fieute 55 
 
 Qki^ ber ^eilige genannt. 
 
S)ie SBeiber t>on SBein^krg. 29 
 
 3tvei unt) jtDanjig 3af)re ^eitig 
 «§errfc^t' er o£)ne gluc^ unb (B)f)Ott; 
 2ln We rom'fc^e ©ec^fe treulid^ 
 2)ad^t' er unb an Zob unb @ott. 60 
 
 aBeil er fertig n)ar jum ©terkn, 
 ^ielt if)n ®ott be^ Sekn^ mxt^, 
 ^dl i)m ^immd er fonnf erben, 
 2Barb i^m auc^ ba^ SReic^ kfc^eert. 
 
 12 
 
 (1140) 
 
 S)er erfte §of)enftaufe> ber £6nig ifonrab, lag 
 ^3Jlit Ȥeere^ma^t t)or SBein^berg feit manc^em langen 2;ag ; 
 2)er 2Betfe n)ar gefd^tagen, noii) m^xk [id^ ba^ 9teft, 
 2)ie un^erjagten ©tabter, bie ^ielten e6 nod^ feft. 
 
 2)er Ȥunger fam, ber hunger ! 2)a^ ift ein f^arfer 2)orn. 
 "^nn fud^ten fie bie @nabe, nun fanben fie ben 3orn : 6 
 „3^r ^abt mir ^ier erfd^Iagen gar man^tn !Degen wxti), 
 Unb offnet i^r bie %f)oxc, fo trifft euc^ bod^ ia^ @c^tt)ert/' 
 
 Da [inb bie SBeiber fommen : „Unb muf e^ alfo fein, 
 ®ett)a{)rt una freien 2l6jug, tt)ir [inb »om 33 lute rein V 10 
 2)a ^ai [ic^ t)or ben Slrmen be6 »^elben 3orn gefii^ft, 
 S)a ^at ein fanft (Srbarmen im ^er^en er gefii^It. 
 
 ,,3)ie SOSeiber mogen abjtefin, unb iebe ^aU frei, 
 2Ba6 fie tiermag ju tragen unb if)r ba6 Siebfte fei ; 
 2a|it jief)n mit if)rer Siirbe fie ungef)inbert fort, 15 
 
 5)a6 ift bea £6mg$ a)teinung, ba^ ift be^ Sonig^ SBort/' 
 
 3—2 
 
Unb ate kx fruf)e SDtorgen im Dften faum gegraut, 
 
 2)a ^at ein feltne^ ©(^au[piet »om Sager man gefd^aut ; 
 
 @^ offnet teife, leife fic^ ba6 bebrangte 3;^or, 
 
 S^ f^n)anft ein 3ug t>on SBeiJbern mit f($n)erem Siritt ^ert>or. 
 
 3;ief beugt bie 8aft fie nieber, bie auf bem ^adm ruf^t, 21 
 @ie tragen if)re @f)f)errn, ba6 ift if^r liebfte^ &vit 
 „ §alt an bie argen SBeiber ! " ruft brof^enb manc^er SBic^t ; 
 2)er ^anjter fprid^t kbeutfam: „S)a0 mr bk 5Jleinung nid^t." 
 
 3)a f)at, n)ie er'6 ^ernommen, ber fromme ^txx gelac^t: 25 
 „ Unb xoox e^ nic^t bie SJleinung, [ie f)akn'^ gut gemad^t : 
 @ef))rod^en ift gefprod^en, ba^ if6nig6n)ort kftef)t, 
 Unb 3n)ar t)on feinem ^anjler jerbeutelt unb jerbre^t." 
 
 ®o n)ar ba6 @olb ber itrone n)of)t rein unb unenttt)eif)t. 
 2)ie ©age fd^allt ^eriiber au^ f)alb t)ergefner 3eit. 30 
 
 3m Sa^r elffjunbertt^ier^ig, n)ie ic^'^ i^erjei^net fanb, 
 ®a\i if 6nig6n:)ort nod^ fjeilig im- beutfd^en SSaterlanb. 
 
 2ltati6crt »on S^amiffo. 
 
 (1 190) 
 
 2116 5faifer 9Jotf)bart lobefam 
 
 3um f)eifgen 8anb gejogen fam, 
 
 2)a mu^f er mit bem frommen §eer 
 
 !Durd^ dxi ©ebirge, n)uft unb leer. 
 
 2)afelbft er^ub fic^ grope 9lotf), S 
 
 SSiel ©teine gab'6 unb n^enig 33rot, 
 
 Unb mand^er beutfd;e Sleiter^mann 
 
 ^l^at bort ben 3!runf fid^ abget^an. 
 
!I)en 5]]fevben t^ax'^ fo [c^n)a(^ im SDtagen, 
 
 gaft mupt' ber 9ieiter tie Wdijxc tragen. 10 
 
 9tun n)ar etn Ȥerr au^ (5c^n)a6enlattb, 
 
 93on {)o{)em 2Bu^^ unb ftarfer Ǥanb^ 
 
 2)ep Koflein n)ar fo fran! unb [d^njad^, 
 
 @r jog e^ nur am 3^it«^^ ttad^, 
 
 gr ^att' e^ nimmer aufg^gekn 15 
 
 Unb foftif^ if)n ba6 eigne Seben. 
 
 @o blieb er balb ein gute^ ©tiicf 
 
 Winter bem ^^eere^jug juritcf. 
 
 2)a fpvengten plo^Uc^ in bie £luer 
 
 Sunfjig tiidifc^e Sieiter baf)er, 20 
 
 2)ie {)uben an, auf if)n ju [d^iefen, 
 
 9?a(^ if)m ju merfen mit kn ©j)iefen. 
 
 2)er tt)acfre ©c^n)abe forest fid^ nit, 
 
 ®ing feine6 SBege^ ©c^ritt »or ©d^ritt 
 
 Step \i^ ben ©c^ilb mit 5Pfei(en fpicten 25 
 
 Unb tf)at nur [pottlid^ urn fic^ blicfen, 
 
 Si6 Siner, bem bie 3^it ju lang, 
 
 2luf if)n ben frummen ®akl f^n?ang. 
 
 !Da tvaKt bem S)eutf^en auc^ [ein S(ut, 
 
 ©r trifft be^ S^iirfen 5)?ferb fo gut, 30 
 
 @r l^aut if)m ah mit (Sinem ©treid^ 
 
 3)ie kiben SSorberfuf jugleid^. 
 
 21(6 er ba6 %f)kx ju Sail gebrad^t, 
 
 2)a fa^t er erft fein (S^mxt mit SKad^t; 
 
 (Sr fd^it)ingt e6 auf be^ 3leiter6 5fo^)f, 35 
 
 ^aut bur^ M6 auf ben Sattelfno^f, 
 
 ^aut audi) bm ©attel nod^ in ©tudfen, 
 
 Unb tief nod^ in be6 5Pferbe6 Sludfen ; 
 
 3ur ^t(S)kn fief|t man, n^ie jur Sinfen, 
 
 Sinen ^alben 3;urfen ^erunterfinfen. 40 
 
32 33ar6aroffa. 
 
 2)a pait bie Slnbern falter @rau^, 
 
 @ic flief)en in alle 2Belt f)inau^, 
 
 Unb Sebem iff^, afe U)urb' if)m mitten 
 
 2)urd^ i?o))f unt) Seib Ijinburd^gefc^nitten. 
 
 !Drauf fam be6 2Beg^ 'ne Sf)riftenfc^aar, 45 
 
 2)ie auc^ jurucfgeblie&en ix^ax, 
 
 S)ie faf)en nun mit gutem 33ebad^t, 
 
 2Ba6 Slrbeit unfer ^^elb gemad^t. 
 
 9Son benen t)at'^ ber ^aifer t>ernommen, 
 
 2)er lief ben @d^rt>akn t>or [ic^ fommen, 50 
 
 Sr fprac^: „@ag' an, mein 9litter n)ertf)! 
 
 SBer f)at bic^ fold^e Streid^' getef^rt?" 
 
 2)er *^elb bebac^t' fic| nid^t ju lang: 
 
 „2)ie ©treid^e finb bei un^ im ©d^mang, 
 
 @ie finb befannt im ganjen 9teid^e, 55 
 
 9Ran nennt fie I^alt nur ©d^n)abenftreidbe/' 
 
 (+1190) 
 
 2)er alte 33arbaroffa, 
 3)er 5faifer ^rieberi^, 
 3m unterirb'fd^en ©d^Ioffe 
 ^ait er tjerjanbert fid^. 
 
 @r ift niemata geftorben, 5 
 
 (Sr tebt barin nod^ je^t, 
 @r f)at im ©d^lof ^erborgen 
 3um ©d^taf fid^ ^ingefe^t. 
 
 (Sr ^at ^inabgenommen 
 !De6 9ieid^e6 Ǥerrtid^feit 10 
 
2)er ©c^enf von Simburg. 33 
 
 Unb n)irt) einft n)iebcrfommen 
 aWit if)r, ju feiner 3eit. 
 
 3)er @titf|I iji elfenkinern, 
 Darauf fcer ifaifer fi^t; 
 3)er 3;ifc^ ift marmelfteinern; 15 
 
 aSorauf fein *§aupt er ftu^t. 
 
 ©ein SSart ift nid^t ^on ?5l^d^f^/ 
 Sr ift von Seuer^glut, 
 3ft burc^ ben Xx\^ genjad^fen, 
 SBorauf fein itinn au^ru^t. 20 
 
 @r nidft ate \ok im S^raume, 
 ®ein Slug' {|alb cffen att)inft; 
 Unb je nad^ Jangem dtaumt 
 Sr einem Ifnaben toinft 
 
 (gr fj)tic^t im ©c^laf jum Jfnaben : 25 
 
 „®e^' f)in t>or'6 ©d^Iop, 3^erg, 
 Unb fie^, ob noci) bie Siabcn 
 §erfliegen urn ben S3erg! 
 
 Unb mnn bie alien 9takn 
 9lod^ fliegen immerbar, 30 
 
 @o mu^ ic^ aud^ nod^ fd^tafen 
 SSerjaubert ^unbert Sa^rV 
 
 IS 
 
 3u Simburg auf ber Sefte, 
 2)a n)of)nf ein ebter @raf, 
 2) en feiner feiner @afte 
 3emate ju »^aufe traf. 
 
34 2)er ©c^enf 'oon Simburg. 
 
 @r trieb fid^ allern)e9en 5 
 
 ©ebirg uni) SBatb enttang, 
 £em Sturm unb auc^ fein SRegen 
 aSerteibet' if)m ben ®ang. 
 
 @r trug ein 2Bam6 ^on Seber 
 
 Uttb einen 3agert)ut 10 
 
 Wit mand^er tt)ilben geber; 
 
 2)a6 fte^t ben Sagern gut. 
 
 (S^ f)ing i^m an ber Seiten 
 
 (gin S^rinfgefaf t>on Suc^6; 
 
 @ett)altig fount' er fc^reiten, 15 
 
 Unb n)ar tjon ^of)em 2Bud^^. 
 
 2Bo^t ^att' er 5fneci^f unb SJiannen 
 
 Unb ^attVein tud^tig 5Rof, 
 
 @tng bod^ ju ?5uf »on bannen, 
 
 Unb lief ba^eim im Xxo^, 20 
 
 S6 ttJar fein ganj ©eleite 
 
 (^in 3agbfpief, jiarf unb lang, 
 
 2ln bem er uber breite 
 
 SQSatbftrome lu^n fid^ f^tt)ang. 
 
 5Jlun ^ielt auf ^go^enftaufen 25 
 
 2)er beutfd^e ifaifer ^au^, 
 
 2)er jog mit fjelten *§aufen 
 
 ©nftmal6 ju jagen au6. 
 
 @r rannt' auf eine ^init 
 
 @o ^eif unb f)aftig »or, 30 
 
 !Dap i^n fein Sagbgefinbe 
 
 3m tt)itben ijorft ^erlor. 
 
 Set einer W)kn £luelle 
 2)a mad^t' er enblid^ Ǥalt; 
 
2)er ©c^cnf i)on Simburg. 35 
 
 ©ejieret n)ar Me ©telle 35 
 
 Mit S lumen mannigfalt. 
 
 ^ier ba^V er ft^ ju legen 
 
 3u einem 5iKittag6f(^[af, 
 
 2)a raufd^f e6 in ben ^agen, 
 
 Unb ftanb ^or itjm bet @raf. 40 
 
 2)a ^ub er an ju fc^elten: 
 
 ,,2;rejlf' i^ ben 5ftad^bar ^le? 
 
 3u *^aufe n^eilt er felten, 
 
 3u t^ofe fiimmt er nie: 
 
 "SHan muf im SBalbe ftreifen, 45 
 
 SBenn man if)n faf)en U)iK, 
 
 93tan muf i^n ta^fer greifen, 
 
 Sonji f^lt er nirgenb ftitt." 
 
 211^ brauf of)n' alle §a^rbe 
 
 2)er @raf fic^ nieberlief, 50 
 
 Unb neben in bie @rbe 
 
 2)ie Sagerftange ftief, 
 
 2)a griff mit beiben t^anben 
 
 !Der £aifer nad^ bem ©c^aft: 
 
 „2)en @)3iep mu^ ic^ mir ))fanben, 55 
 
 3d^ ne^m' ii)n mir jur Ǥaft 
 
 2)er ©pief ifi mir ^erfangen, 
 
 2)ep i(^ fo tang begef)rt, 
 
 2)u foKji bafur empfangen 
 
 ^ier bie^ mein befte6 ^ferb. 60 
 
 ^i^t f^n^eifen im ©emaCbe 
 
 2)arf mir ein fotd^er SKann, 
 
 2)er mir ju ^of unb gelbe 
 
 93iet beffer btenen UnnJ* 
 
36 3)er ©d^enf t)on Simburg. 
 
 n^txx £aifer, tt)ollt ijergekn! 65 
 
 3f)r mad^t baa ^erj mir \^mx. 
 
 8aft mir mein f^eie^ Sekn, 
 
 Unb laft mir meinen S^eer! 
 
 Sin ^ferb f)ab' ic^ fc^on eigen, 
 
 gur eure6 fag' i^ !Danf ; yo 
 
 3u Stoffc n)iK i(^ fteigen, 
 
 Sin id^ mal alt nnb franf." 
 
 ,,9Jlit bir iji nid^t ju fkeiten, 
 
 !Du bift mir aKju ftofj; 
 
 2)0(5 fuf)rft bu an ber ©eiten 75 
 
 ©in S^rtnfgefaf "oon ^olj; 
 
 9lun mad^t bie 3agb mid^ burften, 
 
 !I)rum t^u mir ba^, Oefell, 
 
 Unb gib mir ein6 ju burften 
 
 Stna biefem SBajferqueB." 80 
 
 2)er ®raf l^at fid^ eriioben, 
 
 ©r fc^n)enft ben SSed^er fiar, 
 
 @r fuHt if)n an U^ oben, 
 
 Ȥalt i^n bem itaifer bar. 
 
 2)er fd^lurft mit pollen 3ugen 85 
 
 !I)en fasten S^ran! ^inein, 
 
 Unb jeigt ein fold^ SBergnngen, 
 
 Site tt>ax'^ ber befte SBein. 
 
 ^ann faft ber [d^Iaue 3^^^^ 
 
 2)en ©rafen bel ber ^anb: 90 
 
 „2)u [d^n)enfteft mir bm Sed^er 
 
 Unb fuUtefi il)n aum 9ianb; 
 
 2)u f)ieltejl mir jum 9Jtunbe 
 
 2)aa labenbe ©etranf: 
 
!Du Mft ^on Mefer ©tunbe 95 
 
 !l)e6 beutfc^en Sieic^e^ 6(^enf!" 
 
 16 
 
 (1272) 
 
 „D ifonig, fc^oner ifonig 
 
 9}lit beinem golbnen ^aax, 
 
 Wit beinen Wauen Slugen, 
 
 ©efangner ftoljer ?Iar! 
 
 3Bie 9teno6 aBelle fd^aHet 5 
 
 2)em Sieb fo (uftig unb frei; 
 
 3m iferfer unb in Sanben 
 
 Sri^t nic^t bein ^erj entjttJei?" — 
 
 „3m £erfer unb in 25anben 
 
 33(ieb 8u[t unb §offen mir trcu, 10 
 
 Unb ob fie ben Mb mir umtt)anben 
 
 Wit ^tttm, bie ©eete Mieb frei. 
 
 5Roc^ leucf;tet am Ȥimmel bie Sonne, 
 
 2)ie Sterne, fie glanjen noc^ f)etl, 
 
 9io^ tragt mein ffiater bie £rone, 15 
 
 2)er rettet, ber rettet mic^ f^nell." — 
 
 „D itonig, fd^Sner ifJnig, 
 
 SBirf 8uft mb ^offen in^ SWeer! 
 
 2)ie Sonne leuc^tet am Ȥimmel, 
 
 2)ie golbene Sonne nid^t me^r! 20 
 
 8af alle Sc^teufen fpringen 
 
 2)e6 Sc^mer^^e^ Mutigtot^ ! 
 
 Dein SSater ift geftorben, 
 
 2)er ffaifer, ber iJaifer ift tobt." — 
 
38 £oni9 (Snjio^ Xoi. 
 
 ,,Unb ift mein SSater geftorben, 25 
 
 2)er grofe Snebric^ tobt, 
 
 @o fel fie @ott geHaget, 
 
 2)e^ 3iei^6 unb meine 9lotf)! 
 
 3e^n 9Konbe n)iU ic^ Kagen 
 
 (Sin grofic^, tiefe^ 8eib, 30 
 
 3ef)n SSJionbe n)iU ic^ tragett 
 
 Sin fc^njarje^ Sirauerfleib. 
 
 2)ie SSogel n)iH ic^ Ief)ren 
 
 SJleinea Sd^merje^ SSJlelobien, 
 
 S)ie 2Bogen [ollen flagenb 35 
 
 Slac^ meinen SSeifen jie^n. 
 
 2)0^ locfet ber St:uf)ling rt)ieber 
 
 2)ie flange ber Su[t fjerfur : 
 
 9lod^ gtan^en am Ȥimmel tie Sterne, 
 
 9tod^ lekn t)ie Sriiber mir." — 40 
 
 „D i^onig, f^oner ifonig, 
 
 SBirf 8uft itnb ^ojfen in6 SJleer! 
 
 !Die ©terne, bie glan^en am »§imme(, 
 
 2)ie i)cUm ©terne nid^t me^r. 
 
 2)ie Srubcr finb gefaHen 45 
 
 3n I)eificr, Wutiger ©c^lad^t; 
 
 2)u Mft bie le^te S^rummer 
 
 aSon b^ine^ ^au\i^ 5Prad^t." — 
 
 ,,Unb fmb geftutjt au^ ben «&6^en 
 
 2)ie Sterne fo feurig unb flar, 50 
 
 ©0 n)iH id^ mit Staub mi(^ befaen, 
 
 5iKit Xlfci^e bie^ golbene ^aar. 
 
 SBie ein So^n um feine SJlutter, 
 
Um^ 5finb bie S^ad^tigatt, 
 
 SSiU in Mutigcn Xijxantn ic^ Hagen 55 
 
 Urn meinea «^aufe^ gall. 
 
 !Do(^ )^ixV^ auf ben Sluen luftlg 
 
 Unb f^aKet ber 23ogeI ©efang, 
 
 ®o ^aff im S;{)urm aud^ n)leber 
 
 2tuf^ neue ber greube £Iang! 60 
 
 9Jlein SSater ftieg in bm ^^immel, 
 
 2)ie JBriiber fanfen in^ ®xab; 
 
 2)od^ greunb unb »g)arf unb Siebc, 
 
 2)a^ iff ^, U)a^ ic^ nod^ f)ab'. 
 
 Stijei ©onnen, ber SieBften Stugen, 65 
 
 ©ie fd^mudfen ba6 £erfer{)au6 
 
 9Kit I)immtifd^ f)el(en @traf)len 
 
 3nm ^6nig6[aal mir au^. 
 
 2)e^ greunbee SKutf) »er[d^onet 
 
 2)en 33unb beim rofigen SBein, 70 
 
 Unb luftige^ Ȥarfenfpiel tenet 
 
 3n^ Muf)enbe Sanb ^inein." — 
 
 „D ifonig, f^oner ifJnig, 
 
 SBirf 8u[t unb ^offen in^ SReer ! 
 
 3d^ faf) fie geftern begrakn, 75 
 
 2)ein Ȥerjtieb ift nid^t met)r. 
 
 3m UngliidE bein f)eitrer ©efette, 
 
 2)er treue greunb ift tobt; 
 
 ^eut* 5Rad^t t)at cr t>erMutet 
 
 gur bid^ auf bem ©d^affot." 80 
 
 ;,Unb ift mein Ǥerjlieb geftorben 
 Hub f)at ^erblutet ble S^reu', 
 
40 ^onig (Snjio^ Xoi. 
 
 !Da^ fonnf ein §erj n)o^l bre($en, 
 
 3)a^ §erj im Seib ents^ei. 
 
 Sen SSater, Me SSriiber, Me Siebe, 85 
 
 S)eu greunb tierfc^Iang ba6 @rab, 
 
 (So Mfl bu, §arfe, mein 2[Ke6, 
 
 S®a6 id^ im £cib nod^ ^ab'! 
 
 3ur iflage n)ill id^ bic^ ftimmen, 
 
 !Dap bteid^ bie Sonne fd^eint, 90 
 
 2)afi SDtonb unb @tern' erblinben 
 
 Unb 3tof unb !^ilie mint 
 
 Unb jtt)i[c^en bie ^lagen mV i^ 
 
 ©ie alten Sieber f)inein, 
 
 2)af mic^ bie ©eifter umfc^njeben 95 
 
 2)er ǤerjaHerIiebften mein, 
 
 !l)ie alten lufttgen Sieber, 
 
 @ie feien bie golbene ^xM', 
 
 2)ie trage mein- n)eipe6 Siebd^en 
 
 a[n^ I)eipe ^^erj mir juriidf! 100 
 
 2)ie alten luftigen Sieber, 
 
 !l)ie rufen aB ©fodfengelaut 
 
 2)en lieben greunb an^ bem @rabe, 
 
 2)ie aUc frofjlid^e 3eit." — 
 
 „D ifonig, [d^oner ifonig, 105 
 
 2Birf in\t unb ^offen in^ 2Reer! 
 
 3n biefen SKauern [d^altet 
 
 ^cin iJlang bet ©aiten me^r. 
 
 2)ie ^ax\Cf bie ^eitere ©eele, 
 
 2)ic n)offn fie jerfd^Iagen bit: no 
 
 (Sinfam in ber ^erferf)6^(e 
 
 aJertrauern foHft bu ^infur/' — 
 
2)er @raf t>on ^ab^burg. 41 
 
 „ Unb tt)oIl'n [ie Me »§arf mir jerfc^tagen, 
 
 ga{)t n)of)t titxixif Suft unb ©c^merj ! 
 
 ©0 mogen fie mid^ begrakn, 115 
 
 ©ie tjaben gebrod^en mein §erj ! 
 
 ©iein ^erj unb meine §arfe, 
 
 @o [ingt eu'r ®c^n)anenlieb ! 
 
 2lbe, bu fc^one Srbe! 
 
 !I)er le^te ©taufe [d^ieb/' 120 
 
 S5. 5. SS» 3tmmc«mann. 
 
 17 
 
 (1273) 
 
 3u Slacken in feiner ifaifer^3rad^t, 
 
 3m altert^umlic^en ©aale, 
 
 ©afi 5fonig 9tubotf6 {(eilige ?Dlac^t 
 
 SBeim fefttid^en i?ri)nung6maf)le. 
 
 2)ie ®))e{fen tmg ber ^fal^graf be6 5R^ein^, 5 
 
 @6 fc^enlte ber ^cfjme be^ :|)er(enben SBein^, 
 
 Unb aHe bie 2Baf)ler, bie fieben, 
 
 SOSie ber ©terne S£>or urn bie ©onne fic^ ftellt, 
 
 Umftanben ge[d^aftig ben Ȥerr[c^er ber SBelt, 
 
 £)ie S33urbe be^ Slmte^ ju iiben. 10 
 
 Unb ring6 erfiillte ben f)of)en SSalfon 
 
 2)a6 SSoK in freub'gem ©ebrange, 
 
 8aut mifc^te [id^ in ber ^Pofaunen S^on 
 
 3)a6 jaud^jenbe Siufen ber SKenge; 
 
 ^iXiXi geenbigt nad^ langem t>erberbtid^em ©treit 15 
 
 S93ar bie faiferlofe, bie fc^recflid^e ^txt, 
 
S)er @raf t>on §aM6urg. 
 
 Unb ein JRid^ter tvar n^ieber auf ©rben. 
 Slid^t blinb mel)r n^altet ber eiferne ©peer, 
 ?J{d^t furd^tet ber Q^tioai^t, ber grieblid^e me^r, 
 !I)e^ SiJlai^tigen SSeute ju UJerben. 20 
 
 Unb ber 5faifer ergreift hn golbnen ^cfat 
 
 Hub [priest mit jufriebenen S3licfen: 
 
 ,,28of)l glanjet ba^ ^eft, n)of)( !pranget ba^ SDta^l, 
 
 SKein foniglid^ ^erj ju ent^udfett; 
 
 !Doci^ ben ©anger ^ermiff id^, ben Sringer ber Sufi, 25 
 
 2)er mit [lifem £Iang mir ben)ege bie 23ruft 
 
 Unb mit gottli(^ erfjabenen 8ef)ren. 
 
 ©0 i)aV i^'^ gef)alten i)on Sugenb an, 
 
 Unb iva6 id^ al6 3titter gepflegt nnb getf)an, 
 
 SJi^t n)itt i^'^ ate £ai[er entkf)ren." 30 
 
 Unb fief)! in ber gurften umgebenben 5tret^ 
 
 2^rat ber ©anger im langen S^alare; 
 
 3[)m glanjte bie SodEe fil6ern)eif, 
 
 ©ebleid^t t>on ber %nUc ber 3af)re. 
 
 ,, ©lifer SBopaut f^laft in ber ©aiten @oIb, 35 
 
 2)er ©anger [ingt 'oon ber SJiinne ©ofb, 
 
 gr ^reifet ba6 ^i>(i)fk, ba^ Sefte, 
 
 2Ba^ ba^ *§erj [id^ Mnf^t, ma^ ber ©inn bege^rt; 
 
 2)od^ fage, )x>a^ ift be6 5faifer^ mxi\) 
 
 2ln feinem f)errli(^ften gefte?" 40 
 
 ;, 9iid^t gebieten mxV ic^ bem ©anger/' fprid^t 
 
 !I)er Ȥerr[d^er mit lad^elnbem SJtunbe, 
 
 „(Sr fUijt in be6 griJperen ^erren 5Pflic^t, 
 
 (5r gef)ord^t ber gebietenben ©tunbe. 
 
 2Bie in ben Suften ber ©turmtvinb fauft, 45 
 
 ?S)tan mi^ nid^t, »on n^annen er !ommt unb brauft, 
 
2)er @raf i)on ^ab^inxQ. 43 
 
 SBie bcr Cluell au6 ^erborgenen Zk\cn, 
 
 @o be^ Sanger^ 8teb au^ bem Snnern [c^aKt, 
 
 Unb njerfet ber bunWn ®efuf)(e ®maltf 
 
 5)ie im ^erjen ii^unberbar fd^Iiefen." 50 
 
 Unb ber ©anger rafc^ in bie ©aiten fdllt 
 
 Unb beginnt [ie mac^tig ju [c^tagen: 
 
 „2luf^ SBaibnjer! f)inau$ ritt ein ebler ^db, 
 
 Sen pc^tigen ©em^bod ju jagen. 
 
 3f)m folgte ber Snap^' mit bem Sagergefd^op, 55 
 
 Unb ate er auf feinem ftattlic^en 9{of 
 
 3n eine 5lu !ommt geritten, 
 
 Sin ©locfkin f)ort er erIUngen fern, 
 
 ©in ^riefter n)ar6 mit bem Seib be^ »gerrn, 
 
 SSoran fam ber 9)tepner gef^ritten* 60 
 
 Unb ber @raf pr (Srbe [id; neiget ^in, 
 
 2)a6 ^aupt mit 2)emut^ entblofet, 
 
 3u ^eref)ren mit glaubigem Sf)riftenfinn, 
 
 SBa^ alle 9Jlen[c^en eriofet. 
 
 Sin SSac^lein aber raufc^te burd^6 gelb, 65 
 
 S5on be6 ©iefbad^^ reifenben %lutm gefi^tt^ellt, 
 
 2)a^ ^emmte ber SBanberer S^ritte, 
 
 Unb beifeit (egt jener ba6 ©aframent, 
 
 aSon ben gu^en ^ief)t er bie ©c^uf)e bef)enb, 
 
 2)amit er ba^ 33ac^(ein buri^fc^ritte. 70 
 
 „2Ba6 fd^affft bu?" rebet ber @raf i^n an, 
 
 2)er if)n ^ern)unbert betrac^tet. — 
 
 „§err, ic^ n)aC[e ju einem fterbenben SKann, 
 
 S)er nac^ ber ^immetefoft [c^mac^tet; 
 
 Unb ba ic^ mi(^ naf)e be^ S5a(^e6 ©teg, 75 
 
 2)a ^at i^n ber ftromenbe ©iefbac^ f)inn)eg 
 
 B. 4 
 
44 5)er Oraf t>on ^aUhm^, 
 
 3m ©trubel ber SBellen geriffen. 
 
 2)rum fca^ bem Sec^jenben n)erbe fein *§eit, 
 
 ®o n)ill id^ i>a^ SBaffertein j'e^t in @ir 
 
 2)urd^n)aten mit nadfenben gufen." 80 
 
 2) a fe^t if)n ber ®raf auf fein titterlic^ ?Pferb 
 
 Hnb reic^t if)m bie !prad^tigen 3&ume, 
 
 ©af er Ia6e ben ^ranfen, ber fein begef)rt, 
 
 Unb bie f)ei(ige ^Pflic^t nid^t ^erfaume. 
 
 Unb er felber auf feine^ £na^pen Zf)kx 85 
 
 SSergnuget no* n)eiter be6 3agen6 Segier; 
 
 !I)er 2lnbre bie 9teife »ollfuf)ret; 
 
 llnb am nad^ften SKorgen, mit banfenbem S3(idf, 
 
 2) a bringt er bcm ©rafen fein 9lof jurudf, 
 
 S3efcf;eiben am 3ug^t gefu£)ret. 90 
 
 „ m^t mUc m @ott/' rief mit 2)emutf)finn 
 
 2)er ®raf, „baf jum Streiten unb 3agen 
 
 2)a6 Stop x^ befd^ritte furberf)in, 
 
 2)a^ meinen ®d^i)pfer getragen! 
 
 Unb magft bu'^ nid^t ^aben ju eignem ®en)innft, 95 
 
 ©0 bleibt e^ getDibmet bem gottlid^en !Dienft: 
 
 S)enn id^ l)aV e^ 2) em ja gegeben, 
 
 aSon bem i($ (gf)re unb irbifd^e^ ®ut 
 
 3u 8ef)en trage, unb Seib unb 23(ut 
 
 Unb Seele unb 2ltf)em unb Seben." 100 
 
 „(Bo mog' eu^ @ott, ber admad^tige t^ort, 
 
 !Der ba^ g(el)en ber (Bii))ft)a(i)tn txi)kct, 
 
 3u ®f)ren euc^ bringen f)ier unb bort, 
 
 ©0 n)ie if)r je^t iijn geef)ret. 
 
 3£)r feib ein mad^tiger @raf, Mannt 105 
 
 2)urdl^ ritterlid^ SSalten im ®d^n)ei5er(anb, 
 
ifaifer 9tubo{f^ Siitt jum ®xaU. 45 
 
 @U(^ Muf)n [ec^0 lieblic^e Xi><i)kx. 
 
 @o mogen fie, rief er kgeiftert au^, 
 
 @ec^^ ^onen euc^ kingen in euer Ȥau^ 
 
 Unb glansen Me f))atfteu ©efc^lec^ter!" no 
 
 Unb mit finnenbem ^aw^t faf ber itaifer ba, 
 
 Site bac^f er t)ergangener 3^iten; 
 
 3e|t, ia er bem ©anger in^ 2luge \af), 
 
 2)a ergreift if)n ber SBorte Sebeuten. 
 
 2)ie 3% i^^ ^Priefter^ erfennt er fc^neC, 115 
 
 Unb tierbirgt ber Zf)xamn fturjenben duell 
 
 3n be^ ^Jtantd^ ^pnxpmnm Salten. 
 
 Unb SlUee Micfte im £aifer an, 
 
 Unb erfannte ben ©rafen, ber ba6 get^an, 
 
 Unb t)ere^rte ba^ gottUc^e SBaften. 120 
 
 18 
 
 (1291) 
 
 Sluf ber SSurg ju ®ermer^f)eim, 
 @taxt am @eift, am Seibe fc^ttJad^, 
 ©i^t ber greife ifaifer Otubolf, 
 ©pielenb ia^ gen)of(nte ©d^ad^. 
 
 Unb er fpric^t: „3^r guten SJieifter! 5 
 
 Sler^tel fagt mir of)ne 3«9en: 
 SBann au^ bem jerkoc^nen Sei6 
 SBirb ber (Seift ju ®ott getragen?'' 
 
 Unb bie SSJleifter fprec^en: ,,Ȥerr, 
 aBof)( nod^ ^eut erfd^eint bie QtnnkJ' 10 
 
 4—2 
 
46 5Jaifer Stubolf^ 3?itt jum @rak. 
 
 greunbtid^ lac^elnb fprid^t ber @rei^: 
 „aKeifter! 2)anf fiir Mefe ^unbe!" 
 
 „2luf nad^ S^eier, auf na^ ©peier!" 
 5Ruft er, aB t>a^ Spiel geenbet; 
 ,,2Bo fo manc^er beutfc^e ^db iS 
 
 Siegt begrakn, fei'^ ^ofienbet! 
 
 33Iaft bie Corner! bringt ba^ 9?of, 
 25a6 mi^ oft jur ©c^lad^t getragen!" 
 Saubernb ftef)n bie S)iener all; 
 2)od^ er ruft: „Solgt of)ne 3agen!" 20 
 
 llnb ba^ ©d^lac^tro^ tt)irb gebra($t. 
 „9^ic^t jum ^ampf, jum en)'gen grieben/' 
 ©priest er, ,,trage, treuer greunb, 
 3e^t ben Ȥerrn, itn leben^muben!" 
 
 SBeinenb ftef)t ber iSiener ©d^aar, 25 
 
 2116 ber @rei6" auf t)ol)em Stoffe, 
 Sted^t^ uttb linf^ ein iJapellan, 
 3ie^t, ^al6 M^', au6 feinem ©d^lojfe. 
 
 Xrauernb neigt be6 ©d^loffe^ Sinb' 
 ajor if)m ilE)re Slefte nieber, 30 
 
 SS5gel, bie in i^rer ^ut, 
 ©ingen n)ef)mutf)6»olle Sieber. 
 
 SJlanc^er eitt be6 2Beg6 baf)er, 
 2)er ge^ort bie Bange ©age, 
 ©ie{)t be6 *§elben fterbenb Silb, 35 
 
 Hub brid^t au^ in laute 5flage. 
 
 Slber nur t>on Ȥimmetetuft 
 ©jjrid^t ber Orei^ mit jenen jnjeien, 
 
ifaifcr 9iubclf6 9{itt jum ®rak. 47 
 
 Sac^elnb Hidft fein Slngefid^t, 
 
 Site ritf er jur Suft im 2)laien. 40 
 
 aSon bem f)of)en 2)om ju @:peier 
 »§ort man inmp^ Me ©locfen fc^allen, 
 dtitkx, SSurger, jarte grau'n 
 SBeinenb if)m entgegentt)aHen. 
 
 3n ben f)of)en iEaiferfaal 45 
 
 3ft er rafc^ no^ eingetreten; 
 Si^enb bort auf golbnem &tu% 
 ^ki man fitr fein SSot! if)n beten. 
 
 „9iei(^et mir ben ^eU'gen Seib!" 
 @)3ric^t er bann mit Meic^em SKunbe; 50 
 2)rauf »er|ungt fic^ fein ©efic^t 
 Urn bie mitternac^fge ©tunbe. 
 
 2)a auf einmal ^irb ber (Saai 
 ^tU t)on iiberirb'fd^em Sic^te, 
 Unb entfc^lummert fi^t ber §elb, 55 
 
 «g)immeteruy im Slngefic^te. 
 
 @lo(fen burfen'^ nid^t ^erliinben, 
 33oten nid^t jur Seiche Uttm, 
 Sllte ^er^en Iang6 be6 Stfjein^ 
 gut)len, bap ber §elb ^erfd^ieben. 60 
 
 9la(^ bem 2)ome ftromt ba6 SSoIf, 
 (B^'voax^, un5a{)ligen @en)immete. 
 2)er em^ftng' be^ ^elben 8eib, 
 ©einen @eift ber 2)om be6 §immete. 
 
 SuflinuS Werner. 
 
48 2)er Sanbgraf t>on S^^iiringen. 
 
 ' (1307) 
 
 !Det eble Sanbgraf Stieberic^ 
 fiJlit ber gebifinen SBange 
 Sluf feiner SBartburg ritterlid^ 
 @id^ mijxt unb [c^irmet lange. 
 
 3n [einen Slbern f)eif if)m roKt 5 
 
 2)a^ Slut ber Ȥot)enftaufen. 
 
 2)arum if)m ^a:pft unb Ȥab66urg groKt, 
 
 2)ie if)m ba^ Sanb ^erfaufen. 
 
 2)er ifai[er Slttred^t, 3tubolf6 (So^n, 
 
 3ettritt bie beutf($en Sanbe, 10 
 
 gugt ju bem Unred^t falten §o^n 
 
 Unb JU bem (Slenb ©d^anbe. 
 
 S)ie SBartburg, auf bm %tU txipfjt, 
 
 2)ie fann er nic^t geia^innen, 
 
 2)er ebten grei^eit 2Biege fte^t 15 
 
 3n if)ren ftoljen Siunen. 
 
 2)od^ bro^t be6 Ȥunger6 Uekrmad^t 
 
 2)ie Surg ju ukrmannen. 
 
 2)rum fu^rt ber Sanbgraf ftitl bei "^aClft 
 
 2)ie ©einigen t)on bannen. 20 
 
 ®ie reiten uber ©todf unb ©tein, 
 3u flief)n be^ ^aiferg 5tetten. 
 2)er Sanbgraf benfet nur allein 
 ©ein Iiebe^ istini ju retten. 
 
!Det Sanbgraf t)on 2;f)uringeu. 49 
 
 (Sr tragt i^n fetbft auf feinem 2lrm, 25 
 
 !I)en ^naben neugeboren ; 
 
 3Som ftarfen $Ritt n)irb if)m fo t^arm, 
 
 ©c^on Muten if)m bie ©poren. 
 
 ^^gj^rt, fort! boxt m^ ba5 Sieid^^^panier, 
 
 Sc^on blinfen taufenb ©peere. 30 
 
 2)er ^aifer ift% tJoU blut'ger ®ier, 
 
 9Kit feinem gan^en »^eere!" 
 
 Unb n)aren's^ mef)r, aB ©anb am 5Jleer, 
 
 2)er Sanbgraf n)irb'^ nii^t a^kn. 
 
 ©ein f(eine^ ^inb, e6 iDeint fo feljr, 35 
 
 Uttb ttjitt t>or 2)urft ^erfc^mac^ten. 
 
 3Sor einem f^lec^ten Sauern^au^ 
 
 3iuft er: „Um ©otte^milten 
 
 !Du iunge SJlutter, fomm' f)erau^, 
 
 S)en £ttaben mir ju ftillen ! " 40 
 
 !Dern)eit umn)enbet er fein $ferb 
 9Jiit grimmen Sorne^flammen, 
 Unb n)0 er f)infd^tagt mit bem ©(^n)ert, 
 ©tiirjt 5i}lann unb 3to^ jufammen. 
 
 2)ie ©einen fd^aaren holler SBut^ 45 
 
 ©i^ nm ben eblen ^^elben, 
 
 2)af t>on bem f)ier t^ergopnen 33tul 
 
 3lo(^ fpate ©agen melben. 
 
 "Smn mef)r ate taufenb Seinbe fmb 
 
 ^kx in ben 2;ob gefun!en, 50 
 
 Ste fic^ be^ Sanbgraf^ j[unge6 ifinb 
 
 ^at ruf)ig fatt getrunfen. 
 
so 3)ie ©c^lac^t bel Sieutlingen. 
 
 20 
 
 («I^ai 1377) 
 
 3u Sld^alm cmf bem %d\cn, ia ijauft manc^ fuf)ner 2lar, 
 @raf Ulric?^, @of)n i)e6 ®reiner6, mit feiner 3titterfc^aar ; 
 SBilb raufd^en i£)re glugel urn ^Reutlingen, bie (Stait, 
 Salt) fd^eint [ie ju eriiegen, t>om f)eifen S)range matt. 
 
 !l)od^ )3r6^fi(j^ einft erfjeben tie ©tabter fic^ ju S^ac^t, 5 
 3n6 Urac^tf)al f)muber fmb [ie mit grower SiJlac^t, 
 33a{b fteigt ^on 2)orf iinb 5iKuf)Ie bie Stamme blutigrotf), 
 Sie ^eerben ix)eggetrieben, bie Ȥirten liegen tobt. 
 
 ^cvx Wlrid^ I)at'^ t^ernommen, er ruft im grimmen ^oxn : 
 „Sn cure ®tabt foil fommen fein §uf unb au(i) fein 
 ^orn!" 10 
 
 2)a fputen fic^ bie SRitter, fie n)a^)))nen \\i) in (Sta^I, 
 ©ie f)eifc^en if)re Sioffe, fie reiten ftrad^ jutfjat. 
 
 Sin ifird^Iein fte^et brunten, ©anft Seonf)arb gen)eif)t, 
 !r)abei ein griiner Singer, ber fd^eint kquem jum ©treit. 
 ©ie fpringen "oon ben $ferben, fie jie^en ftolje 9teif)'n, 15 
 2)ie langen ©picfe ftarren, n)of)lauf ! mx vvagt fic^ brein? 
 
 ©d^on jie^n t5om Urad^tf)a{e bie ©tabter fern fjerbei, 
 ^Jtan i)kt ber Scanner Saud^^en, ber ^eerben n)ilb ©efd^rei, 
 Wan fief)t fie fiirber fd^reiten, ein tt)of)(geruftet §eer; 
 2Sie flattern ftotj bie Sanner! SBie Ui^m ©d^n^ert unb 
 ©!peer ! 20 
 
 ^nn fd^Iie^ bid^ feft jufammen, bu ritterlid^e ©d^aar! 
 2Bo^( f)aft bu nid^t gea^net fo brauenbe Oefa^r. 
 
2)ie (S^tac^t M 5Reutlingen. 51 
 
 £)ie iiberma^t'gen ^Rotten, [ie fturmen an mit ©c^n)aH, 
 2)ie 3iitter ftef)n unb ftarren n)ie geK unb SJlaueri^atl. 
 
 3u 9ieutlingen am Stinger, ia ift cin altc6 Xi)0Xf 25 
 Sangft n)ob mit bi($ten 3tan!en ber ©pfjeu fi($ bather, 
 ^an f)at e^ [c^ier ^ergeffen, nun frac^f6 mit einmal auf, 
 Unb au^ bem Stinger ftiirset, gebrangt, ein 33urgerf)auf. 
 
 2) en Stittern in ben SiMm fatft er mit graufer SButf), 
 §eut n)iH ber ©tabter kben im ijd^m $RitterMut. 30 
 SBie t)aben ba bie ©erber fo meiftertid^ gegerbt! 
 2Bie i)ai)tn ia bie garber fo !pur:purrotf) gefarbt! 
 
 ^mt nimmt man nic^t gefangen, ijtut ge^t e6 auf ben S^ob, 
 ^eut fpri|t ba6 Slut n)ie 9tegen, ber Singer bliimt fi^ roll). 
 (Bkt^ brangenber umfd^Ioffen unb rt)utf)enber beftiirmt, 35 
 3ft ring^ t)on SSruberleic^en bie 3iitterf(^aar umtf)urmt. 
 
 2)a6 Sa^nlein ijl t)erIoren, *§err Ulric^ blutet ftarf, 
 ©ie noc^ am ichzn blieben, finb milbe bi6 in^ "Sftaxl 
 !Da ^afc^en fie nac^ 5Roffen unb fc^n)ingen fic^ barauf, 
 @ie t)auen burd^, fie fommen jur feften Surg ^inauf. 40 
 
 „m SlKm"— ftof)nf einft ein 9titter, i^n traf be^ SJliirber^ 
 
 @to^ — 
 Slllmac^f ger ! njoHt' er rufen — man f)ief batmen ba^ (S(i)b^. 
 §err Wric^ finft t>om ©attel, fjalbtobt, ^oH S3fut unb £lua(m, 
 ^aW nid^t ba6 ®c^lof ben 3lamen, man f)iep eg ie{,t: 
 
 Slc^alm. 
 
 aBot)( fommt am anbern 9Jlorgen ju 9teutlingen an^ Xfjox 45 
 SSJland^ trauert>oKer 5Ena)):pe, ber feinen ^errn i)erlor. 
 2)ort auf bem 3f{atf)f)au6 (iegen bie Xobten alt gereif)t, 
 SSilan fuf)rt ba^in bie £ned^te mit fid^erem ©eleit. 
 
52 2)ie ©c^Iad^t M Steutlingen. 
 
 2)ort liegen mef)r benn fe($3ig, fo Wutig unb fo blei^, 
 9li(I;t ieber ^nap^) erfennet ben toUm ^errn fogleic^. 50 
 2)ann n)irb ein ieber Seic^nam t)on treuen !Diener^ §ant> 
 ®en)a[($en unb gefleibet in mi^c^ @rabgen)anb. 
 
 2luf 33af)ren unb auf 2Bagen, getragen unb gefuf)rt, 
 9Kit (gic^enlaub befran^et, )x>k'^ Ȥelben n)of)t gebuf>rt, 
 ®o ge^t e6 nac^ bem Si{)ore, bie alte ©tabt entlang, 55 
 2)umpf tonet t>on ben S^^urmen ber 2iobteng(odfen £tang, 
 
 ®6^ SBeifienfjeim eroffnet icn langen Seic^enjug, 
 
 (Sr n?ar e^, ber im ©treite be^ @rafen S3anner trug; 
 
 (Sr t)atf e^ nid^t getaffen, M^ er erf^lagen \t>ax, 
 
 2)rum mag er n)urbig fuf)ren auc^ nod^ bie toi)k ©d^aar. 60 
 
 iSrei eble Orafen folgen, kit)af)rt im (Sd^ilbe^amt, 
 SSon Xiibingen, t)on 3ollern, "oon ©(^n^ar^enberg entftammt. 
 D' SoHern ! beine £eid^e um[d^tt)ebt ein (tester ^ran^ : 
 @af)ft bu tJielleic^t no($ fterbenb bein §au^ im fiinffgen 
 ©lanj? 
 
 SSon @a^fenf)eim jn^een ^titter, ber SSater unb ber 6o^n, 65 
 2)ie liegen [till beifammen in Silien unb in SSJlo^n, 
 2(uf i£)rer ©tammburg n)anbe(t r^on Sifter^ ^er ein ©eift, 
 2)er liingft mit ^taggeberben auf \^mxt^ Unf)eil tt>eift. 
 
 (ginft tvar ein §err t>on Suftnau t>om ©c^eintob aufer^^ 
 
 n)ac^t, 
 (Sr hijxt im Seic^entud^e ju feiner grau bei "^a^t, 70 
 !l)at)on man fein ©efd^ted^te bie S^obten f)ief im Sd^erj ; 
 §ier bringt man i^rer (Sinen, ben traf ber Xob in^ »§erj, 
 
 2)a6 Sieb, e^ folgt nid^t mikx, be6 3ammer6 ift genug, 
 SSiH 3emanb Sllle n)iffen, bie man i)on bannen trug, 
 
!l)er xd^ftt gurft. S3 
 
 2)ort auf ben 5Ratf){)au^fenftern, in garben bunt nnt> flar, 75 
 ©teKt jeben 5Ritter6 5Jlame unt) 2Ba:p:pen[d^ilb [ic^ bar. 
 
 21(6 nun t>on feinen SBunben @raf Utric^ au^ge^eilt, 
 2)a reitct er nac^ Stuttgart, er ijat ni^t fe^r geeilt; 
 (Sr trifft ben alten 3Sater aUein am 9Jtittag6maf)f, 
 Sin froftigcr SBillfommen! fein SBort ertont im ®aal. 80 
 
 !l)em SSater gegenuber [i^t Ittric^ an bem Xi\(S), 
 
 @r fc^fagt bie Slugen nieber, man kingt if)m SBein unb 
 
 3)a faf t ber ®rei6 ein SKeffer, unb f!pric^t fein 393ort baki, 
 Unb fd^neibet 3n)ifc^en 25eiben ia^ S^afettud^ entjnjei. 
 
 U^Ianb. 
 21 
 
 (1495) 
 
 ^reifenb mit ^iel f($6nen 9ieben 
 Sf)rer Sanber SBertf) unb 3af)I, 
 Qa^m »iele beutfc^^e gurften 
 Sinft ju SBorm^ im ifaiferfaaf. 
 
 „§errlic^/' fi)rac^ ber gurft t>on Sac^fen, 5 
 
 „3ft mein Sanb unb feine SJtac^t, 
 
 ©ilber f)egen feine 33erge 
 
 aSo^l in manc^em tiefen <S(i)a<i)t/' 
 
 „®e^t mein 8anb in u^^^'ger guHe/' 
 
 ©)3rad^ ber ^Pfal^graf ^on bem 9tf)ein; 10 
 
 „@otbne (Baakn in ben 3^£)a{ern; 
 
 2luf im SSergen eblen SBein." 
 
54 ^ai[er SKar ju SBorm^. 
 
 „®rofe ©tabte, reid^e £lofter/' 
 
 Submig, ^err gu Saiern, [prac^, 
 
 „@($apn, baf mein Sanb bert euren 15 
 
 SBof)t nic^t ftef)t an ©c^at^en nac^." 
 
 gberf)arb, ber mit tern Sarte, 
 
 SBurtemberg^ geliebter Ȥerr, 
 
 ©prad^: „^Jldn Sanb ^at Keine ®tabte, 
 
 Xxao^t nic^t S3erge fi(6erfc^mer ; 20 
 
 S)od^ ein i?(emob {)alf6 t^erborgen: 
 2)af in SBalbern, noc^ fo grop, 
 3(^ mein ^aupt fann fuf)nlic^ fegen 
 Sebem Untert^an in ©c^oofi." 
 
 Unb e6 rief ber ^err 'oon ©ac^fen, 25 
 
 iSer t>on 33aiern, ber »om 9t^ein: 
 „®raf im SSart! 3f)r feib ber reic^fte, 
 euer Sanb tragt (gbelftein!" 
 
 SujlinuS Jtcrner. 
 
 22 
 
 (1495) 
 
 3ur ©ruft fan! i?aifer griebrid^. ®ott geb' if)m fanfte 9iuf) ! 
 9Jiar faf t fein giilben ®ce:pter ; ei, ©onnenaar, ®IudE ju I 
 3u 2Borm6 nun f)ielt er 9tei(^6tag,* auf, giirftenfd^aar, 
 
 t)erbei, 
 3u rattjen unb ju forbern, baf ?lttiS)t unb ii(i)t gebei^ ' ! 
 
ifaifer SJlar ju 2Borm^. 55 
 
 6inft in bem bum^jfen 3latf)faal frrang SJlax em:por in 
 
 M^, S 
 
 3)er ©taub ber 5Pergamente na^m i^m kn Dbem faft, 
 2)ie f))i^en ftugen 9ieben, Me ma(^ten toll iijn fd^ier, 
 2)a rief er feinen flatten : ,f%xmni) ^unje, fomm mit mir!" 
 
 2)en S^reu'n liebt er ^or Allien, n^o^l einem ©attner gleid^, 
 S)er jeDen Saum mit Siebe ))flegt in bem ©artenreic^, lo 
 2)0(^ einen fid^ erforen, in beffen @^attenf)ut 
 9^ac^ fc^tt)uter S^age^miil)' er am liebften abenb^ ruf)t. 
 
 @6 n^allten nun bie Seiben bie ©trafen ein unb au^, 
 2)ort auf bem gropen 9Jlar!t:pla^ fal)n fie ein ftatttic^ ^au^f 
 2)a rief ber £unj: „SJJiein 5Ji)nig, fi^tiept Sure 2lugen 
 
 fc^nelt! 15 
 
 2)enn, traun, f^on M man^ einer fic^ btinb an biefer 
 
 ©teff. 
 
 graujofifd^ ift'^; 3^r tt)ift ja, n)ie'^ granfreic^^ ©6f)ne 
 
 treiben, 
 2)ie anber6 fc^reiben ate fprec^en, unb anber^ lefen ate 
 
 fd^reiben, 
 llnb anber^ f^)red^en ate benfen, unb anber^ fe^en ate fingen, 
 2)ie grop in allem £leinen, unb Hein in gropen Singen." 20 
 
 (Sin atitter^mann au^ Sranfreid^ m^nt in km ftotjen 
 
 ©ein aBa^)penfc^ilb, l^ell glanjenb, :^angt ^od^ jur ?Pforf 
 
 ^inau^, 
 9Jlit ©d^norfel^iigen jierlid^ in blanfem @otbe6fd^ein 
 ©d^rieb ring6 um^ hunk aBa)):pen er biefe SBorte ein : 
 
56 5?aifer Wax ju SiSorm^. 
 
 „(£rft @ott 3itm ®tuf, n)er'6 liefet ! — STuf, 2)eutfc!^er , fuf)n 
 
 uni mxti), ,. . - 25 
 
 Ǥier tiarrt tin @c^i(b i)e^ fceinen, tvenn tampfc^fvoij kin 
 
 Hub magft bu mic^ Bejn)ingen nac^ 9?itterbrau(^ unb JRec^t, 
 SBiK ic^ mic^ bir !oerbingen ate le^ten Stubenfned^t." 
 
 ©rnft [c^ritt ber iJonig furber ; boc^ an be^ 5Ritter^ @£!^i(b 
 ^angt talb cin (Sbelfna:p))e ber ^ab^burg 2Ba))penBi(b ; 30 
 Unb mit bem gruf)rot^ f)atrte auf fanb'gem ^ampfe6))Ian 
 2)er 5fonig gegeniiber bem franPfd^en 9t{tter^mann. 
 
 Unb f)of)er ftieg bie Sonne ; ber Stanjmann lag im @anb, 
 2)a6 ©iege^[c^n)ert, ijcU leuc^tenb, ragt ^oc^ in SOiaren^ 
 
 Ǥanb. 
 „ @o fc^tagt ein beutfc^er 9titter " ; er f))ra(^'6 unb ftanb 
 
 r^erfldrt, 35 
 
 SBie ©anct SJJid^ael, ber ©ieger, mit [einem glammenfd^t):)ert 
 
 ,/3f)r ^abt @uc^ mir ergekn ate le^ten JRubenfnec^t, 
 2Bof)Ian, 3f)r foKt er[af)ren nun meine6 Slmte^ 5Red^t!" 
 ®ein ©c^toert nun fd^it)ang er breimal: „@te^t auf, mein 
 
 atitter mxt^ ! 
 ©0 fc^lagt ein beutfd^er ifonig, — feib brat) tuie ©uer 
 
 ©c^tt)ert!" 40 
 
 ****** 
 
 SSiel faffge 2irauben fc^n)eKen ring^^er um SBorm^ am 
 
 9if)ein, 
 „Wtil^ unfrer lieben Srauen/' [0 {)eift bort jener SBein; 
 ©augt jene SDtitd^, if)r ©reife, fie mad^t eud^ n^ieber jum 
 
 £inb, 
 D ^err, gib unferm Sanbe ^iel SJlilc^ fo fuf unb linb! 
 
£utf)er unt) grunb^berg. 57 
 
 2lu6 ©olbgefafen quoll fie an 5Kaxen6 Slknbtifc^, 45 
 @(eic^rt)ie au^ golbnen ©utern, fo laBenb, Har unb ftifc^ ; 
 993ie jcd^t an 9Jfaren6 ©eite bet franrf<$e 3titter^mann ! 
 SBie tt)armenb ba ber ©liifjborn bur^ ^utijen^ 5?e{)(e rann ! 
 
 2)er Sranjmann I(ob ben Sed^er, begeiftert flammt fein S3Iut: 
 „§eil Wax bit, ebter 2)eutfc5er, fo Meber unb fo gut !" 50 
 ,/§of)o!" vief iJunj f)at6grimmig, „j[e|it Binbet mit mir an, 
 SSer auf bie^ 2Bof){ ^erjinn'ger unb beffer trinfen lann!" 
 
 SBie (2c^i(be Hangen bk Seeder jufammen je^t mit SJtac^t, 
 5)ie 33lirfe bli^ten geniiber, n)ie Sanjen in ber ©c^Iai^t. 
 2Ber Sieger blieb im 2Bettfam:pf? n)o()l fam e^ nie an^ 
 Sic^t; 55 
 
 grug man am SKorgen bie Seiben, fie n)u^ten'^ fetber nic^t. 
 
 SInafiafiuS ©run. 
 23 
 
 {17. Sl^rit 1521) 
 
 ©c^on fjaxxd an ben S^f)uren 
 
 !De^ 9So(fe6 5Wenge bi^t, 
 
 2l(^ fie ben 8ut{)er fuf)ren 
 
 aSor ^aifer unb ©erid^t; 
 
 Unb an ber Xf)uxt ^foften, 5 
 
 !I)em ©ngang 8utf)er^ naf^, 
 
 Ste^t feft auf feinem 5Poften 
 
 2)er alte grunb^berg ba. 
 
 aS5ie unter Sli^e^flammen, 
 
 SBif unter ©turme^nje'^n 10 
 
SS Sutler uni grunb^berg. 
 
 3it)ei ©id^en Mc^t kifammen 
 
 2tuf 5a^en SBurjeln ftefin, 
 
 @o ftef)en fuf)ngeftattig 
 
 !Die beiben ^^elben bcrt, 
 
 3n SBaffen ber geix)altig 15 
 
 Unb jener in bent SBort. 
 
 2) en fc^irmt bie 5pi(fel^aube, 
 
 2)a^ ^anjer^emb au^ @rj, 
 
 Unb jenem ftaf)(t ber ©laube 
 
 ®a6 »ie(geprufte »§erj; 20 
 
 3n ©c^lac^ten f^aut ber ©ine 
 
 S)em 3;ob in^ Slngefic^t, 
 
 2)em jittern bie ©ebeine 
 
 2tu(^ ^or bem S^eufel nid^t. 
 
 2)er 3{itter fief)t ben ^riefter 25 
 
 ©ic^ tverfen in ben Siob, 
 
 3n feinen Siig^n lieft er 
 
 2)er Sofung ernft ©ebot, 
 
 2)a^ fiegen ober fterben 
 
 2)en Sromm^ertDegnen ^eift, 30 
 
 Unb t>or bem Ȥimmeteerben 
 
 Seugt fic^ be^ »^elben @eift. 
 
 „5DWnd^lein!" beginnt ber Slitter, 
 
 ,,2)u ge^eft einen ®ang, 
 
 28ie aud^ im ®c^Iac^tge'n)itter, 35 
 
 3m SDtorb^ nnb ©turme^brang 
 
 3d^ nod^ beftanben feinen 
 
 Unb feinen mxV be[tef)n,* 
 
 33ift in mit @ott im 9leinen, 
 
 SKagft bu ben @ang aud^ gefjn!" 40 
 
ifaifer £arl an 8utf)er6 @rab. 59 
 
 ®o gab ber greife 2)egen 
 
 2lm ^eifen £ampfe^tag 
 
 !Dem Sutler feinen ©egen, 
 
 ©en ^anb^ unb 9iitter[^lag. 
 
 2Bof)Iauf benn, Ȥelb ! unb f^n)ingc 45 
 
 2)eitt ritterlid^e^ ©c^njert! 
 
 Sap fe^n, ob [id^ bie £Iinge 
 
 Site Pammenbe hmatjxtl 
 
 St. fR. J&agcn6a(^. 
 24 
 
 "^nmx ^arl mt f ut^^rs (grab* 
 
 (1547) 
 
 3tt S93ittenberg, ber ftarfen 8utf)er6fefte, 
 3ft itaifer ifart, ber (Sieger, eingebrungen. 
 SBo^t ift ben ©tamrn ju fallen if)m gelungen, 
 2)od^ neue SBurjeln f^lagen ring^ bie Slefte. 
 
 3n Sut^er^ gefte f)aufen frembe @afte, ^ 5 
 
 2)od^ 8ut^er6 ®eift, ber bleibet unbejwungen; 
 !Da, n)0 be^ @eifte6 ©c^n^ert er l)at gefd^mungen, 
 2)a ru^en billig au^ be6 Seibe^ 9tefte. 
 
 2lm ©rabe fte^t ber ifaifet, tief geruf)ret. 
 ,,2luf benn unb rac^e bid^ an im ©ebeinen, 10 
 3)en glammen gib fie pxd^, n)ie fic^'^ gebii^ret!" 
 So ijkt man au^ ber 2)iener Xxo^ ben (Sin en. 
 S)er iJaifer fprid^t : ,;5)en £rieg {)ab' id) gefufiret 
 SKit Sebenben; urn Zcbk la^t un^ ttjeinen." 
 
 B. s 
 
6o 2)er pilgrim »or @t. Suft. 
 
 25 
 
 ^J^J^ IPilgnm tor St l^t^t. 
 (1557) 
 Siad^t iff a, unb ©turme faufen fur unb fur : 
 ^ifpanifd^e 5!Jl6nd^e, fc^lief t mir auf Me Zijixx ! 
 Saf t {)ier mic^ ru^'n, bi^ ©lodfenton mic^ mdft; 
 2)er jum ©ebet euc^ in Me ifirc^e fc^recft! 
 Sereitet mir, nja^ euer ^au^ ^ermag, 5 
 
 @itt Drben^Heib unb einen @arfopf)ag! 
 @6nnt mir bie fleine 3^Ke, miijt mid^ ein! 
 9Jle^r ala bie Ȥalfte biefer SBelt n^ar mein. 
 !Daa ^anpt, ba^ nun ber ©d^eere fic^ bequemt, 
 SSKit mand^er ^rone n)ar'6 kbiabemt. 16 
 
 2)ie ©d^ulter, bie ber £utte nun fid^ MdEt, 
 §at faiferlid^er ^ermelin gefd^mudEt 
 5lun bin id^ t>or bem Xob btn Xoikn gleid^, 
 Unb faff in 2;rummer, n?ie bo^ alte 9teid^. 
 
 $taten. 
 26 
 
 (1629) 
 
 3m ©d^atten einer (^iiS)t 
 3ft grieblanba 3elt erbaut ; 
 6a fd^iitteft i{)re S^^ige 
 2)ie alte 3iiefm laut. 
 
 Umf)uat t)om $urpurfleibc, 5 
 
 3m 3elt ber ^erjog fi^t ; 
 
2Ballenftein t)or ©tralfunt. 6i 
 
 SSiel golbene^ ©efd^meibe 
 
 2ln Ǥafe uttb Sruft iijm Wi^t, 
 
 2)od^ finfter ^at jur (Srbe 
 
 @ein Sluge fic^ gewanbt; lo 
 
 S)ie 9ted^te mit bem Sc^n^erte 
 
 S)urd^grabt be^ Soben^ @anb. 
 
 @^ fi^et i^m jur Seitc 
 
 Slrnim, bet gelbmarfd^all; 
 
 Def Slid f^njeift in bie SBeitc 15 
 
 Ȥitt nad^ ber geftung 2SaK. 
 
 (St fprid^t: ,,9lun felbft erfa^ren 
 
 *&abt 3^r bet Surger mnt^l 
 
 Oefd^u^t finb »or ©efa^ren 
 
 ©ie bur^ bet Dftfee gfut!" 20 
 
 r,^i)nnt 3£)r ber geinbe glotte 
 Sliest bo^ren in ben @runb, 
 @o fte^t ju i^rem Qpotk 
 Stod^ lang^S^r ijot ©tralfunb!" 
 
 2)a ^ebt t)on feinem ®i§e 25 
 
 @id^ grieblanb ftolj empor, 
 3^m fpru^n be^ 3^nte^ 23li§c 
 2lu^ bunflem Sluge »or. 
 
 ,,@^ [(^leubert in bk gluten 
 
 2)en 2)anen biefe §anb! 30 
 
 25en @d^n)eben jagt mit 9iut^en 
 
 @ie au6 bem beutfd^en 8anb!" 
 
 ,,Sei ®ott! ©tralfunb enetten. 
 Sott feitte SWa^t ber aOSelt, 
 
 5—2 
 
62 SaSallenftem ^or ©tralfunb. 
 
 Uni) fjixiQ' e6 aud& mit 5?etten 35 
 
 geft an km ^immeleselt!" 
 
 2)er ^ersogtuft'^ im @rimme;> 
 
 2)a rau[di>t unb ad^jt jugleid^ 
 
 g^ fd^aurig, n)le tie ©timme 
 
 2)er ©eifter^ im @^mi%. 4c 
 
 (gr i)6rf itnb [^auet bufter 
 5Rad^ bem @eraufd^ em))or,. 
 SB e6, eitt lei^ ©epfter, 
 Sm Saume fic^ verier. 
 
 5Diit fragenber ©ekrbe 4; 
 
 Slirft i^n ber SRarfc^all an;. 
 2)er »&erjog faf) jur ©rbe, 
 S3i6 lac^enb er begann: 
 
 „SBa6 iffe! 2)ie SBinbe braufeir!'' 
 
 (gr greift in ^a\i jum SBein, S' 
 
 Unb fc^enft mit inncrm ©raufen 
 
 gur fid^ unb Slrnim ein. 
 
 „(5toft an unb lafit un6 trinfenf 
 
 e^ gitt ber geftung %aU I 
 
 3n 5?ursem foil [ie [infen 5 
 
 JSrol SKeere^flut unb SBaK-!'' 
 
 2)ie SSe^er finb erftungen 
 
 3n ber erf)obnen Ǥanb, 
 
 Unb grieblanbe ®la^, jerfprungen, 
 
 giet Ilirrenb in ben ©anb. ^ 
 
 9Kit fragenber Oeberbe 
 35{i(ft i^n ber SJlarf^all an^ 
 
2Ballenftein ^or Stralfunb. 63 
 
 2)er ^erjcg faf) jur (Sxbc, 
 S3t^ fac^enb er begann: 
 
 ,,2Ba^ ift'0! 3c^ ftiep ju M«9! ^5 
 
 Srtngt ©lafer itn6 fjerbei!" 
 (gin 2)iener ^olt gefd^aftig 
 2)er frifc^en Se^ec jttjei. 
 
 ,,@toft an! 9Bir muffen trin!en 
 
 2luf biefer geftung gall, 70 
 
 Unb morgen foM fie finfen! 
 
 ©toft an, §en: gelbmarfd^all!" 
 
 Slnftiefen fie bebad^tig; 
 
 (g^ flang fo ^ell unb rein, 
 
 Unt) bei bem flange mac^tig 75 
 
 Sluflad^te SBallenftein. 
 
 3)od^ okn burc^ bie Sid^e 
 
 ataufc^t e^ n)ie ©eifterton, 
 
 211^ fprad^en aHe 3^eige 
 
 2)em Sc^njur be^ ^erjog^ ^o^n. So 
 
 Unb fief) ! ber geftung SBaHe 
 UmjudEt' e^, Sli^ auf SHfe, 
 Unb feine (SifenbaKe 
 (gntfanbte ba6 ©efc^u^. 
 
 2)er '^erjog an bie Sippen S5 
 
 @e^t fc^on be^ Sec^er^ SRanb; 
 2)o(]^ e^' er fonnte ni))!pen, 
 (gntfut)r baa ®ra^ ber ^anb. 
 
 2)ea SBeine^ 2;ro^3fen fpri^ten 
 
 Urn ^inn unb Sart unb SJiunb, 90 
 
64 gefirbeHin. 
 
 2)c6 Sec^era ©d^erben ri^ten 
 2)ic blaffe SBang' if)m n)unb. 
 
 Unb kr noi^ nie gejittert 
 
 3n l^eifer ©d^Iad^ten ®Iut, 
 
 ©in @la6, t)om Sd^uf jerfplittert; 95 
 
 SSrad^ it)m ben fecfen 9Jlut^. 
 
 9Jlit fragenber ©eberbe 
 
 SBIicft iijn ber SJiarfd^aM an; 
 
 S)er ^tx^OQ \aii jur ©rbe, 
 
 S3i6 bufter er kgann: icx) 
 
 „9Kit 9Renfd^en mUt' i^ fec^ten 
 ttnb f)offte 3tu^m nnb @ieg, 
 2)oc^ mit bee ©d^idfal^ SKad^tcn 
 55u^rt grieblanb nimmer ifrieg!" 
 
 „2l6jiet)n l^ir ^on ber Sefte, 105 
 
 ©obalb ber SJlorgen grant!'' 
 3)a ranfc^t e6 bnrc^ bie Slejle 
 SBie ^eBer ^nhcUaut 
 
 9iod^ fte^t bie ^^erjog^eid^e. 
 
 ©a fammett jebe^ 3a^r no 
 
 Sm <SS)aikn t^rer 3tt)eige 
 
 @i(§ frof) ber Snrger ©c!^aar. 
 
 (28. Sunt 1675) ' 
 §err itnrfurfi ^rie^rid^ SBilf)eIm, ber grofie ihiege^^elb, 
 Sef)t, tt)ie er anf bem ©d^immel t>or ben ©ef^u^en ^att ! 
 
geffrfjeltin. 65 
 
 2)a6 n^ar ein rafd^ea 5Rciten »om 9if)ein 6i^ an ben 3i^in, 
 5)a5 n^ar ein ^eif e6 ©treiten am 3!ag ^on Sef^rbeCin. 
 
 SBoKt if)r, i^r trofe'gen @^tt)eben, nod^ me^r »om beutfc^en 
 Sanl) ? 5 
 
 2Ba6 tragi i^r in Me SiHarf en ben tt)utf)'gen iJriege^kanb ? 
 ^err 8ubtt){g t>on ber Seine, ber f)at eud^ aufge^e^t, 
 2)a^ Seutfc^Ianb "oon ber 5Peene jum ©Ifaf tt)erb' jerfe^t 
 
 !Dod^ nein, ®raf ®ufta^ SBrangef, ^ler fte^ nun einmat ftiK! 
 2)ort fommt Ǥerr gtiebrid^ SBil^etm, ber mit bir reben 
 tt)ilt. 10 
 
 ©efellf^aft alter 2lrten bringt er im rafc^en dtitt 
 @amt ^ai^nm unb ©tanbarten jur Unter^altung mit. 
 
 "^un fe^t if^n auf bem S^immel, ein itrieg^ott ift er traun ! 
 2)en Soben bort jum S^anje n?iH er genau kfd^aun; 
 Unb unter feinen 3;reuen ba reitet ^intenan 15 
 
 3ute|t, boc^ nic^t au6 Sd^euen, ©tattmeifter ^roben an. 
 
 Unb tt>ie ^^err SBranget bruben ben ©d^immet nun ttiliit, 
 atuft er btn ifanonieren: „3^r itinber, jielt gefd^idftl 
 2)er auf bem ©d^immel fi^et, ber grofe ffurfurfi ifi'a. 
 ' 9iun bonnert unb nun bti^et, auf voen'^ S^f^i^^^/ ^^^ 
 wi^t'^V* 20 
 
 2)ie bonnem unb bk bli^en unb jielen mijl nid^t^ ©d^fec^t'^, 
 Unb urn ben ^erren fallen bie ©einen linfe unb red^td. 
 !Dem 35orfIinger, bm Sltten, faft n)irb e6 i^m ju n)arm ; 
 @r ift fein greunb »om ^altm mit bem ©eme^r im 2lrm. 
 
 Unb bic^t unb immer bid^ter fd^lagt in bie ^^eere^rei^'n 25 
 !Dort in be6 ©(^immete SJa^e ber ifugelregen ein. 
 
66 Se^rbeflin. 
 
 ,,Um @ott, ^M iJurfurft, mi^et!" 2)er^urfurft t)6rt c^ 
 
 S^ fd^aut fein Slid, ber gleid^e, bem geinb in'^ Slngefid^t. 
 
 2)er ©d^immel mod^f e6 af)nen, mm Mefe^ ^euer gilt ; 
 Sr fteigt unb fc^aumt im 3ugel, er f)ebt fid^ fc^eu unb 
 n?ilb. 30 
 
 2)ie Ȥerren alle fcangen, bod^ fagf^ if)m feiner an; 
 SQSar' boc^ nic^t rudfmart^ gangen, bcr fiirftli^ grof e SRann. 
 
 D ?Preupen, bama(6 njagte auf eine6 2luge6 Slid, 
 2luf eine^ 3oHe$ Sreite [id^ furc^tbar bein ©efd^idE! 
 D 3oHern, beine Srone, gneberic^, bein 9iu^m! 35 
 ^kx galt'^ im 2ll)n bem ©o^ne, im §ut bem £6ntgtf)um. 
 
 ^kx gait e^ @icg unb 55reif)eit oh norb'fc^er Ueberma^t, 
 Unb txuXf n^enn er gefaflen, mx fd^litgc fetne ©i^Iac^t ? 
 5flic^t »^omburg6 eble §i|e, nid^t S)5rfling6 rau{)er SJlutf), 
 5Rid^t ©rumbfoix)^ ©abelfpi^e, nid^t §eer nod^ Sanbftutm 
 gut .40 
 
 Unb bod^, bet 3;ob ift naf)e unb maf)t urn i£)n {)erum, 
 Unb '2llle^ jagt unb trauert unb 2lHe^ bleibet ftumm. 
 3)ie Sd^eibe ift ber ©d^immel, ba^ merfet Seber nun; 
 2)od^ ^elfen mag ber »!^immel, »on un$ fann'^ Reiner tf)un, 
 
 2)a reitet ju bem gurften ©manuel groben ^er: 45 
 
 ,,§err ^urfurft, Suer ©d^immel, er fd^eut fi^ ^or'm @en)ef)r ; 
 2)a6 2^f)ier jeigt feine fiaunen, 3f)r bringf ^ nic^t in'6 ©efed^t, 
 @o ne^mt nur meinen SSraunen, i(S) reif^ inbep jured^t." 
 
 I)er §err fd^aut i^m f)eruber: „S^ ift mein Siebling^rof, 
 2)od^ ba6 t>erftef)ft bu beffer, fo reif e^ nur jum Zxo^J' 50 
 @ie n^ed^feln ftill, bann fprenget rafd^, ofjne @ruf unb 2Bort, 
 2)en ^u<id lang ^er^anget, ber eile Sroben fort. 
 
Unb n^eit tion feinem §crren ^alt er ^u Stoffe nxin. 
 ^ur njenig Slugenblicfc [d^eint ba^ ©efd^ii^ ju ruf)n; 
 2)er 5?urfurft felber finnet, it)arum e^ je^t t^erftummt, 55 
 Unb: ;,it)arfer n)ar'^ gemeinet", bet alte 2)oif(tng kummt. 
 
 2)a plo^lic^ bonnert'^ mieber gen)altig uber'^ Selb, 
 2)0^ nur nac^ einem '^yxvXit n)arb ba6 ©efc^u^ 9^fteKt; 
 »§oc^ auf ber ©c^immel fe^^t, ^va groben [inft jum ©anb, 
 Unb 9top unb 3teiter ne^et mti feimm Slut ba^ 8anb/ 60 
 
 3)ie 9iitter alfe fc^auen gar jertjft unb treu barein. 
 D Sroben bort am Soben, n)ie gtanjt bein 9iuf)me^fd^ein! 
 2)er ^urfiirft ruft nut telfe:— „§a! n)ar ba6 fo gemeint?" 
 Unb bann nad^ gelb§errnn?eife: „5ftun t>ortt?art^ in ben 
 geinb!" \ 
 
 , 28 
 
 3. aranfcing. 
 
 (1717) 
 3ette, ?Poften, SBerba^atufet ! 
 Suff ge Slac^t am S)onauufer ! • 
 ^ferbe fte^n im i?rei6 umfier 
 Slngebunben oxi \^ixi $flocfen; 
 2ln ben engen 6attel66dEen 
 Ǥangen ifarabiner fc^n)er. 
 
 Um ba6 Seuer auf ber (grbe, 
 aSor ben ^ufen feiner 5Pferbe 
 Siegt ba^ oftreid^'fc^e 5pifet. 
 2luf bem 5Jlante{ liegt ein 3eber, 
 9Son \iiXi S^f^afo'^ n)ef)t bie gebev, 
 Seutnant h)urfelt unb iJornet. 
 
 10 
 
6$ 5Prin} Sugeniu^; bet eble dixtttx. 
 
 9ieben feinem muben ©d^edfen 
 dtuijt auf einer njoll'nen iDerfen 
 2)er Jlrompeter ganj allein: 15 
 
 „iaft Me ifnSd^ef, laft Me itorten! 
 ^aiferlic|e gelbftanbarten 
 SBirb ein Steiterlieb erfreun! 
 
 9Sor a(S)t Xao^zn bie Slffaire 
 ^aV id), ju 9luft bem ganjen «&eere, 20 
 
 3n ge{)6r'gen 9{eim gebrac^t, 
 ©elber aud^ gefe^t bie 5Roten : 
 5)rum, if)r SBeifen unb i^r Otot^en, 
 SJlerfet auf unb gebet Sl^tf' 
 
 Unb er fingt bie neue SBeife 25 
 
 (Sinmat, an)eimal, breimal teife 
 2)enen 5Reiter6leuten t>0r; 
 Unb tt>ie er jum le^ten STOale 
 @nbet, bric^t mit einem SJlak 
 80^ ber t>oHe, fraft'ge Kf)<>T: 30 
 
 „$nnj Sugen, ber eble SiitkxV* 
 ^df ba0 f(ang n)ie Ungen)itter 
 SBeit in'6 2;urfen(ager f)in, 
 !Der S^rompeter t^at ben ©c^nunbart fhei^en 
 Unb fic^ auf bie Seite fd^Ieid^en 35 
 
 3u ber SJtarfetenberin. 
 
 "^xmi €^nQmmB, b^ ^ble flitter. 
 
 (QSolf^acb) 
 ^rinj Sugeniu^, ber eble 9iitter, 
 2BcHf bem £aifer tt)ieb'rum friegen 
 
5]}rinj Sugcniu^, kr cbfc 9titter. 69 
 
 ©tabt unb Seftung SSelgarab. 
 
 @r lief fd^Iagen einen 33ru(fen, 
 
 2)af man funnt' f)inukr rudfen 5 
 
 SiKit b'r Strmee n)ot)t fur bie ©tabt. 
 
 211^ ber S3ru(fen nun i?oar gefc^Iagen, 
 2)af man funnf mit ©turf unb SBagen 
 %xti ))affir'n ben !I)onauf(uf : 
 Sei ©emiin fd^Iug man ba^ Sager, 10 
 
 SlKe Siurfcn ju fterjagen, 
 2f)n'n jum ©pott unb jum SSerbruf. • 
 
 2lm einunbjnjanjigften Sluguft fo eben 
 ifam ein ©))ion ki ©turm unb 3tegen, 
 ©d^n^ur'^ bem ^Prinjen unb jeigt'^ i^m an, 15 
 ^a^ bie 2;urfen futragiren, 
 ©0 Diet ate man funnf tierfpuren, 
 2ln bie breimaf{)unberttaufenb SDlann. 
 
 Site 5Prinj Sugeniu^ bk^ tiernommen, 
 Sief er gteid^ jufammenfommen 20 
 
 ©eine Oenerat unb gelbmarfc!^att. 
 Sr t^at fie red^t inftrugiren, 
 SBie man fottf bie Siruppen fiif)ren 
 Unb ben geinb red^t greifen an, 
 
 S3ei ber ^Parole tf>at' er befe^Ien, 25 
 
 2)af man fofff bie 3^Mfe jaf^Ien 
 S3ei ber Uf)r urn SKitternac^t. 
 2)a foHt^ 2ir^ 3U $ferb auffi^en, 
 9Kit bem geinbe ju fd^armu^en, 
 SBa6 jum ©treit nur f)atk itraft. 30 
 
 SlHee faf auii) gleid^ ju $ferbe, 
 3eber grif nad^ feinem ©d^n?erte, 
 
^o 2)er S^oral t)on Seut^en: 
 
 ©anj [till tucff man (x\x^ bcr ©c^an^ 
 
 2)ie SJlu^fetitr n)ie aud^ Me SReitcr 
 
 2;f)aten alle ta^)fer ftreitcn: 35 
 
 '^ n)ar fuwaf)r ein fc^oner S^anj! 
 
 3^r Konftabler auf ber ©c^anje, 
 ®^)ietet auf joi Mefem S^anjc 
 5!Jlit 5?artf)aunen grofi unb !(em, 
 SKit ben gtopen, mit ben Heinen — 40 
 
 2Iuf bie 2^urfen, auf bie Ȥeiben, 
 2)af fie laufen all' ba^on! 
 
 5prinj Sugeniu^ n)of)l auf ber ^i6:fivx 
 %%hi' aB n)ie ein 8otx)e fed^ten, 
 2l(^ ©eneral unb gelbmarfd^^^K. 45 
 
 $rins 8uben)ig ritt auf unb nieber; 
 ^'gatft eud^ kat>, i^r beutfd^en Sruber, 
 ©reift \iiXi ^eint) nur f)er5f)aft (xn !" 
 
 $rinj 8ubeit)ig, ber muff aufgjekn 
 ©einen @eift unb junge^ Seben, 50 
 
 SBarb getroffen ^on bem SSIei. 
 ^rinj ©ugen it)ar fef)r betrukt, 
 SBeit er i^n fo fet)r geliekt; 
 8iep if)n bring'n nad^ $eterivarbein. 
 
 30 
 
 (5. JDecemBer 1757) 
 ©efiegt ^(xi griebrid^^ Heine ®(]^aar. 9tafd^ uber Serg unb 
 
 aSon \i^Ximxi jog ba^ ^aifer^eer im Slbenbfonnenftra^I. 
 
3)er (^t)oxal 'om imtijm. 71 
 
 2)ie 5Preu^en fte^tt auf Seutf)en6 %db, ba6 fjd^ noc^ t?on ber 
 
 2)e6 3;age^ i5c^redfen6tt)erfe ring^ umfc^Ieievt milt) Me 9ia^t. 
 
 2)o(^ bunfef ift'^ t)ia unten nur, am Ȥimmel Sic^t an Sic^t, 
 2)ie golbnen ©terne jiefjn fjerauf tvie ©anb am fUleer fo 
 Mc^t, : 6 
 
 ®ie ftra^ten fo kfonbera f)eut, fo feftlid^ ^e^r iijx 8auf, 
 S6 ift, ate njoHten fagen fie: „3^r Sieger, btidfet auf!" 
 
 Unb nici^t umfonft. 2)er 5preufe fu{)It'^: e^ n)ar ein grofer 
 
 2)rum ftill im ganjen Sager ift'6, nid^t 3ukl noc^ @elag, 10 
 @o ftiff, fo ernft tie £rieger all', fein Sac^en unb kin 
 
 @pott— 
 2luf einmal tout e6 im^ bie 9lad^t: „9lun banfet aHe ®ott!" 
 
 2)er Sllte, bem'^ mit 2}lac|t entquolt, fingt'a fort, bod^ nid^t 
 
 allein, 
 £am'raben um i^n fjcx im £rei6, gleid^ ftimmen fie mit ein. 
 2)ie 9lad^barn treten ju, e6 ioa^ft lan)inengleid^ ber Sf)or, 15 
 Unb t)oKer, immer roller fteigt ber Sbbgefang emipor. 
 
 2lu^ alien 3elten ftromt'^, e6 rei^t fid^ fmgenb ©d^aar an 
 
 ©d^aar, 
 SinfaHen je^t bie 3ager, je^t fatlt ein ava^' ber §ufar. 
 2lud^ SJiufifa n)iK feiern nid^t, ju reiner Ȥarmonie 
 Senft §orn, ^oW unb iflarinett bie f^eifge 9}lelobie. 20 
 
 Unb ftarfer nod^ unb lauter nod^, e$ fd^njillt ber ©trom jum 
 
 SJieer: 
 2lm Snbe, )m au6 einem SJJunb, fingt ring6 ba^ ganse §eer. 
 3m Sd^o bonnernb n)ieberl)allf ^ ba^ aufgen)edEte Z^al, 
 SSie f)unbert Drgeln kauft ^inan jum ^immet ber (5f)orat. 
 
 ^. aBcjfcr, 
 
31 
 
 @^ vjoo^nt eitt SStuUa forgenfrei 
 3n feiner Keinen SDiu^ie. 
 
 Sei Sonnenbranb unb ifu^te* 
 
 9iic^t n)eit ba^on eln i?onig f)atV 5 
 
 Gin ©c^Iof fi^ aufgebauct. 
 
 SQax' ni^t bie 3rou{)r, man f)atte @tabt 
 
 Unb Sanb btau^ uber[(^auet. 
 
 2)er £6nig bot bem SJtiilfer @elb : 
 
 „9Serfauf mir beine ^iitte! 10 
 
 S3au neu fie auf, it^o bir'6 gefalTt, 
 
 ^a^ groferm SJlap unb Sd^nitte."— 
 
 „Wtdn 5MI)((^en ift mir gut genug, 
 
 2)a^ laff' i($ meinen ©tben; 
 
 e^ tragt be^ SSater^ ©egen^fpruc^, 13 
 
 ^ier n)iH ic§ ru^ig jierben."— 
 
 S)cr Surft fagt ja, ber Soulier nein; 
 
 2)er gurft n)irb ungebulbig. 
 
 ,,S(^ bin bein §err; ba6 8anb ift mein; 
 
 2)u bijl ju n^eid^en fd^ulbig!"-— 20 
 
 „3(^ n^eid&e nid^t".— -„!Dann muf ®maU 
 2)en ftarren ©inn bir beugen/' — 
 ,,3§r irret, §err, @ud^ n)erben balb 
 2)ie 9ti(^tet anbre6 jeigen." 
 
 ,,2)ie 9ii^ter?"--faat bem £onig ein, 25 
 
 2)ie felbft er eingefefeet — 
 
2)cr alte 3iet^cn. 73 
 
 ff^a ^aft in 9tec^tj — id^ geb' mid^ brein, 
 2)ein ®ut Heibt unt>er(e§et ! " 
 
 ®eit jener ©tunbe lebten fie 
 
 Site Steuttbe, f)0(i) unb niebrig. 30 
 
 3)e6 ©c^Ioffe^ 5Ram' ift San^fouci, 
 
 !l)e^ iJSnig^ 9lame griebric^. 
 
 Surtmaim. 
 32 
 
 *§ufaten^®eneral, 
 
 2)em geinb bte ©time bieteu 
 
 2;{)at cr bie l^unbert SOtaL 
 
 @ie ^aben'^ aW erfafjren, 5 
 
 SBie er bk $e(je tt)uf(^ 
 
 aJlit feinen 8ei6^ufaren, 
 
 S)et Siet^en au^ bem 23u[c§. 
 
 ^et, n)ie ben JJeinb fie Hauten 
 
 S3ei Sonjofi^ unb 5Prag, ^ 10 
 
 Set 8iegni§ unb bei 8eutf)en, 
 
 Unb mikXf ©c^lag auf ©d^Iag! 
 
 S3ei Sorgau, S^ag ber @^re, 
 
 9iitt feftft ber grife nac^ ^au$, 
 
 2)oc^ Si^t^en f^^rac^: „b^ fe^re 15 
 
 (grft nod^ mein ©c^Iad^tfelb au^." 
 
 ©ie famen nie aUcim, 
 
 2)er 3ietf)en unb ber gri^, 
 
 2)er 2)onner vtjar ber eine, 
 
 2)er anbre tt>ax ber S3It§. 20 
 
7A 2)a^' Sfeb ^m ©c^ia. 
 
 66 tt?ie6 fid^ if einer tragc, 
 5)rum fd^fug'^ aud^ immer ein, 
 Db n)arm', ob falte ©d^lage, 
 ®ie :()flegten gut ju fein. 
 
 2)er i^tiebe n)ar gefd^Ioffett; 25 
 
 2)oc^ ifriegea Suft unb nual 
 
 2)ie alten @c!^Iad^tgenojfen 
 
 ©urc^Iebten'^ nod^ einmal. 
 
 2Bie 5SJlarfd^aa S)aun gejaubert, 
 
 Unb gri^ unb 3ietf)en nie, 30 
 
 3)a6 tt)arb \t%i burc^geiplaubert 
 
 Set 2:i[d^ in ©anafouci. 
 
 ginft mod^t' e0 i^m nic^t fd^medEen, 
 
 Unb fie^, ber 3ietf)en fd^lief. 
 
 6in »&off{ng n)itt i^n tt^edfen, 35 
 
 2)er £6nig aber rief: 
 
 ,;8a^t fd^lafen mir \ivx 2[{ten! 
 
 @r ^at in mand^et S^ad^t 
 
 gur un6 fid^ n^ad^ ge^alten — 
 
 2)er ^at genug gei^ad^t!" 40 
 
 33 
 
 gas fhiJ tr0Jt Scpi. 
 
 (1809) 
 
 66 jog au6 Serlin ein ta))ferer §elb, 
 (Sr fuf)rte fed^6f)unbert Steiter in'6 t^elb, ^ 
 @ed^6^unbert Sieiter mit reblid^em W\x% 
 : ©ie burfteten alle S^anjofenblut. 
 
3)a6 Sieb "oon Sc^itt. 75 
 
 5lud^ jcgen mit JReitern unb Stoffen im ©d^ritt 5 
 SBofif taufenb ber taipferften ©d^u^en mit; 
 3f)r ©c^u^en, ®ott fegne eud^ iegtid^en ©d^uf, 
 3)urd^ n)e(d^en ein granjmann erblaffen mxi^l 
 
 ©0 jieffet ber tap^xc, ber mut^ige ©d^ill, 
 
 2)er mit ben granjofen fd^(agen fid^ tt)iff; 10 
 
 3f)n fenbet Uin 5faifer, fein ifonig au^, 
 
 3^n fenbet bie grei^eit, ba^ SSaterfanb au6. 
 
 S3ei Sobenborf farbten bie SWanner QUt 
 2)a^ fette 8anb mit franjofifd^em 33[ut; 
 3tt)eitaufenb jerf)ieben bie ©abet Uant, 15 
 
 2)ie ubrigen mad^ten bie Seine tang. 
 
 !I)rauf fturmten fie !D6mi^, ba6 fefte ^au6, 
 Unb jagten bie ©d^etmenfranjofen t)inau^; 
 2)ann jogen fie luftig in6 ^Pommerlanb ein, 
 2)a foil lein granjofe . fein ifiu>i mef)r fd^rei'n. 20 
 
 2luf ©tratfunb fturmte ber reifige ^uq; 
 D granjofen, t^erftiinbet iijx SSogelflug! 
 D n)ud^fen tn(i) gebern unb gliigel gefc^tt)inb! 
 @^ naf)et ber ©d^iff, nnb er reitet to)ie SBinb. 
 
 @r reitet n)ie SBetter f)inein in bie ©tabt, 25 
 
 2Bo ber SOSaHenftein n)ei(anb ^erlegen fi^ {)at, 
 2Bo ber 3n)6Ifte itarolu^ im S^^ore fd&Iief; 
 3e^t liegen i^re 55Jiauren unb 2if)urme tief. 
 
 D m^ eud^ granjofen! tt>k maijt ber Xoil 
 9Bie farben bie 9teiter bie ©abel rctf)! 30 
 
 2)ie Sleiter fie fu^len ba^ imt\^t 33lut, 
 granjofen ju tobten, ba6 bandit i^nen gut. 
 
 B. 6 
 
7(> !I)a^ 8iet) ^on S^iH, 
 
 D n)ef)e bir, Sd^itt ! bu tapferer Ȥelt) ! 
 
 2Ba^ finb bir fur Mbifc^e S^efee gefteHt ! 
 
 SSiele gief)en ju Sanbe, e^ fd^leid^et »om SJleer 35 
 
 2)er 2)ane, bie tu(lif(^e ©c^lange, baf)er. 
 
 D Sc^iH! ®(^iU! bu ta))ferer ^elb! 
 
 SBa^ frtengfi bu nid^t mit ben 9teitern \Xi^ %i\\i ? 
 
 SBa^ fc^Ue^eft xxi SJlauern bie 2;a))fer!eit ein? 
 
 S3ei ©tratfunb ba [oKft bu begraben [ein. 40 
 
 D Stralfunb, \iVi traurige^ ©tralefunb! 
 3n bir gef)t ba^ tapferfte §ers ju @runb', 
 (Sine 5?uget burd^6of)ret ba6 rcblic^fte «g>erj, 
 Unb 93uben [ie treiben mit ^elben ©c^erj. 
 
 ©a fd^reiet ein [redder ^ranjofenmunb : 45 
 
 ,,?iJJan foH if)n begraben n)ie cinen Ȥunb, 
 SBie einen ©d^elm, ber auf ©algen unb Stab 
 Sd^on fiitterte ifrafien unb 9laben fatt." 
 
 @o trugen fie {f)n of)ne ®ang unb £[ang, 
 D^ne ^Pfeifengeton, of)ne Sirommelflang, 50 
 
 D^ne ^anonenmufif \xx(^ gtintengru^, 
 aaSomit man ©olbaten begraben muf . 
 
 ©ie fd^nitten ben ^ojjf i)on bem Stumpf if)m ab 
 Unb legten ben Seib in ein fd^led^te^ @rab; 
 !l)a liegt er. nun bi^ oca ben jiingften S^ag, 55 
 
 2Bo @ott if)n in greuben eritjedfen mag. 
 
 2)a fdf>laft nun ber fromme, ber ta))fre §elb, 
 3f)m njarb fein ©tein jum ©ebad^tnif geftellt ; 
 3)od^ f)at er gleid^ feinen @f)renftein, 
 ^ixxi 9lame n)irb nimmer tjergejfen fein. 60 
 
^tnn fattelt cin dtcikx fein fc^nette^ ?Pfer&, 
 Unb fd^njinget dn dtdkx fein Manfe^ Sd^iioert, 
 @o rufet cr jornig: §err ©c^ill! t^err Sd^iH! 
 3d^ an kn granjofen euc^ rac^en toiU, 
 
 34 
 (20. geBruar i8iq) 
 
 3u SWantua in SSanben 
 
 ®ec treite t!^ofcr n)ar, 
 
 3n aJiantua jum S^obe 
 
 guf)rt if)n kr geinbe ©(^««r; 
 
 @^ blutete ber Sriiber §erj, 5 
 
 ©anj 2)eutfc^tanb, a^S) ! in S^mad^ unb Sd^merj, 
 
 3Kit if)m ba^ Sanb Si^rol. 
 
 2)ie §anbe auf bem 3tucfen 
 
 2)er @anbn)irt§ »^ofer ging, 
 
 Wit ruf)ig fcften ©d^ritten, lo 
 
 3f)m fc^ien ber 3iob gering, 
 
 2)er S^ob, ben er fo manc^e^ SKal 
 
 aSom Sfetberg gefd^idt in'^ Zijal, 
 
 3m ^eirgen Sanb S^^rol. 
 
 !I)od^ aB au6 5?erfergittern 15 
 
 3m feften SiJlantua 
 
 2)ie treuen SBaffenbruber 
 
 2)ie §anb' er ftredfen fa^, 
 
 2)a rief er laut: „@ott fei mit eud^, 
 
 SD^iit bem i)errat^nen beutfd^en Steid^ 20 
 
 Unb mit bem Sanb 3;t)rol!" 
 
 6 — 2 
 
2)er S^rom^eter an ber 5fa^ba*. 
 
 2)em XainUm \XfiU ber SBirkI 
 
 3li^t unterm ©c^lagel t)or, 
 
 Site nun ber ©anbn^irt^ »§ofer 
 
 Sdpritt fcurd^ ba^ ftnftre 3:f)or. 25 
 
 2)er (5anbtt)irtf) nod^ in Sanben frei, 
 
 Sort ftanb er feft auf ber 33aftet, 
 
 2)er 9J?ann t>om 8anb 3;v)roI. 
 
 2)ort [on er nieberfnieen, 
 
 Sr fpra($: ,,2)ae t§u' ic^ nit! 30 
 
 2Bill fterben, n)ie id^ fte^e, 
 
 SBill fterben, n)ie ic^ ftritt, 
 
 (So n)ie id^ ftef)' auf biefer (S^an^': 
 
 e^ leb' mein guter 5faifer %xani, 
 
 ma i^m [ein Sanb 2;ijron" 35 
 
 Unb t>on ber ^anb bie 33inbe 
 
 9limmt if)m ber ^or))oraI, 
 
 Unb ®anbn)irtf) §ofer ktet 
 
 Sltl^ier jum Ie|tenmal; 
 
 2)ann ruft er: „9{un, fo trefft mi^ rec^t! 40 
 
 @ebt geuer! — 2l(^, n^ie fd^iept if)r fd^(ec^t! 
 
 2Ibe, mein 8anb S^v^ol!" 
 
 SutiuS 3Rofcn. 
 35 
 
 §ir tirnmptte Hit ir^r ^at^biiclj. 
 
 (1813) 
 95on SBunben ganj bebedtet, 
 2)er Sirom^jeter fterbenb ruf)t, 
 Sin ber ifa^bad^ fjingeftredfet, 
 2)er SSruft entquillt ba$ Slut. 
 
S)cr Xxom)(>ctcx an ber ^ai}had), 79 
 
 SSrennt auc^ Me 2^ot)e6tt)unt)e, 5 
 
 2)od^ fterben faun er nic^t, 
 aSi^ neuc ©tege^funbc 
 3u feinen Df)ren kld^t 
 
 Unt) it)ic er [c^metjlid^ tineet 
 
 3n Siobe^angften kng, 10 
 
 3u i{)m {(eriibetbringet 
 
 @itt tt)o{|I6efannter £(ang, 
 
 !I)a^ ^ebt if^n "oon bcx Srbe, 
 
 Sr ftredft fid^ ftarr unb n)Ub. 
 
 2)ort fi^t er auf bem ^ferbe 15 
 
 Site it)ie ein fteinerti 33 Kb. 
 
 Unb bie Xxompdc fc^mettert — 
 
 geft f)alt [ie feine ^anb — 
 
 Hub )tok ein ^onmx mtkxt 
 
 SSictoria in ia^ 8anb. 20 
 
 8Sictoria — fo Hang e^, 
 SSictoria — iiberall 
 aSictoria — fo brang e6 
 »^ert)or im fraft'gen ®d^«n. 
 
 !Soc^ al6 e6 au^geHungen, ' 25 
 
 (Se^t bie 2;rom)3et' er ab, 
 2)a^ ^erj ift i§m jer[:prungen, 
 SSom Stop ftilrjt er t)erab. 
 
 Urn if)n f)erum im ifreife 
 
 ^ielf^ ganje Stegiment. 30 
 
 2)er gelbmarf^all fprad^ leife: 
 
 „2)a^ f)eipt ein felig ^nbV 
 
8o 3)a6 8ieb »om «5elbmar[d^an. 
 
 36 
 
 I 
 
 gas ^ieir fa0m Jf^Iirmarsc^dl; 
 (1813) 
 aBa6 bfafen bie S^rom^jeten? Ȥufaren, t)erau6! 
 @6 reitet ber gelbmarfd^att im ftiegenben (Bam; 
 @r reitet fo freubig fein mutt)ige6 $ferb, 
 @r f^minget [0 [i^neibig fein Wi^enbe^ ©c^itjerf. 
 
 O f(I;auet, tt)ie i^m leud^ten bie 2lugcn fo f(ar! s 
 
 D fc^auet, n)ie iE)m n)attet fein fd^neen)eife^ ^aaxl 
 @o frifd^ btuf)t fein 2lfter n)ie greifenber SBein, 
 Drum fann er 93er^alter be^ @c^la(^tfelbe^ fein. 
 
 3)er 5D?ann ift er gettJefen, ate aHe^ t>erfanf, 
 
 2)er miitf)ig auf gen ^immel ben 2)egen nod^ fc^^ang; 10 
 
 2)a f(^n)ur er kirn Sifen gar jornig unb f)art, 
 
 2)en 2Balfc^en ju UJeifen bie beutfd^e 2lrt. 
 
 5)en @(^tt>ur {)at er geljatten. 21(6 ifrieg^ruf erfiang, 
 §ei ! n)ie ber n^eif e bungling in'n ©attet fid^ fd^mahg ! 
 2)a ift er'6 gen)efen, ber i?e^rau6 gemad^t, 15 
 
 !S)iit eifernem SSefen ba^ Sanb rein gemad^t. 
 
 Set Su^en auf ber $Iue, ba ^ielt er fold^en ©traup, 
 2)afi t>ielen taufenb SBalfd^en ber Slt^em gieng au6, 
 93iet S^aufenbe liefen bort f)afigen Sauf, 
 3ef)ntaufenb entfd^liefen, bie nimmer n^ad^en auf. 20 
 
 2lm SBaffer ber ^ai^i^aiS) er'6 au^ ^at ima^xt, 
 2)a f)at er ben granjofen ba6 ®d^it)immen ge(el)rt: 
 ga^rt vooijlf if)r ^ranjofen, jur Dftfee {)inab! 
 Unb ne^mt, Of)nef)ofen, ben 2BaHftfd& jum ®rab! 
 
m^m'^ \x>Hh Sagb. 8i 
 
 35ei aBartburg an kx @l6e idk fuf)r er ^inburd^ ! 25 
 3) a fd^irmte bie granjofen nid^t 6(^anje nod^ SSurg, 
 !l)a muften fie fpringen n)ie Ȥafen iiber*^ gelb 
 Unb {)eH Ilef erflingen fein Ȥu[fa ! ber ^elb. 
 
 Sei Sei^j^ig auf bent 5p(ane, ^errlidje ©d^Iad^t ! 
 
 2)a ixa^ er ben gran^ofen ba^ ©tilcf unb bie SJlac^t, 30 
 
 2) a liegen fie fo fid^er nad^ blutigem %aU, 
 
 2)a n)arb ber Ȥerr SStiid^er ein ^elbmarfd^aH. 
 
 2)vum blafet, it),r 2;rompeten! Ȥufaren, ^erau6 ! 
 3)u reite, »§err Selbmarfc^aK, n)ie 28inbe im ©au6 ! 
 2)em Siege entgegen jum 3l6ein, iiber'n St^ein, 35 
 
 2)u tapferer !Degen, in JJranfreid^ t)inein! 
 
 (5. m. SlrnU. 
 
 37 
 
 (1813) 
 
 a33a6 gtanjt bort tiom SBatbe im ©onnenfd^ein ? 
 
 ^or'^ nafjer unb nafjer braufen. 
 ©6 jief)t fid^ f)erunter in bufteren dtd^% 
 Unb gellenbe Ȥi)rner fd^allen barein, 
 
 Unb erfiitlen bie ©eele mit ©raufen. 5 
 
 Unb mnn i^x bie fd^n)arjen ©efeHen fragt : 
 2)a6 ift Sii^on)'^ n)i(be i)ertt)egene 3agb. 
 
 SBae 5ief)t bort rafc^ burd^ ben ftnftern SBalb 
 
 Unb ftreift \)on 33ergen ju SSergen? 
 (g^ legt [id^ in nad^tlid^en Ȥirtterf)alt^ 10 
 
 2)a6 ^mxa^ jaud^jt unb bie Sud^fe tnaUt, 
 
82 , Sii^on)'^ n)ilbc Sagb. 
 
 ©^ fallen Me franfifd^en ©emergen. 
 Unb njenn i^r bie f^n)arjen Sager fragt : 
 2)a6 {ft Su^oU)'^ n?ilbe t^ewegene 3agb. 
 
 S93o bie 9te6en bort gluf)en, bort kauft ber SR^ein, 15 
 
 2)er SButf)rid^ geborgett fic^ meinte, 
 2)a naf)t e^ fd^nell mit ©emitterfc^ein 
 Unb n)irft fid^ mit ruff gen SIrmen f)inein, 
 
 Unb fpringt an'^ Ufer ber geinbe. 
 Unb mnn if)r bie fc^n^arjen Sd^n)immer fragt : 20 
 
 2)a6 ift I2u^ott)'^ n)ilbe t^ern^egene Sagb. 
 
 2Ba6 brauft bort im 3;f)ale bie taute ©d^lac^t? 
 
 2Ba6 fc^lagen bie @c^n)erter jufammen? 
 SBilbfjerjige Oieiter fd^lagen bie ©d^lac^t, 
 Unb ber %nnU ber greif)eit ift gliifjenb erttjac^t 25 
 
 Unb lobert in blutigen Stammen. 
 Unb mnn if)r bie fc^ti^arjen 9teiter fragt i 
 Da^ ift Su^on)'^ n)ilbe i)ertt?egene Sagb. 
 
 3Ba6 fd^eibet bort rod^elnb t>om ©onnenlic^t, 
 Unter tt)infelnbe Seinbe gekttet? 30 
 
 (S6 judEt ber 3;ob auf bem Slngefid^t, 
 
 2)0^ bie n)adferen ^cx^cn erjittern nid^t; 
 2)a6 SSaterlanb ift ja gerettet ! 
 
 Unb n^enn if)r bie fd^n)arjen ©efallnen fragt : 
 
 2)a^ tt)ar 2u^ott)'^ n)itbe ^ern^egene Sagb. 35 
 
 Die n)ilbe 3agb unb bie beutfd^e Sagb 
 
 2luf ^^enfer^btut unb S^^rannen! 
 2)rum, bie i^r nn^ liebt, nid^t gen)eint unb gellagt ! 
 2)06 Sanb ift ja frei unb ber SWorgen tagt, 
 
 SBenn tt)ir'6 au^ nur fterbenb gen^annen ! 40 
 
2luf @c^arnf)orff^ Xob. 83 
 
 Unb \^on (Siifeiu §u @nfeln fei'a nacl;gefagt : 
 2)a$ n)at Su^oW)'^ i))itt)e ^ent?egene Sagb. 
 
 (28. Sunt 1813) 
 3n bem n^ilben ifriege^tanjc 
 33rad^ bie f^onfte ^^elbentanje, 
 ^reufcH, euer ©eneral. 
 Suftig auf bem 55etb bet Su^en 
 ©af) er greif)eit^tt?affen bli^en, S 
 
 2)o(^ if)n traf ber 2;obe6ftraf)t. 
 
 „5fugen rap mic^ bod^ nic^t nieber? 
 2)ien' euc^ blutenb, n)ertf|e SStiiber, 
 guf)rt in (Site mi^ gen 5Prag ! 
 SBiU mit 33Iut urn Deftreid; njerben ; 10 
 
 3ff 6 befc^Ioffen, n^ill ic^ fterben, 
 2Co ©d^meritt im 33(ute lag." 
 
 Slrge ©tabt! n^o .^elben franfen, 
 ^eirge ^on ben Srucfen fanfen, 
 SReifeft affe 23(utf)en ab; 15 
 
 Slennen bic^ mit leifen @rf;auern — 
 »§eirge ©tabt! nad^ beinen SJlauern 
 3ief)t un6 man(^e^ tl)eure @rab. 
 
 2lu6 bem irbifc^en ©etilmmel 
 Ȥaben (Sngel in ben ^immel 20 
 
 Seine ®eele [anft gefuf)rt, 
 3u bem alten beutfc^en 9iat^e, 
 2)en im ritterlii^en ^Btaak 
 @mig ifaifer Sari regiert. 
 
84 2Iuf ©c^arn^orff^ Xob. 
 
 „@ruf m^ ®oit, i^r t^euern ^elben! 25 
 ifann eud^ frof)e 3eitung melben : 
 Itnfer SSoIf ifi aufgen^ad&t ! 
 2)eut[c^(anb ^at fein ?liciS)t gefunben ! 
 ©t^aut! id^ trage (Suf)nung^rt)unt)en 
 2ru6 ber l}eirgeu Dpferfc^tad^t ! " 30 
 
 Sold^e^ f)at er ioxt ^erfunbet, 
 Unb n)ir Side fte^n ^erbunbet, 
 2)af bie^SBort nid^t Sugefei. 
 *§eer, au^ feinem @eift geboren, 
 Sager, bk [ein 9Kut^ erforen, 35 
 
 2Baf)let if)n ^um gelbgefc^rei ! 
 
 3u ben ^od^ften S3erge6forften, 
 SBo bie freien Sfbfer fjorften, 
 §at [i^ friit) [ein 25{idf gen^anbt; 
 9iur bem »§od^ften gait fein ©treben, 40 
 
 9iur in greif)eit fonnf er lekn, 
 @(^arnf)orft ift er brum genannt. 
 
 iEeiner tvar n)of)( treuer, reiner ; 
 Sia^er fiani bem £onig ifeiner, — 
 !Dod^ bem aSotfe f(^(ug fein ^er^. 45 
 
 @n)ig auf ben 8i:p!pen fd^n^eben 
 Sffiirb er, tt)ixb im SSolfe leben, 
 Scffer al6 in Stein unb ©r^. 
 
 . SKojc »Ott (Sd{>cnfentorf. 
 
SBIuc^er am 3if)em. 85 
 
 39 
 
 ^liiclja" urn §l|^mT, 
 
 (1813) 
 2)ie §eere Wiekn am 9lf)eine ftefjn: 
 @oK man {)inein nac^ granfreic^ gef)n? 
 SJRan bac^te f)in iinb it)ieber nad^, 
 StHein ber alte S5(ucl;er [prad^: 
 „ ©eneraltarte f)er! 5 
 
 9la(^ granfreid^ gef)n ift nid^t fo fd^tt)er. 
 SBo Mt ber geinb?" — „2)er geinb ? — 2)a^{er ! " 
 ,,!Den Singer brauf, ben fd^tagen n)ir! 
 SBo liegt $ari^?" — „$ari^? — Dafyier ! '' 
 „S)en Singer brauf! ba6 ne^men n)ir! 10 
 
 9Iun fd^lagt bie 33rurfen uber'n 9if)ein; 
 3d^ benfe, ber Sf)ampagnern)ein 
 3Birb, n)0 er tvac^ft, am beften [ein ! " 
 
 40 
 
 ©^ kauft ein 9iuf rt)ie !Donner^alf, 
 
 SBie ©d^mertgefUrr unb SBogenpratt: 
 
 3um atfjein, jum 9tf)ein, ^um beutfd^en 9t^ein ! 
 
 aBer tDitt be6 ©trome^ fitter fein? 
 
 £ieb' aSaterlanb, magft ruf)ig fein, 5 
 
 Seft ftef)t unb treu bie SBad^t am 9if)eitt. 
 
 !Durd^ Ȥunberttaufenb judft e^ fd^neff, 
 Unb mn mtgen tli^en ^ett: 
 
86 !Die 2Ba^t am 9i^em. 
 
 2)er beutfc^e SiingHng, fromm itnb ftarf, 
 Sefc^irmt fcie f)eirge Sanbe^marf. lo 
 
 iW SSaterlanb, magft ruf)ig fein, 
 ^t\t ftef)t unb treu bie SBad^t am 9l^ein. 
 
 2luf iMt er in bc^ ^immete Slau'n, 
 
 2Bo tobte t^efben nieberfd^au'n, 
 
 Unb fd^tt)6rt mit ftoljer £ampfe^Iufi: 15 
 
 S)u, 9it)ein, bleibft beutfd^ n^ie meine Sruft! 
 
 Sieb' aSaterlanb, magft tuf)ig fein, 
 
 geft ftef)t unb treu bie SBad^t am 3i§ein. 
 
 Unb ob mein §crj im ^iobe brid^t, 
 
 2Birft bu bod^ brum ein SBalfd^er nid^t. 20 
 
 ateic^, it)ie an 3Bajfer beine glut, 
 
 3ft 2)eut[d^(anb |a an §elbenblut. 
 
 Sieb' SSaterlanb, magft vuf)ig fetn, 
 
 Seft ftef)t unb treu bie 2Bad^t am dtf)dn. 
 
 @o lang ein Xxop\m 33Iut nod^ glufjt, 25 
 
 9iodb eine gauft ben 2)egen jief^t, 
 
 Unb nod^ ein 2lrm bie Siid^fe fpannt, 
 
 SSetritt fein geinb f)ier beinen ©tranb! 
 
 8ieb' aSaterlanb, magft ruf)ig fein, 
 
 geft ftef)t unb treu bie a33a^t am 9if)ein. 30 
 
 3)er ®d^n)ur erfd^alft, bie a33oge xinnt, 
 
 2)ie gafinen flattern f)o^ im SBinb: 
 
 Sum 3tf)ein, jum 9if)ein, jum beutf^en 9t§ein! 
 
 2Bir 21H^ n^oKen §uter fein! 
 
 Sieb' SSaterlanb, magft ruf)ig fein, 35 
 
 geft ftef)t unb treu bie ^a(^t am 9i^ein. 
 
 3)Zajc ©cfinccfcnBurgcr. 
 
41 
 
 (14., 16. unb 18. Slitpfl 1870) 
 
 l)a^ n)ar eine S^lad^t! 
 
 35vei 3;a9e lang 
 
 aSom SiJiorgen bi^ jur finfenben ^tac^t 
 
 Ser mannermorbenbe ^onmx frad^f 
 
 Unt) be^ Xoit^ maf)ent)e ©id^el Hang. 5 
 
 2)a^ n)ar eine ©c^lac^t! 
 
 3n)ifd^en £am))f unb ^am^}f 
 
 Ȥat ber Zob it einen 9lafttag gemac^t, 
 
 Umnebelt ^om fc^n)ebenben 5pufoerbamj)f, 
 
 ©att unb iiberfatt . 10 
 
 2)e^ 25Iute6, ba^ er ju gierig tranf, 
 
 aSom btutigen 9Jla[)en fo mub' unb matt, 
 
 2)a^ bem fnoc^ernen 2lrm bk ©id^el entfant 
 
 2)a^ n?ar eine ©c^lad^t ! 
 
 Unb ale bee britten 2:agee ©eftirn 15 
 
 3ur 9f{ufte ging unb t>on ber Serge ^irn' 
 
 3l)ren ©^attenfc^Ieier fenfte bie 9la^t, 
 
 2) a lagen, greunb unb Seinb, 
 
 Sin bie 2)reipigtaufenb t)ereint, 
 
 3m ftummen S^obe friebli^ gefeHt — 20 
 
 (Sin unab[ef)bar Seic^enfetb. 
 
 Unb auf bae flaffenbe aSolfergrab 
 
 Sac^elt ber 50lonb "oom ©ternenjelt 
 
 ®d^tt)eigenb bee S^obee ^rieben 6erab. 
 
 2)ae vx>ar eine ©c^tad^t! 25 
 
 2)ie i^x, bae aSatertanb 
 
88 2)ie (S^la^t m SJle^. 
 
 3u f(^u^eu "oox ®ett)alttf)at unb ©c^anb', 
 
 &u^ felkr sum Mutigen Op\cx geBrad^t — 
 
 3^r treuen Siobten, tu unb hi, 
 
 2)ie im ©efed^t 30 
 
 2fiit km Sekn kfiegeft !Deutf^(ant>^ SRed^t, 
 
 9tiebergema()t t>on be^ Slobe^ SKa^t, 
 
 2lu6gefat ate be^ S^ieben6 @aat, 
 
 ga^rt n)of)t, jur en)igen 3f{uf)M 
 
 2)a^ n)ar eine ^^laiijtl 35 
 
 2)e^ geinbe^ $Ian, fo feci erbad^t, 
 
 3u ©c^anben gemac^t, ;. 
 
 Serriffen, jcrfd^tiffen n)ie fein Ȥeer! 
 
 Sr felbfi, tiad^ fnirfc^enber @cgenn)e^r 
 
 3urudfgett)orfen in bie gefte 9Jie^! 40 
 
 3)or:t feft umf^)onnen mit ef)ernem 9?e(3, 
 
 9Kit eiferner stammer regung^Io^ 
 
 2ln ben ^ete gefc^mtebet 6en)egung6lo6, 
 
 SlHer §ulf nnb alle^ Sntrinnen^ kar, 
 
 Slufbaumenb in of)nmac^tigem ©d^merj — 45 
 
 Unb ber beutfd^e 2lar 
 
 6tft(fn)ei^ if)m jerfjarfenb ba^ judfenbe §erj l 
 
 2)a^ U)ar eine ©d^tad^t ! 
 
 3Beftn)art^ in n)ef)enber ?^af)nen ^Prad^t, 
 
 9)iit fUngenbem Spiele bran unb brauf, 50 
 
 3n nimmet aufgef)altenem Sauf 
 
 233 eit, mit ubern 3if)ein 
 
 9lad^ Sranfreid^ t)inein 
 
 3)eutfd^lanba Sanner tragenb, fein dic^t unb S'^i^ 
 
 3m ©turmmarfd^tritt, 55 
 
 3m ©iege^fd^ritt, 
 
 SBaljt gen 5Pari^ fid^ ba6 beutfd^c ^eer. 
 
jtaifer »on !Deutfd^lant)! !Dic^ o^xn^t mein Sieb. 89 
 
 42 
 bx^^r bQu ^mktl^hniil §xt^ Qxm^i mm f hir. 
 
 (18. Sanuar 1871) 
 
 galfer »on SSeutfd^lanb ! 2)ic^ gtuft mein Sieb 
 
 SHit Drgelfc^all unb ©tocfenHange, 
 Unb Silted, n^a^ in Siiften m% 
 
 ©timmt kaufenb ein ju bem ©efange! 
 aSon nnfern S3ergen bonnert'^ nieber, S 
 
 W\t nnfern SBogen taufc^f^ empor, 
 aSon ©tranb ju ©tranbe {)aHt e^ n)ieber, 
 
 aSon geB 3U gete ein Sukld^or. 
 
 S)er alte $Rotf)krt ift errt)ac^t 
 
 Unb fc^tt)ingt fein ©d^UJert »om Serge^gi:pfel, 10 
 (Still n)arb bie Stabenbrut ber 3la^t, 
 
 Unb Slbler jaud^jen urn bie aBi^)fel: 
 ^aSerjungt ift un^ ba6 Steic^ erftanben, 
 
 2lm £aifertf)rone fniet ber ®ieg. 
 2lu$ blufger @aat in ^^einbe^lanben iS 
 
 gm^or ber (Sin^eit (Sid^e ftieg!" 
 
 3ting6 piegt burc^ bie befranjten ®au'n 
 
 2)er greube aljnung^fel'ge^ Sekn, 
 Wit trunfnen Sungling^augen fc^aun 
 
 Ȥinau^ it)ir in ein neue^ Seben; 20 
 
 @^ leuc^tet un^ in golbnem ©lanje 
 
 (Sin aSolfe^fruf)ling n^unberreid^, 
 2lud^ in ber SReid^e ^oHem i?ranje 
 
 9lid^t eine6 ^3rangt bem unfern gleid^. 
 
90 £aifer ^on 2)eutfd^tattb! 2)id^ gruft mein 8ieb. 
 
 3f)r £ampfer au6 bem ^eirgen ©treit, 25 
 
 3^r Sreifjeit^fanger t)0(^gemut^et, 
 2)u Sugenb treu unb tobkreit, 
 
 5)ie bu getitten unb geblutet, 
 SrfuKt finb eure^ Seben^ S^raumC; 
 
 S3alb njirb ber S3au ^oHenbet fein, 30 
 
 9lun fuf)rt in [eine f)of)en 3taumc 
 
 2)er ^aifer atte Sriiber ein. 
 
 2)u ^etb n)arft Suf)rer iin6 jur 5!Kad^t, 
 
 2)u tt)irft e6 nun jur greif)eit itJerben, 
 ©ibft frei ben @eift, t)erf($eud^ft bie 9lac^t, 35 
 
 3Sertt)aIteft gleid^e6 9tec^t auf @rben! 
 D 2)ir fliegt jebe6 §er^ entgegen, 
 
 ® ftredft nad^ !l)ir [ic^ jebe ^anb: 
 D fd^iitte ftet^ un^ reiji^em Segen 
 
 Sluf ^ tkure beutfc^e SSaterlanb ! 40 
 
 St m^t 
 
NOTES. 
 
 The Visigoths (SBcftgotl^cn) had been conducted into Italy by their brave 
 and politic king Alaric ; in the year 410 they had sacked Rome and 
 carried off immense booty. Gibbon, who relates this at great length in 
 his History of the Decline and Fall of the Ro??tan Empire^ chap, xxxi., 
 gives the following account of the event which forms the subject of 
 Platen's ballad : "The whole design [of crossing to Sicily] was defeated 
 by the premature death of Alaric, which fixed, after a short illness, the 
 fatal term of his conquests. The ferocious character of the Barbarians 
 was displayed in the funeral of a hero, whose valour and fortune they 
 celebrated with mournful applause. By the labour of a captive multi- 
 tude they forcibly diverted the course of the Busentinus, a small river 
 that washes the walls of Consentia. The royal sepulchre, adorned with 
 the splendid spoils and trophies of Rome, was constructed in the vacant 
 bed ; the waters were then restored to their natural channel, and the 
 secret spot, where the remains of Alaric had been deposited, was for 
 ever concealed by the inhuman massacre of the prisoners who had been 
 employed to execute the work." 
 
 We subjoin also the account found in the Historia Miseella (p. 
 .313, II ss. ed. Eyssenh.) : Gothi Basentium amnem de alveo suo capti- 
 varum labor e derivantes, Alaricum in medio eius alveo cum nuiltis opibtts 
 sepeliunt amnemque meatui propria reddentes^ nequis locum scire possit^ 
 captivos qui interfuerant extinguunt, 
 
 1. The shades of the Goths are here represented as wandering ever 
 up and down, near the spot where their king was buried. JDumpf 
 (muffled) and ligpcln (to mutter, lisp) refer to the spectral singing, which 
 is reechoed by the waters of the river. 
 
 2. aCBirfccI, the eddies of the river. — Observe the indefinite subject 
 e5. We are left to imagine that the king's own shade sends up the 
 answer. 
 
 B. 7 
 
92 NOTES. 
 
 4. In prose : fccn Bcflcn 2)Zann, ter i^rem 33otfc \t burd^ ben flob cntrtffen 
 hjcrfccn irar. 
 
 5. The more usual construction is fern »on fccr '^eimat. 
 
 6. SugenbIoden = iugenbUci?e Sorfen. — In prose we should employ the 
 plural (gci(juttern. 
 
 7. Observe that the poet has changed the original account, accord- 
 ing to which captives were employed to do the work. — urn lie 2Qette = 
 mcttctfcrnb, * vying with one another.' 
 
 9. hjogenleer, free from water (after the river had been turned into 
 another channel). — Jpol^tung denotes the deep bed of the river. 
 
 ir. feine flotje ^aBe, the proud trophies buried with Alaric. 
 
 12. @tromgenjad)fc, river- plants, e.g. rushes and reeds.— ttjudjfen, 
 subj. preter. of vwadjfen (idj n)ud()g). 
 
 14. fd[jaumen, to rush foaming into, etc. 
 
 15. There is emphasis in the expression QJlSnner, which involves 
 the notion of * stout men and true.' 
 
 16. bir, dativus ethicus, commonly left untranslated in English.— 
 »erfe!^rcn = ccrtc^en, »crune!^rcn. 
 
 17. Observe the omission of the personal pronoun fie, which is, 
 however, peculiar to poetry and a higher style of composition. 
 
 II. 
 
 Chlodewig or, as he is commonly called, Clovis conquered the 
 greater part of Gaul (his victory over Syagrius, the Roman ruler, was 
 obtained A.D. 486), and established the rule of the Franks over that 
 country ; he then beat the Alemanni, a Germanic tribe that dwelt on 
 either side of the Rhine, from its sources to its conflux with the Maine 
 and the Moselle. Gibbon relates, "Clovis encountered the invaders of 
 Gaul [the Alemanni] in the plain of Tolbiac [Zlilpich] about twenty- 
 four miles from Cologne [this is, however, a controverted statement] ; 
 and the two fiercest nations of Germany were mutually animated by the 
 memory of past exploits and the prospect of future greatness. The 
 Franks, after an obstinate struggle, gave way, and the Alemanni, raising 
 a shout of victory, impetuously pressed their retreat. But the battle 
 was restored by the valour, the conduct, and perhaps by the piety of 
 Clovis, and the event of the bloody day decided for ever the alternative 
 of empire or servitude. In the distress of the battle of Tolbiac, Clovis 
 loudly invoked the God of Clotilda [his queen] and the Christians ; and 
 victory disposed him to hear with respectful gratitude the eloquent 
 
NOTES. ^z 
 
 Remigius, bishop of Rheims, who forcibly displayed the temporal and 
 spiritual advantages of his conversion. The king declared himself 
 satisfied of the truth of the Catholic faith. The important ceremony 
 was performed in the cathedral of Rheims." (Chap, xxxviii.) 
 
 I. In prose we say exclusively, tie @d;tac()t »on or Bet 3iil^3t«^. 
 
 3. More commonly as a compound, tag Jlam^fgefcrauge, the throng 
 of battle. 
 
 4. %XQ^^ ' train,' especially of menials. See also note on Kohlrausch, 
 
 p. 77. 3- 
 
 7. mctn ©cmal^f is poetical and archaic instead of mcinc @emar;liu. 
 Luther often says ©ema^I instead of ©ema^tin, e.g. St Matth. i. -20, 24, 
 Sofc))^, furcijtc tidj nidjt, 3Jlariam, bcin @emaf;f, 311 bir ju nel^mcn, and in his 
 smaller Catechism, kap...etn Scgtic^er fetit @emaf;( lieBc unb e^rc. [Here 
 ®ema^( denotes both husband and wife.] In Old High German the 
 current forms are gemahela and gemaht. Clotilda possessed such in- 
 Huence over her husband that he had allowed his two sons to be bap- 
 tized even before his own conversion. 
 
 8. (So = tDenn ; in the same manner so is used in Early English. 
 
 II. fo, *then'; if that condition be fulfilled. 
 
 12. After the verb Xef;ren we often find the infinitive without ju. 
 
 13. ®^racf> e3 = faum l^atte cr e§ gefproc^cn, aR Comp. dixit et in 
 Virgil, and ^ pa koI in Homer. 
 
 16. fiege6mutr;ig, confident of victory. 
 
 17. We say both ter @d()recf and ber ©d^recfcn. The plural is tic 
 8d)rec!en and (£d(jrc(iniffc (from bag ©djrc^ni^).— It is more common to 
 employ the reflective form fic^ twenben of fleeing enemies [tei'ga vertunt). 
 
 19. 3ugfeid(j, i.e. with him. 
 
 20. »or, like the Latin prae^ above. 
 
 in. 
 
 Gelimer, the last king of the Vandals in Africa, had long held out, 
 in the mountain fastness of Papua, in the inland country of Numidia, 
 against Pharas, an officer employed by Belisarius. See the account of 
 Gibbon, chap, XLi. 
 
 5. Maurusii is in Latin less common than Mattri, the aboriginal 
 Numidians. The Greeks say Maupouo-tot, 
 
 6. In prose : njcber SBrcb nod; SBctn. 
 
 II. ber ©rtec^ett ^cer, the army sent by Justinian, the * Roman' 
 Emperor at Constantinople. The Greek Emperors retained the name 
 
 7-3 
 
94 NOTES. 
 
 of * Roman * ('Pw;uatot) to the very last, and hence the Greeks of the 
 middle ages styled themselves 'Pajyuaiot. 
 
 13. cr is the Vandal king; iji the next line, cr denotes of course the 
 enemy. 
 
 17. ter -fitter bc3 -^ccreS is an unusual expression; in prose we should 
 say, bcr %ii\)xtx or Slnful^rer fceS Ǥecr8. 
 
 1 8. "From the Vandal messenger, Pharas was informed of the 
 motives of this singular request." Gibbon. — The sense of the line is; 
 * Did not Gelimer add his motives for this strange request ? ' 
 
 21 — 32 contain the explanation given by the messenger. 
 
 24. The first foot of this line (3n bic S3etg*) is an anapaest. 
 
 25. l^an is the archaic form of the infinitive instead of ^aBcn, of 
 which it is originally a contraction. 
 
 26. fcin is the gen. of the personal pronoun, just as in cr gcfccnfct 
 fein, *he remembers him.' Comp. the Greek roits 6^da\fioi/s avrov, 
 .In prose we should employ the possessive, feinc 2lugcn. Comp. 5, 
 
 i3> 50. 
 
 28. 5ltg, but, except. 
 
 31. l)avctn = accompanying (the music). Comp. Unb gcttcnfcc 'hornet 
 fc^attcn b a rein. Korner, Lutzow's wilde Jagd (37, 4). 
 
 IV. 
 
 The Merovingian kings in Gaul soon sank to the disgraceful position 
 of mere puppets — rois faineants, as the French call them— and the 
 actual power of rule fell into the hands of their Majores domus, Pepin 
 of Landen became the founder of a family of Majores domus^ who 
 succeeded in uniting all the royal prerogatives in their hands long before 
 the royal title was assumed by them. Pepin II. of Heristall (f 714) 
 was recognised as dtcj( et princeps omnium Francorzcm ; his son, Charles 
 Martely obtained a splendid victory over the Saracens at Tours, in 732, 
 and left at his death (a. D. 741) his power to his two sons Pepin^ sur- 
 named the Short, on account of his small stature, and Karlmann, who 
 died A. D. 747, thus leaving the whole to Pepin. In 751 Pope Zacha^. 
 rias (comp. v. 13 in the present poem) pronounced Pepin to be lawfully 
 entitled to the royal name and dignity, and in 752 the nobility of the 
 Franks, congregated at Soissons, deposed the last Merovingian, and pro-, 
 claimed Pepin king of the Franks. The ballad given by us recounts a: 
 feat of prowess performed by Pepin. 
 
NOTES. 95 
 
 3. Sn attcr SBctfc = tn jcfcct a3c5ic^ung, (in) every way, 
 
 4. SSotf^beratl^cr, lit. counsellor of the nation. 
 
 6. We say personally, ct t)l: mtr (metnen 2Iugcn) cin SBol^tgcfattcn, 
 ddiciae meae. The more common use of the word appears, however, in 
 such a sentence as this : feaS toirb mtr 5U 16efonberem SCBol^tgcfatten gercic^cn, 
 * this will afford me special gratification. * 
 
 7. nur ftc^ fcl6cr gteid(>, i.e. there was nobody to be compared with 
 him. 
 
 8. »or 5lttcn, praecellens omnibus, 
 
 11. bc8 jammers ®o:^n : Pepin's father, Chal-les, was sumamed 
 Martelf i.e, * hammer.' 
 
 12, crforen (from cr^furen, of which word there is another form, 
 ttcfcn, akin to Engl, choose and Fr. choisir) is a more dignified expression 
 than gctuai^ft. Comp. the noun ^urfurfl, elector. 
 
 15. kcr ^ort, protector, orig. refuge. In the Bible, the Lord is 
 often styled ein j^ar!er «§ort, and bcr -^ort be§ «§cit3. Comp. an instance 
 below, 17,101. Originally a neuter, this word became masculine in 
 Middle High German. It is identical in origin with the E. hoard, and 
 even Goethe employs it in this sense, e.g. y^x !cnnt ken tueiten icol^lccr* 
 tua^rten ^ort (quoted in Grimm, worterb. IV. 2, 1835). 
 
 16. attc SBett might remind us of the Fr. tout le 7nonde ^everyhody; 
 but we should rather understand the expression in its original sense : 
 the whole world, orbts terrarum, Comp. also below, v. 89. 
 
 18. It might also be mand^cn. 
 
 19. S)ic is the demonstrative pronoun ; if it were the relative, the 
 verb would stand at the end of the sentence. 
 
 10. meificrn is an invidious term = maEeIn or au^fc^en; it always 
 denotes unmerited reprehension. 
 
 21, 5)ef = baro6 or bavuBer. 
 
 12. bdmpfen is often used metaphorically in the sense of allaying or 
 suppressing. Goethe, e.g., has a predilection for it in this sense: see 
 Grimm, worterb. 2, 718.. 
 
 23. There are the two forms cr tdbt and cr \^\iti. Comp. Schiller, 
 Tell (beginning): c3 Hd()elt ber @ec, cc tabet jum aSabc— manntgtici(>, a 
 somewhat antiquated adverb, corresponding to the Lat. viritim, 
 
 25. tnit 3)rang=in a throng, im ©c^brange. 
 
 27. 5£)te 2:rommetc (also JDrommete) is less usual than btc JTrom^Jctc. 
 
 29. We do not say ein gcbanfenfcJjtreter 3Jtann, but ein gebanfenfcfjnjcre^ 
 Stntli^. The compound adj. gcbanfenvott is more common, the opposite 
 is denoted by gcbanfcnrecr and gebanfcnlog. 
 
96 NOTES. 
 
 30. Hngetritter (n.), storm, tempest. There is but a very slight differ- 
 ence of meaning between ©emitter and llnseirittcr. The prefix gc* inten- 
 sifies the original ^Better, and un* adds the notion of bad, unfavourable. 
 SSettec in itself is often used to denote a tempest. 
 
 31. SSti^c denotes here the rapid glances of the eye; so also BU|ente 
 ?Iugen, * quick -glancing eyes.' Comp. v. 42. 
 
 33. Scu, a poetical form instead of Scnjc. 
 
 38. Uc (i.e. Urodjl, 5luerod(>g) = (Stier, 33. So again v. 65. — 03c» 
 ni(f e (n.), of the same root as neck^ G. 3^a^en (m.). 
 
 39. fccr ^lan, 'level surface,' is often used of a smooth arena. 
 
 44. In prose : iap er btc S3eute fcem Setven cntreipt, or tic SSeute 511 
 
 cntrei^cn. 
 
 45. grope 5lugen madjen denotes * to stare ' (lit. make large eyes, open 
 his eyes very wide). 
 
 48. In German, it is not necessary to add an infinitive of a verb of 
 motion after a modal verb like hjotten, fonnen, mogcn, miiffen. We may 
 therefore say, er xoWi nad> ©ngtant, he wishes to go to England. In the 
 Elizabethan period, the English language possessed the same facility of 
 construction, comp. e.g. Shaksp. Coriol. li. 3, 157, will you along, i.e. 
 will you go along, and see Abbott, Shaksp. Gi'ainm. § 405. 
 
 49. h)ie = iudr;rent. 
 
 52. tcr @trau^, plur. (Strciuf c, is a somewhat poetical word instead 
 of @trett or ^am^f. This is a different word from ker ©traup, a nosegay. 
 
 57. fcer ®rau8 (Middle High G. der grits) is derived from grauen, 
 * to be afraid of (eg graut mtr oor etnjag), whence also the adj. graufig and 
 graufen^aft, * terrible.' The verb is graufen, which is commonly imper- 
 sonal, e.g. fcer SBrunnen tuar fo tief, fcaf mir graufctc, ]^inetn ju fei^en, though 
 it occurs also as a personal verb in the Appendix to Luther's Bible, 
 4 Ezra V. 14, tnctn Setfc graufle fe'^r unb meijte ®eete angftigte ftc^, my body 
 was sorely afraid and my soul was harassed. The infinitive of this verb 
 is used as a substantive in the next line. 
 
 59. The expression is short and pregnant. In prose we should 
 say, cr jic'^t feitt (SctjtDert..J;erauS. It is also more common to say, au8 
 ter <Sci(;cifce l^erau3. 
 
 68. ktc ©c^ranfc, the barrier; the plural more commonly used in the 
 sense required here ; tic @ci^ranfcn, the lists. So below, v. 86. 
 
 75. A better, though less common form is fpni^en. Comp. also 
 Schiller, Siaudjer : S3i« 3um ^immel [privet fccr fcam^fcntc ©ifc^t. 
 
 77. J£)cr 9iecfc is an old word, now used only in a higher style of 
 writing, instead of ter gctuattige, flar!c aJiann. 
 
NOTES. 97 
 
 79. Jtamvfrcvtcr = itam^fBcjir!. This word is omitted in Grimm's 
 Dictionary, CJicttier (n. ) is a word derived from Ital. riviera, Fr. riviere^ 
 in the general sense of * district.' It is very common in modern Ger- 
 man and belongs, moreover, to the earliest importations from the 
 Romance languages. 
 
 8r. tic ^pi3tter h)crt:^ = fcic hjertl^en (i.e. ctten) (Spotter. In poetry, the 
 adj. is frequently placed after the subst. 
 
 82. This is an absolute construction of the participle, correspond- 
 ing to a Latin abl. abs. oculis deiectis. The same construction would be 
 permitted in French, les yeux baissis. A very good instance of this 
 absolute construction occurs in Schiller's ballad, fcic S3urgfd^aft : 
 5)a ftnft et an'3 lifer tint iveint unb flc^t, 
 5Dic <§dnbe jum 3eii8 erI;o6cn, 
 i. e. mmiibns ad lovem sublatis. The noun is in the accusative, comp. 
 27, 52, and Aue§ 373. 
 
 87. It was the ancient custom of the Franks and of the German 
 tribes generally to proclaim their king by lifting him up on their shields. 
 
 91. Observe the omission of the auxiliary l^at in the relative sen- 
 tence. It is not a very common phrase, ctnen S5t»en fvllfen, in the sense 
 of tofcten, nicterfd^Iagen, uBerttJtnben, the Latin caedere. It should be borne 
 in mind that, just as from cadere is formed caedere^ we have in German 
 fvitten and fallen, in English to fall and to fdl. 
 
 92. 2)emilt^tglic|j is an instance of adverbial formation by means of 
 the suffix lidfj, which corresponds to the Engl, -ly, 
 
 93. bcr aSarfcc (originally a Celtic word) denotes an inspired minstrel; 
 the word has become part and parcel of our poetic phraseology since 
 the time of Klopstock (second half of the i8th century). 
 
 V. 
 
 Charlemagne {Karl der Crosse)^ the son of Pepin, reigned from 
 768 — 814 (at first together with his brother Karlmann who died 771); 
 in 800 he was crowned Emperor by Pope Leo III. In the legends of 
 the middle ages, Charlemagne forms the central figure of a group of 
 heroes (^atabtne), among whom Roland is the most conspicuous. Ac- 
 cording to tradition, Roland was nephew to Charlemagne, being the son 
 of his (merely legendary) sister Bertha and Count Milon of Anglante 
 (i. e. Angers) ; but the genuine records of history know no more of 
 Roland than that he was marquis of Brittany, in which quality he occurs 
 
98 NOTES. 
 
 in Eginhard. This writer relates (c. ix.) that Eghart, Anshelm, and 
 Rutland {i.e. Roland) fell at Roncevalles during the retreat from Spain, 
 which country had been invaded by Charles in 778. Uhlandhas written 
 a series of ballads on the legends of Roland, and one of them, contain- 
 ing a marvellous act of valour performed by the boy Roland, has been 
 selected by us. The subject-matter appears to be entirely of Uhland's 
 own invention. 
 
 ■2. The city of 2Iad)cn {Aix-la-Chapelle) was Charlemagne's favourite 
 place of residence. He was also buried there in the splendid Cathedral 
 founded by himself. 
 
 3. fca6 S[Bttt)3rct, venison. This is the common form, though SD^ttt* 
 tirct or SBiffctrat would be a better spelling, the second part of the word 
 being derived from Braten (233ilb gum SBxaten). In Middle High German 
 the word is daz wiltbrcete. 
 
 6. Observe the omission of the copula unb between the two adjec- 
 tives. This would be inadmissible in prose. 
 
 9. tcr (gdjimmer = ©djein, v. 5. 
 , 13. See note on 3, 26, and beloM% v. 50. 
 
 14. ber 5lrtenncrtt}alb, les A7'dennes, It is also usual to say tie 
 5lrtcnnen ; comp. v. 30. 
 
 18. fcictn, to delay, =mufig fetn. Compare the sentence quoted 
 from Niebuhr by Grimm, ivbrterb. 3, 1437: @o lag fcaS iromifdjc -^ccr 
 mu^tg, fccr Jtricg feicrtc. See below 11, 3. 
 
 19. ®tat;lgctranb, lit. 'steel dress/ i.e. armour. ®c*h)anb (from old 
 Germ. w^/=Engl. weed, in widow's weeds) denotes any kind of habit. 
 Observe the perfect fie l^aBcn Bcgel^tt, instead of the more correct fic 
 fccgcl^rtcn, which would, moreover, be in closer agreement with the next 
 line. The employment of the perfect as a narrative tense (perf. hist.) is 
 in German limited to the popular style and dialects. 
 
 20. l^cipcn, with the infinitive without ju, corresponds to the Greek 
 Ki\€V€Lv, Engl. ^0 bid. 
 
 23. More correctly it would be IteBcr SSatcr. The shorter form is 
 often used by children. 
 
 24. This is a shortened conditional clause, instead of irenn tr;r mic^ 
 audj ju fdjmacfj »crmcint (i.e. tod^nct, gtauBt) or mid? fur 5U fc^tt)ad[> l^attct. 
 
 26. irinjig, tiny. 
 
 28. Samt (not much used in prose as a preposition) is of the same 
 root as the well-known ju^amm^cn ; this fam being identical with the 
 English savie and the Greek a/Aa. Comp. v. 172 and v. 189, where we 
 have jufvimmt. 
 
NOTES. 99 
 
 32. 2)a t^atcn fic fic^ trcnncn is said in imitation of the tone of the po- 
 pular ballads, instead of the correct ba trcnnten fie fic^. See below, v. 60. 
 
 33. In prose : l^tntcr feincm SSatcr. 
 
 37. In prose: uml^crflreifcn. — 2)egcn (originally derived from dtken = 
 (gc)t)cil^cn (*to thrive') in modern German, and akin to Greek t^/ci'oj', 
 Old Saxon ihegan^ whence the well-known thanes all these words 
 originally denoting *boy ' or 'son') is often used in poetic diction in the 
 sense of hero. In the ancient poem of the Nibelunge Hagen is often 
 styled der kuene degene, 
 
 39. bag ©c^eg, wood; an intensified form of tcr -^ag, v. 152. 
 (Comp. the Hague, the capital of the Netherlands.) — The omission of 
 wcfccr before no^ is poetical. 
 
 41. More correctly it ought to be fdjiafenb; he lay sleeping, or 
 asleep. But the form preferred by Uhland is, perhaps, more conform- 
 able to the popular tone observed throughout this ballad. It is, how- 
 ever, quite correct to say, \\^ fd(jtafctt tegcn. 
 
 47. e^, i.e. bag SSIi^en unb Seudjten. 
 
 50. cr gebadjte is more emphatic than the simple verb. 
 
 51. ®d(jrcden = @df>rec£nip, object of terror. 
 
 53. The expression would be completed as follows: tra^rcnb cr ncc^ 
 tm bcficn ©djtafc ifl. 
 
 58. jr)aS SQBaffen is archaic instead of bic SSaffc. Comp. v. 165. 
 
 60. See note on v. 32. 
 
 62. ganj fac^tc, quite softly. — ber ^ann is archaic instead of ber Jlan- 
 nenwatb. Comp. below, v. 173. 
 
 66. £)cr Sant, * a wight ' (so again v. 206), from Ital. faitte which is 
 abbreviated from infante— 'L^.U infans. In Dutch vent means a young 
 fellow or lad, and even in Old High German we find fendoy * a foot- 
 soldier,' comp. infantry^ 
 
 68. It might also be fo lang hjic cr. It is, perhaps, more correct to 
 use al§ after a comparative, and mt after a positive. 
 
 69. fd(>ier, almost, nearly — an old word (M. H. G. schiere). 
 
 73. bic Jlartfd^c, *a shield,' is in this form derived from the old Fr. 
 ia targe, but originally the word is Anglosaxon targe^ corresponding to 
 High Germ, bic Barge, the border of a buckler. 
 
 79. auStangcn, to reach forward, as far as possible. 
 
 88. unbc:^cnbc, not agile enough, unwieldy : fcc^cnbe is from O. G. be 
 hende, *by (the) hand, at hand.' Compare the phrase 6ci ber -^anb fcin, 
 ' to be at hand, ready,* and hence 'to be quick, alert,* 
 
 89. fc^lug = traf. 
 
TOO NOTES. 
 
 95. nttt (sc^merjcn, with a sad (sorrowing) heart. 
 
 1 01. We more commonly use the compound etn SBIutjlroni. 
 
 104. ltci(jt = tcud()tenb (fd^einenb, gUnjenb, ftra^Ienb). 
 
 106. gut should be taken as an adverb. 
 
 107. We say both ter £luetl and tie £luerrc. 
 
 1 10. In prose it is gurucE. The trisyllabic form employed by Uhland 
 is, however, the original one. — jung, instead of iungc. Comp. vv. 22 
 and 23. 
 
 112. fd[;tafenb should be understood as accusative: invenit etim dor- 
 7nieniem, 
 
 114. In English we say (rva'come with, or conquered by sleep, (The 
 Greek idiom is quite parallel to the German, v-wvi^. dajmeis.) 
 
 121. We have now had three feminine substantives of the same 
 formation : tie gernc, iic SBcitc, fcte SGBirfce. Thus we also say He dU^c. 
 The subst. used in the present line is not so common as the others. See 
 also V. 205. 
 
 122. Comp. V. 33. 
 
 125. l^att', instead of l^attc, is in the tone of popular poetry. — iungft, 
 *a short while ago.' 
 
 127, It is common to say, cr fann faum fetnen 5lugcn glau:&en (or 
 trviucn). Comp. also the proverb, iraS meine 5lugcn fcl^en, glaubt mein S^cx]. 
 
 130. ®o = tDetd(je3 or fca8. This use of fo, instead of the relative 
 pronoun, is very antiquated. Observe also the omission of the auxi- 
 liary l^attc. 
 
 133. In prose we should be obliged to add the article, ter SJum^f. 
 
 137. In prose toax would be placed at the end of the sentence. 
 
 J 39. ©tiva3 »crfc!)Iafen means to lose by sleeping, to sleep away. 
 
 141. flunb is a less common form of the imperf. than flanfc. 
 
 1 43* gefunb was formerly used in a wider sense than now; here it 
 means not only * healthy,' but whole and unhurt. 
 
 144, hjciten, to tarry. 
 
 148. ajiut;^ is commonly used in modem German in the sense of 
 'courage'; it is, however, originally the same as the Engl, mood, 
 which may, perhaps, be employed here to translate it (e.g. *with moody 
 brow '). 
 
 152. Comp. V, 39. 
 
 156. It might also be bc8 JRicfen ^an'tfd)u^. The compound ex- 
 presses a wider idea than the original genitival term, ciit JRiefcn^anfcfd^u^ 
 being a glove fit for a giant, and the other meaning one actually belong- 
 ing to a giant. 
 
NOTES. 1 01 
 
 157. ungcfug, uncouth. ^ ^- ' ' - '"r 
 
 158. au3— -l^craug or ]^er»cr. 
 
 159. fc^oii instead of fdf?I3ne3. — ^SlcUqutcnfturf, a somewhat jocular ex- 
 pression, *a specimen of a relic' Comp. SBaffenftucf, v. 174. 
 
 165. See note on v. 58. — The form langc is now only used as an 
 adverb of time, and produces a very peculiar and quaint effect in the 
 present passage. 
 
 167. Bavarian beer is considered the best of the various kinds 
 brewed in Germany.— ® 4) lucf, draught. 
 
 171. fcie SQBc:^r(c) : corap. our note on Kohlrausch, p. ■26, i. 
 
 175. The omission of c3 before the verb, is in conformity with 
 popular speech, 
 
 176. fernc=fion feme, or in ter (Jcrnc, at a distance, 
 
 178. 3)er = bicfct. — kep=beffen, gen. of possessi9n: ^^/w/j ^fj/. 
 
 181. * I should very much like to have.' 
 
 184. tcnftc, viz. fein ^ferb. 
 
 191. Observe the difference between the German and the Epglish 
 idioms: fie !amcn gerittcn (gegangen, gcfal^cen, gclaiifcu, etc.), they came 
 riding, Comp. 7, i; 13, 2. 
 
 193. in fcer aJUtten is archaic instead of 0JJittc. 
 
 195, iDunfcerflar, wondrously clear. 
 
 199. fro^^gemutl^ instead of mit fro^em 3Jlut]^c, this being the opposite 
 of the expression read v. 148. A more common word is ttjo^fgemut^, 
 ' cheerful ' (8, 2). 
 
 204. gciranbt, instead of the compound umgcmanbt (or umgetrer;t in 
 vulgar parlance). 
 
 205. bie •§elle : see note on v. 121. 
 
 207. ©efelte is often used like lad or fellow. Originally the word 
 means one who shares a room with somebody else, ge-^sal=^^(x\, 
 * hall.' Comp. the parallel expression comrade^ from camera^ * room.' 
 
 208. Um ®ctt, * for God's sake'; comp. perdy in old French and 
 English. 
 
 209. SCBidjt, the same word in point of etymology and of meaning as 
 wight^ is now commonly used as a contemptuous term. 
 
 210. 2)eriDCtl=the while (though the German is orig. a genitive of 
 btc SCBetlc), is obsolete as a conjunction, Comp. 19, 41. — eben, just. 
 In English we should say, * while you happened to be asleep.' 
 
NOTES. 
 
 VI. 
 
 Wittekind (or Wittikind) was the valiant leader of the Saxons, 
 against whom Charlemagne waged fierce and bloody wars. In his first 
 war, A.D. 772, he destroyed the Irminsul, the foremost sanctuary of 
 these pagan tribes, and founded many Christian chapels throughout 
 the country. In the second war, A.D. 778 — 780, Wittekind obtained a 
 victory on the S lintel mountains, but was subsequently beaten at Verden 
 and in other battles. He submitted to Charlemagne in 785, and was 
 then baptized. The present poem relates a legend connected with 
 Wittekind's conversion. 
 
 2. JDet: morgenrot^e (Sc3(>ein=i!er ©tanj fccr aJiorgcnrotl^c (dawn). 
 
 5. In prose : tnit tetfen @ci|)rittcn. For tcife, leifc comp. 12, 19. 
 
 9. It is not common to say, cincn <£trcit fedjtcn ; the usual phrases 
 are cincn Jtam^?f ful^rcn, cincn ©treit auSfdmpfcn. But we alsd say quite 
 commonly cincn <Streit au§fcd(jtcn. 
 
 1 1, fonber is more poetical than ol^nc. 
 
 12. 'The Lord of Christendom ' is Charlemagne, who was then the 
 most powerful prince of the Christian world. 
 
 15. J^ctbcnfettc denotes the furs in which the German warriors were 
 then still dressed and which marked them at once as such (^^eltcn). 
 This compound is omitted in Grimm's Dictionary. 
 
 16. Is there not a contradiction between fcig here and !ul^n, v. 13 ? 
 There is not : but we leave the student to unravel this difficulty for himself. 
 
 17. umrungcn, by poetical licence for umringt, ' surrounded.' 
 24. gan5c = cin5igc, sole. 
 
 26. crglu^cn is here used of the rising of the sun. 
 
 27. innig fd(jn)ott: Charlemagne's heart expanded in love and piety. 
 32. JDic ©loric is often used of splendour, magnificence, 
 
 34. golbturd^mirft, embroidered in gold. 
 
 35. 2)lagcb is the old form of the modem word 5JJagb, which is 
 applied by the mediaeval writers to the Virgin Mary, * the pure 
 maiden.' 
 
 41. Brunjltg (derived from Ijrenn^cn, *to burn'), is often used of 
 ardent zeal and piety.— ftiaanbadjtig, in silent prayer. 
 
 43. Charlemagne delegated the administration of the several pro- 
 vinces of his states to Counts, comites^ ©rafcn (O. H. G. grdveo, grdvo, 
 mediaeval Latin graphio, A. S. gerefa^ Engl, reeve, Comp. 2JJarfgraf, 
 23utggraf, Sanbgraf, etc. with j//^r/^(= shire-reeve), borotigh-reeve^ town- 
 reeve^ etc. 
 
NOTES, 103 
 
 47. The plural tic 2lngcfid^tcr is not so common as fcic ©efic^tcr. 
 
 49. tic ^drc, or ^air3, the peers. 
 
 51. l^immlifc^, i.e. with heavenly food. 
 
 53. tcp = taTob or teS^atB. We generally say oB cincr ©ac^c jlauncn. 
 
 54. tcm ®ottc, according to Wittekind's pagan conception. 
 
 57. The old Christian name was ayiiraL, literally translated by 
 StcfecSmal^L 
 
 61 sqq. The poet alludes to the doctrine of transubstantiation. 
 The miracle consists in the fact of this process becoming visible to 
 Wittekind, while it remains hidden from the communicants. In the 
 original edition of this poem by Platen, a different miracle stands in the 
 place of this transubstantiation scene. 
 
 65. crlad^cn (not a common word), 'break into smiles.' 
 
 68. fcttg (from sala, * fortune') means originally * happy.' We may 
 say 'blessed,' as this does not exclude the idea of terrestrial bliss. Our 
 word * silly' is the same as the Germ, fcttg, having successively meant 
 (i) blessed, (2) innocent, (3) harmless, (4) weakly, foolish. See Trench, 
 Select . Glossary, 
 
 70. cm^jfa^cn is poetical and archaic instead of cm^fangcn. 
 
 72. taS 3ugcgcnfcin is a somewhat awkward expression, denoting 
 * presence,' ©cgcntuart. 
 
 75. fpattct = jert^citt, dissevers, 
 
 76, ]^citntfci() is the adverb. 
 
 VII. 
 
 Louis the Pious (called le debonnaire by the French), the son and 
 successor of Charlemagne, reigned from 814 — 840. The latter part of 
 his reign and life was disturbed and made wretched by the renewed 
 rebellions of his unnatural sons, Lothar, Pepin, Louis, and Charles. 
 When, in 838, Louis (surnamed the German) had raised his arms against 
 his father, the old Emperor's heart broke, and full of sorrow and misery 
 he concluded his life in an island in the river Rhine, not far from 
 Ingelheim. 
 
 I. For the construction see n, on 5, 191. 
 
 6. In prose : xatx^ gcBettct. 
 
 10. tic 5Iu(c) is here used in its original sense of an island sur- 
 rounded by water on all sides. In M.H.G. ouwe means * water ' = 
 O.H.G. aha — ljoX. aqua. The more usual sense of this word in modem 
 
104 NOTES, 
 
 German is *a well- watered district.' The word is, however, now 
 almost confined to the poetical style or an elevated composition. 
 
 12. The plural bie Siifte is exclusively used in the sense of ' breezes.' 
 
 21 sq. The construction fceS JKl^eineS SBette taufdjt mir ein fanftcg 
 <£d(jlummcrttet) is poetical, instead of baS 3^aufc^cn ber SScKcn fce3 Sii^cin^ 
 flingt mir tvic ein fanfte^ (Sci^tummerUeb. 
 
 24. Observe the position of the adjectives after the noun. 
 
 26. * His word was fulfilled ' means ' his request was carried out. 
 
 28. Snfetport, an unusual word probably not registered in many 
 dictionaries, * the landing-place of the island.' A safe place of anchor- 
 ing is called ^ort in the elevated style, and ^afenBud()t or ^ud^t in familiar 
 language. Comp. the lines quoted by Sanders, Deutsche Synonym en, 
 p. 127: 
 
 QJZit tcic^tcm QJJutl^c fnu^ft bcr armc Stfc^cr 
 
 2)en fleinen Slacken axi im fic^ern 5Port, 
 
 @ic^t er im @turm ba3 gro^c 2)lcerfc^iff flrautcn. 
 
 The island in which Louis died (* in quadatn insula contigua Magoh- 
 tiacae civitati ' is the expression of a contemporary historian) is now called 
 ^Jetergau. Louis possessed a villa in this secluded spot. 
 
 35. Of the palace of Charlemagne at Ingelheim a contemporary 
 poet employs the expression *" alta domus centum perjixa columnis,* 
 There are no remains left now of this building. 
 
 36. The palaces of the Emperors were often styled (Saat; comp. 
 bcr ®aaW;ofat Frankfort-on-the-Maine, erected by the Emperor Lewis 
 the Pious, when Charles the Bald was bom. 
 
 38. 2)Zeine ©tunbe fc^tagt= * my hour is come.' 
 
 44. The suffix Ung denotes * sonship.* Hence J^aroUngcr, the de- 
 scendants of Staxi (Charlemagne). The last Carlovingian who united 
 once more the whole Empire of Charlemagne, was Louis's grandson, 
 Charles the Stout (Jtart bcr JDtcfe), who was, however, deposed by the 
 German vassals at Tribur in 887; the last Carlovingian who reigned in 
 Germany was Louis the Child (Sufcmg ba3 ^iifb), who died A. D. 911. 
 In France, the Carlovingian dynasty maintained itself on the throne 
 until the year 987, when Hugo Capet was elected king. 
 
 46. Observe the expressive alliteration in this line. 
 
 48. ^atermilb, * mild (kind), like a father.' 
 
 54. Umgldnjt is formed like umf^ra^It, ' surrounded with a lustre. ' — 
 flu(^tig, * transitory.' 
 
 55. Sotl^ar was Emperor until 855. The country of Sot^rtnaen (Lor- 
 raine) still bears his name. 
 
NOTES. 105 
 
 57. <Scei?ter is generally used as a neuter in accordance with the 
 gender it bears in Greek and Latin (crKYJirTpov, sceptrum)^ but we find it 
 also as a masc. : tcr ©center. Comp. e.g. the following passage in Jung- 
 Stilling's Zi/^ (p. 470, ed. Reclam): 2lKe ttefc SScrfldrten fii^ren btc|> \i<x-^xi »or 
 ben %\)XQ\\ be3 5l((erBarraev3, er neigt ken ©center atter 2[BeIten gcgen beine ©time. 
 And it may be observed that foreign words are apt to change their 
 gender in German, e.g. ka§ Sa:6^rint:^ = 6 Xa^vptvOos, ber ?Punct = punctum, 
 bcr 2lttar=altare (n.), bcr $act= pactum, etc., or French /^ refzcon^re b.s 
 compared with Germ, bag 9lencontcc. 
 
 60. gnugt instead of geniigt. 
 
 61. Twice before the Emperor Louis had been compelled to abdi- 
 cate by his rebellious sons. 
 
 67. ben ^am^f I6eftcr;en, * to pass honourably through a struggle.* 
 72. Comp. V. 47. 
 
 vin. 
 
 After the decease of the last Carlovingian (911), Conrad of Franconia 
 was elected king of Germany. He reigned until 918. On his death- 
 bed he is said to have directed the vassals to carry the crown to his 
 most powerful adversary, Henry, Duke of Saxony, surnamed ^<?r i^wy^/^r 
 or Vogler, *the Fowler.' The (legendary) reason of this surname is 
 related in the present poem : Henry, being very fond of the sport of 
 netting birds, is said to have been engaged in it when messengers 
 came to apprise him of his having been elected king. Carlyle calls him 
 * the grand old Henry ' in his Frederick the Great, b. II. ch. I. 
 
 2. ttjo^Igemutr; ; see n. on 5, 199. 
 
 3. ^erten denotes the pearly dew-drops. 
 
 8. The song of the nightingale is usually connected with the even- 
 ing, although it does sing durmg the day. 
 
 11. SQBag gttt'8? literally, 'what is it worth?* Hence, *what do you 
 give for it?' Used in betting, 'what are the odds?' here as an ex- 
 clamation. — 'ncn= einen. 
 
 12. lugen, *to spy,' akin to E. look. — S^xmmti^tlt is a poetical term 
 denoting the * sky ' as a tent stretched above the earth ; comp. v. 34. 
 
 15 sq. The construction is ttjaS fur etnc Oteiterfd^aar fprengt benn bcrt 
 l^erauf ? — bcnn is expressive of surprise and, to some extent, of indig- 
 nation. 
 
 19. 2)af ®ott, an elliptic phrase, to be completed by such words as 
 c3 i^nen tjergettc. 
 
io6 NOTES, 
 
 21. tcr ^rpfi : see n. on 2, 4. 
 
 26. The complete construction is (SCBir fud^en) unfcrn -^evrn. 
 
 28. @tcrn is often used to denote preeminence and excellence. 
 
 30. They do homage by kneeling down silently. 
 
 32. In prose: @3 ift tcS teutfdfjen ^icicJjcS SOBitlc. 
 
 36. iric ^iv'g gefattt, (be it) as thou pleasest. 
 
 IX. 
 
 Henry I. reigned from 919 — 936. He was a wise and energetic 
 prince, who founded many towns and obtained a splendid victory over 
 the wild Hungarian hordes atMerseburg, 933. Henry's son, Otho I. or 
 the Great (936 — 973), surpassed even his father in energy and power. 
 He endeavoured to break the power of the vassal dukes whose influence 
 had become too great for their sovereign. Eberhard, the duke of 
 Franconia, felt offended by a fine imposed on him, and contrived to 
 seduce Otho's brothers, Thankmar and Henry, to rebel against the 
 king. Thankmar was killed in this rebellion, and Henry was forced to 
 submit in 939 ; but the pardon granted to him by the generous Otho 
 could not render him faithful to his brother. He conspired again with 
 the Archbishop of Mayence and some dissatisfied nobles to stab the 
 king at Quedlinburg, about Easter, 940. The conspiracy was, how- 
 ever, discovered, and the Archbishop and Henry were imprisoned. 
 Then it was that repentance awoke in the heart of the misguided youth ; 
 he escaped from the prison, which he could not endure, and in peni- 
 tential garb he threw himself at his brother's feet in the Cathedral 
 Church at Frankfort-on-the-Maine, and obtained pardon and reconcilia- 
 tion, for which he prayed fervently. The concord and agreement of the 
 brothers remained undisturbed ever after. It will be seen that there is 
 a slight inaccuracy in the present ballad, in which the scene of the 
 reconciliation is laid at Quedlinburg, instead of Frankfort. There is 
 another error in the title given to Otho. Previous to the year 962, in 
 which he was crowned Roman Emperor, Otho bore no other title but 
 that of King, Jtontg. 
 
 3. SDiadjt is used here in the sense of military force ; translate * with 
 the puissant array of his knights.' 
 
 4. The common form is 2Bci^naci(>t. Comp. v. 48, 
 6. Comp. 4, 31. 
 
NOTES. 107 
 
 10. In prose we should more commonly say, er \)^i tic t^eintc (ace.) 
 
 13. For the plural Sanbc see our note on Goethe's Ilermajzn and 
 Dorothea J 1, 204. 
 
 14. This phrase is very common with the negation: fca3 iuiir mir 
 ttici^t in ken ©inn, I cannot get myself to believe this. 
 
 i6. h3a8 = njegr;aI6, icatum. 
 
 r8. The Roman Cathohc Church considers the consecration of the 
 host as a renewed sacrifice of the Lord. — tie CUieffe, the mass, Lat. 
 missa, said to be derived from the old form of dismissing the con- 
 gregation, * Ite, missa est' (sc. congregatio). 3Jieffc also means *a fair.' 
 
 20. Brunftig, see n. on 6, 40. 
 
 22. JDaS ^cmfce is the old form, while in modern German ta§ J^emb 
 is more usual. 
 
 24. i^nt is dativus ethicus ; in English this should be translated as if 
 it were feine Rmtz, 
 
 25. ber %d)l is poetical instead of ber S^e^er, though always with 
 a more emphatic meaning, =iBerbrcd(jen or SSerge^cn. This word is 
 repeatedly used by Luther in his translation of the Bible. Comp. St 
 Matth. vi. 15: fo ir;r ben QJienfci^en i^re gel;te Xi\<i)t t^ergeBet, fo t»itb euc^ cuer 
 abater eurc Se^te audj nid;t »ergeBen. 
 
 26. The construction is, :^ier Itegc \6) bit ju 5uj?en. — In prose we 
 should either say um ^eqet^ung fle^cn or ^erjei^ung crfle^en. 
 
 30. Otho had pardoned his brother, granting him his life after 
 the conspiracy, and merely sentencing him to imprisonment. By his 
 escape from prison Henry had forfeited his life and pardon. 
 
 35. The expression is proverbial. To denote absolute stillness we 
 also say man l^dttc eine 0ZabeI ju S3cbcn fatten :^i3ren fonnen, * you might 
 have heard a pin drop to the ground.' — ^mh= leafy commonly 23tatt. 
 In modem German SauB is commonly used as a collective. 
 
 41 sqq. The passage referred to in the following verses runs as 
 follows in Luther's translation : — 2)a trat ^etru3 ju x^m xinb fprad^ ; «&err, 
 tt>ie oft muf ic^ benn meinem SSruber, bet an mic fiinbiget, ^ergcBen? 3ft eg 
 genug fieBenmat ? 3efu3 fprac^ ju i^nt: 3(^ fage bir, m6)t fietenmat, fontcrn 
 fiebenjigmat fieBcnmal. St Matth. xviii. 11 and 22. 
 
 45. The tears are called unBcwuft, * unconscious,* as they start into 
 the Emperor's eye without his knowing it. 
 
 B. 
 
ToS NOTES. 
 
 X. 
 
 Otho the Great was succeeded by his son Otho II. who reigned 
 until 983. His wife was a Greek princess, Theophano, by whom he 
 had a son, Otho III., a highly talented youth, but unfortunately desti- 
 tute of resolution and energy. Otho III., whose whole mind was bent 
 upon the revival of the splendour of the imperial titles, reigned until 
 1002, and sank into an early grave, worn out with the struggles and 
 toils of his reign. In the year 999, he had ordered the tomb of Charle- 
 magne at Aachen to be opened, and had descended into it in order to 
 revive his flagging enthusiasm by the sight of the dead Emperor, whose 
 majestic appearance is said to have produced an overwhelming impres- 
 sion on the mind of the phantastic youth. 
 
 3. Otho III. died in the castle of Paterno, near mount Soracte, 
 not far from Rome. He had not yet completed his twenty-second year. 
 
 7. Seiij (comp. lent) is poetical instead of grul^ting ; comp. our note 
 on Schiller's Maid of Orleans^ Prol. 2, 14. 
 
 15. Rome is built upon seven hills. 
 
 16. In Danish and Swedish hav {haf) means the sea in general, 
 but in the north of Germany this name has been restricted to three 
 large bays of the Baltic — or rather three lakes close to the Baltic; 
 though connected with the sea by a channel, they contain sweet water 
 and are separated from the ocean by a long narrow strip of sandhills 
 (S^lel^ritng) : i. bag ^urifdje J^aff at the mouth of the Niemen; 2. baS frifc^e 
 J^aff at the mouth of the Nogat, an arm of the Vistula; 3. tag ^ommcrfc^e 
 or (gtettinev «>^af| at the mouth of the Oder : all three on the coast of 
 Prussia. 
 
 17. 2)ag ®cetenrcic^ = ^ottcnreici^, 9, 34. 
 
 18. J^arren is constmed with the genitive, after the analogy of 
 marten. See Aue § 349. 
 
 21. Crescentius, a Roman patrician, had broken his faith to Otho 
 III., expelled Gregory V. whom Otho had placed on the papal see, and 
 put John (who had formerly been Otho's tutor, in Greek) in his place. 
 When Otho took Rome in 998, John was terribly mutilated and blinded 
 by the exasperated German warriors, while Crescentius was beheaded 
 in the Castel San Angelo, in which he had defended himself. Gregory 
 died in the year after these atrocities, 999, and his death was ascribed 
 by the people to divine vengeance for his cruelty towards the unfor- 
 tunate John. 
 
 27. Otho II. died when his son was about three years old. 
 
NOTES. 109 
 
 30. The strong formation of the imperf. of fragcn is less usual in 
 modem German than the weak. In the works of the classical writers, 
 frag occurs in not a few passages. 
 
 31. The poet himself has the note: Otto II. Ucgt UUmXi\&) in ter 
 5peter8fir(^c fcegraBen. 
 
 33. Comp. the expression SSottsBcrat^er, 4, 4. 
 
 35. 2letterttata-=Hrgro^»vitcr, Henry I. 
 
 39. SJlatl^itbe was the queen of Henry I. 
 
 44. The logical order of words would be fc^on aT8 ^tnb. 
 
 46. 5lt6m = aro/iOJ', the small particles out of which, according to 
 some philosophers, the world is composed. 
 
 47. cine ntd(>tigc ®ad()c, res nihili. 
 
 52. 3)er fatfcrUc^c @tauB means the dead body of the young Emperor. 
 
 58. ©aS ^Panier is derived from the Fr. la banniere, which has also 
 passed into the German language in the shape of baS SBanner. 
 
 60. ^atfer5ier=faiferltci^c ^rac!(jt, imperial splendour. 
 
 64. ;6arg, instead of tterBarg, in the sense of »er^iiHtc or Befce^tc. 
 
 66 sq. Otho's dead body was escorted across the Alps by his faith- 
 ful Germans through the opposing hosts of the hostile Italians ; it was 
 then deposited in its final resting place at Aachen. 
 
 71. tr;atento3, *void of deeds'; t^atenreici^, 'rich in deeds' (comp. 
 I Tim. vi. 18). 
 
 XI. 
 
 *' The Church of Rome has raised Henry II. to a place among her 
 Saints, and legendary tales describe this king as a monk in purple, a 
 crowned penitent, scarcely able to drag along his weary flesh. "But 
 History shows a different portrait of King Henry. It attests that he 
 was one of the most active and energetic rulers that ever sat on the 
 German throne; it teaches us to recognise his acute mind and a great 
 talent for organisation, such as was rarely seen in those days. " Giese- 
 brecht. History of the German Emperors, II. 95 sq. The same writer 
 relates the subject of the present poem in the following manner : — 
 " In 1008 there appeared a strange vision to the king, as the legend 
 goes. He fancied that he was in the monastery of St Emmeran at 
 Regensburg, praying at the tomb of his former teacher, Wolfgang; 
 this one — he thought — came up to him and pointed to- some writing 
 on the wall close by. There the king saw the mysterious words, ' After 
 six.' He thought that he was destined to die after six days, and there- 
 fore devoted himself entirely to works of charity and piety. The six 
 
 8—2 
 
no NOTES. 
 
 days passed by without anything befalling him, and there likewise 
 passed six months and six years. But on the seventh anniversary of 
 the vision, Henry was crowned Emperor at Rome, Febr. 14, 1014." 
 (Giesebrecht, 1. c. ii. 118, cf. 614.) 
 
 3. SBo = h?ann. The adverbs of place are often used of time. — • 
 SBrufccr=IDrten§Bruber, i.e. monks. — fctern, 'to cease' from work, or here, 
 from praying, ^eiern is derived from the mediaeval 'LdXui, feriare=ferias 
 agere. Comp. n. on 5, 18. 
 
 ^ 8. <Sanct '§eimeran = St Emmeran, vide suprh. The ancient monas- 
 tery of St Emmeran was founded as early as 652, but the present 
 edifice is a collection of buildings of various later epochs. It be- 
 longs now to the princely house of Thurn and Taxis, and forms their 
 general residence. 
 
 12. umnad()tet =1^1965011 con ^^^i. 
 
 I3» sar==»olIcnt8. 
 
 17. cS fd^tcn = ein <Sd(>ctn flel uter ti^n. Observe the impersonal con- 
 struction of the verb. 
 
 19. tl^at er BHcfcn : comp. 13, 26. 
 
 20. cin l^cirgcS 5lngcfid()t instead of ba3 Slngefid^t ctneS ^ctttgen. 
 
 22. cin Xx^ux 33ifd()of, the figure of a bishop all illumined with rays 
 of light. 
 
 26. The expression is very peculiar, though it may be readily un- 
 derstood. The whole figure of the bishop seemed to consist of light 
 and radiance, hence also his fingers shine like tapers upon the writing. 
 
 28. It is common German to say, mit ten 5lugen or mit kern JBItcfc 
 auf tixooA trcjfen. 
 
 30. We say commonly, ©inem ti\Q(x% ^yx'i'^ S©crt gtauBen. The pre- 
 sent phrase may be considered as an imitation of this. 
 
 32. fdjmanb = loerfdjWvinb. 
 
 36. SeBcngl^eK should rather be joined with 3Jiorgcnrotl^ than with 
 SBangcn, though even this is not altogether impossible. 
 
 37. gefommen, sc. ifl. 
 
 40. SeBengfrifi, lease of life. 
 
 42. SUionb may be taken both as moo7t and month. Comp. n. on 
 16, 29. 
 
 43. We should join ftctS trurfctgcr, always increasing in worthiness. 
 47. fonbcr is more poetical than ol^nc. 
 
 50. £cud(jtent) is evidently used in allusion to v. 26. Henry himself 
 had increased in sanctity, and was at the same time radiant with 
 earthly splendour. 
 
NOTES. Ill 
 
 / 
 
 52. The omission of the definite article before JRom'fdjc ^i3ntg§!rcnc 
 is very unusual and tends to impart to this passage a certain flavour of 
 archaic dignity. 
 
 54. Observe the preposition »ott instead of the genitive. We may 
 also say, ^erc u6er atteS bcutfdfjc Sanb. 
 
 55. tort instead of bamatg. See n. on v. 3. 
 
 59. trcuUd^ is an adverb, from trcu. Adverbs are often formed with 
 the suffix X\6), Comp. n. on 4, 92. 
 
 XII. 
 
 Weinsberg, a small town in the modem kingdom of WUrtemberg, 
 not far from Heilbronn, is famous for the event celebrated in the present 
 ballad. The ruins of the ancient stronghold of the Weibertreu may 
 still be seen on a rock overhanging the town, and in one of the churches 
 of the place there is a small picture (painted 1659) of the women 
 carrying their husbands and brothers away on their backs. In the wars 
 between Conrad III. (1138 — 1152), the first king of the celebrated 
 Hohenstaufen dynasty, and Heinrich the Proud, Weinsberg was be- 
 sieged by Conrad's troops, and it was then that the event celebrated in 
 this ballad is said to have taken place. The adherents of the Hohen- 
 staufen party were called Waiblinger^ which the Italians turned into 
 Ghibellini; their adversaries were styled Welfen, in Italian Guelji. 
 (Waiblingen was one of the seats of the Hohenstaufen family.) Conrad 
 is very properly styled * king ' in the present poem, as he never went to 
 Rome to be crowned. The titles Emperor and King are, however, very 
 often confounded. 
 
 3. 9'lefl=:the home of a family or community, especially when 
 situated on a height (comp. Num. xxiv. 21, and Horace Od. ill. 4, 14). 
 It is now often applied contemptuously to a small town. 
 
 4. fcft:^atten = 6el^au^ten. 
 
 5. The German proverb is bcr -hunger tfl tin fc^arfer 2)orn. 
 
 7. 3)egen, 'brave man'; see n. on 5, 37. 
 
 8. This is a shortened conditional clause = unb ircnn t^r auc^ bic 
 S!^crc offnct. 
 
 9. f ommcn is an old form of the past participle repeatedly used by 
 Luther in his translation of the Bible, instead of gefommen. 
 
 10. »om Stute rein, in as far as they have not shared in the fighting. 
 
 11. ben 5lrmen, the poor women. The expression denotes com- 
 miseration. — 2)er J^elb is Conrad. 
 
112 NOTES. 
 
 13. ^i'tti'xi fret l^aBcn, to be free to take something. Comp. the 
 phrase employed in the German railway service : ein Oleifentcr l^at funfjig 
 ^fiinb ©c^ad fret, a passenger is allowed fifty pounds of luggage (car- 
 riage-free). 
 
 17. 2)er 2Jlorgcn graut is a common expression, even in prose, of 
 the first dawning of day. 
 
 i8. ijom Sager (^er): the spectators look from the camp towards the 
 town. 
 
 19. kaS Bebrangtc S;]^or = t)a8 Jl^or fccr I«cbrangtcn (Bctagcrten) <^iix^i. — 
 tcife, teifc means Wery softly'; comp. also 6, 5. Repeating the adjec- 
 tive is a frequent mode of intensifying the idea of it, comp. also the 
 familiar bon-bon. 
 
 22. 5)cr ©l^c^crt (commonly used in the trisyllabic form) is a more 
 formal and respectful appellation than ©l^emann or the simple SD^ann. 
 
 23. arg = argtiflig, cunning. — S[Btci(>t, * wight,* a fellow of the train. 
 
 24. IBcteutfam, with a tone full of meaning. In this sense Goetlie 
 uses the participle £ebeutenb {Hermann and Dorothea^ 4, iii). 
 
 25. icr fromitie <§crr is Conrad. He is styled fromm here because 
 he keeps his promise even under the construction laid upon it by these 
 cunning women. 
 
 27. In English we may say, 'what has been said, cannot be un- 
 said.' 
 
 28. jcrbeutetn is a very unusual word. The suffix *etn expressing 
 pettiness, bcutein means to attempt to change the sense of a word by 
 petty and paltry shifts; the prefix \tx* denotes division and dissipation. 
 The meaning of the whole expression would therefore be, * to get rid of 
 a royal pledge by means of a petty interpretation.' 
 
 29. ®otb ber ^roitc should be understood of the splendour of the 
 regal dignity and faith. 
 
 30. l^eruBer, to us ; l^inuBcr, to others. 
 
 XIII. 
 
 Frederick I., or Barbarossa (i.e. * Red-beard '), the most glorious 
 Emperor of the Hohenstaufen djoiasty, reigned from 11 52 — 11 90. At 
 the close of his reign, he took the Cross and went on a crusade into the 
 Holy Land, the kings of France (Philip Augustus) and of England 
 (Richard Cceur de Lion) being engaged in the same enterprise. 
 Frederick perished while bathing in the river Calycadnus in Syria.. 
 
NOTES. 113 
 
 The present ballad narrates, in a quaint and popular style, an episode 
 of this Crusade. It is based upon a passage in the Byzantine historian, 
 Nicetas Acominatos of Chonae, who relates it in his second book, in 
 the Life of the E77iperor Isaac Angelus, previous to the battle of Ico- 
 nium (May 18, 1190). Before Uhland, this tale had been further 
 embellished by J. P. Abelin and the famous preacher Abraham a Santa 
 Clara, who was the first to state that the valiant German knight was a 
 Swabian. (See Gotzinger, Deutsche Dichter, I. p. 519.) There is a dash 
 of local patriotism in it, the poet Uhland being himself a Swabian. 
 It should be observed that (Sc(jttjaBenftret(^ commonly means a mad and 
 reckless prank. The Swabians are likewise said not to grow rational 
 before the fortieth year of their age. 
 
 1. loBefam is a somewhat antiquated and quaint word, of pretty 
 much the same meaning as aortreffUc^, er;rentt)ertl^. Comp. einfam, Beret* 
 fv^m, etc. 
 
 2. For the construction er fam gejogen, see n. on 5, 191. 
 
 3. S)a3 fromme -^ecr, the army of the Crusaders. They are called 
 * pious' on account of the religious nature of their expedition. 
 
 5. The imperf. crl^uS is less usual in modern German than erI)ot\ 
 Both forms are derived from the old imperfect erhuob. 
 
 8. The Germans have always had a certain reputation for hard 
 drinking. In that sterile and dry district many a German knight had to 
 forego his favourite pastime owing to the scarcity of drink. — ®id(? (dat.) 
 ti\ii^% <^!Qi\)XiXi means the same as fief) tiXQix^ aBgettjoI;nen. 
 
 10. fcte SJla^re originally means * the horse ' in general, but in 
 modern German it is often used in the contemptuous sense of a jaded 
 horse. 
 
 15 sq. (5r hjurke e3 nte aufgegeBen l^aBen, aud^ hjcnn cS il^n kaS etgenc 
 fieBeti gefoflet l^atte. — nimmer is a stronger negation than nie. The word 
 is, moreover, very frequently used in the Swabian dialect in the place of 
 the simple negation. 
 
 19. in tic £iuer(e), across the road. 
 
 20. Both funfjig and funfjig are in use. 
 
 23. @t forest ftdfj nit is purposely put in the Swabian dialect, instead 
 of the correct cr furc^tete fid^ ni(^t. 
 
 24. ^^x\ii »or @d()titt, *step by step.' We may also employ the 
 preposition fur in this phrase. 
 
 25. f)3tdten is properly used of the * larding ' of joints. 
 
 26. See n. on 5, 60. 
 
 27. 5)tc 3eit ttjirt mtr ju tang, I find the time too long for me. 
 
IJ4 NOTES. 
 
 1%. Perhaps the compound JvnimmfABet (omitted in Grimm's /)/V- 
 tionary) is more commonly used of the Turkish sci7?ntar. 
 
 29. See our note on Goethe's Hermann and Dorothea^ 4, 153. 
 34. mil SJiac^t, ' with all his might * or * amain/ 
 37. The usual phrase is in (StucEe l^aucn. 
 
 41. For the noun fcer ®raug, see n. on 4, 57. 
 
 42. in atte SBett ]^uiau3 is a proverbial phrase, like * everywhere and 
 anywhere.' 
 
 43. dg tft mir, at^ trcnn (cB)... I feel, as if... 
 
 45. In the phrase te^ SSegcg fommen (jicl^en, hjantcrn, rciten, &c.) we 
 should observe the idiomatic use of the genitive. Compare Homer, 
 I/iad, B. 801 ^pxoPTat TredioLo, T. 285 iirecyo/xepos irep o5o?o, &c. 
 
 47. mit gutem S5etarf>t = the adv. Bcbfld()tig, *at their good leisure.' 
 
 48. In prose we should say h^ag fur 2lr6eit. In the phrase employed 
 by Uhland, 5lr6eit should be understood as a gerni\Ye = qtiid laboris. 
 
 52. It should be observed that ter <Streic^ means (i) the stroke, the 
 blow, (2) the trick, the feat. 
 
 53. The Swabians are witty, and never at a loss for an answer and 
 retort, in spite of their proverbial slowness. 
 
 54. im ®d()it)ange fcin or gel^cn, 'to be in fashion,' a very idiomatic 
 phrase. Comp. e.g. Luther's translation of Psalm Ixxxv. 14, ta^ ®c* 
 rec^ttgfett bennod^j »or tf;m bteific unb im ©c^irangc gc'^c. 2 Maccab. iii. i, 
 al3 man nun tuietcr in gutem lyriete gu Serufatem tDoI;nete unb bag @efe^ fcin im 
 ©c^mangc ging. 
 
 56. r;att is a kind of asseverative interjection much used in the 
 Swabian dialect. It may, perhaps, be rendered by the lns\\ faiik. , 
 
 XIV. 
 
 Under the Emperor Frederick I. the German Empire attained its 
 greatest splendour and power, and that heroic Emperor succeeded in 
 making himself feared and respected both at home and abroad. It is 
 for this reason that the German people have long cherished his memory, 
 and conceived an idea that the Emperor was not dead, but merely 
 sleeping and biding his time in the Kyffhduser^ in Thuringia. Jacob 
 Grimm, in his Germa7i Mythology^ p. 906 sq., gives the following 
 account of this legend, which may serve as a kind of commentary upon 
 Riickert's ballad : 
 
 2tuf bcm ^^ffl;aufcr in Jipringcn fdjtaft 8;ricbrid^ 9Jct^6art: er fi^t am 
 runbcn <Stcintifc^, ben Jtc^f in ber -^anb l^attenb, nicfenb, mit ben 2lugcn 
 
NOTES. 115 
 
 jtrtnfcrnb, fein S3art tt)ftcl()fl um ben %x\^ uitb fj^i fd^on jtrcimat bcffeit (Runbung 
 iimfd[)to[fen ; tuann cr ba^ brittcmat lucrum gctvac^fcn fciit iuirb, crfotgt bc3 
 ^5nig3 5lufn3ac|)cn. S3ei fctnem «§eroorfommert hjiri cc feincn ®d(jitb l^dngen an 
 einen burren 33aum, ba»on hjtrb bee )Saum grunen unb cine Befferc 3eit toerben. 
 5)cd() ©intgc l^afeen il)n aud^ mad^jenb gefel^enj einen <Sd)afer, bee ein x^m tool^tgc* 
 fdaigcg Sieb gc^fiffen, fragte 5incbrici(> : „ iJtiegen btc diahfa nod^ nm ben SBcrg ? ", 
 unb al3 ber ©chafer Beial^te: „ @o mup tci(> l^unbert Sal^cc Idnget fd()(afen." (See 
 also Grimm's Deutsche Mythologies p. 366.) It should, however, be 
 stated that when the legend first appears it is related, not of Frederick 
 I., but of his grandson, the Emperor Frederick II. It may be added 
 that the Welsh similarly believe their ancient king Arthur to lie iu 
 Snovvdon, and one of these days they expect him to come forth from 
 the mountain and to reestablish the splendour of the kingdom of the 
 Cy7nry by driving the Saxons out of Britain. 
 
 2, Sriebertc^ (i. e. rich in peace) is the original trisyllabic form of the 
 name now commonly used as 8:riebrtc|). 
 
 12. gu feiner 3eit, * in his own good time.' 
 
 14. 5)arauf as a relative is obsolete now; we should now say njorauf, 
 as we have it v. 16. 
 
 15. maitmetfteinern is archaic, instead of marmorn, or au5 SJJarmor. 
 1 7. His beard is not of flaxen colour, but as red as fire. 
 
 20. Observe the somewhat heavy accentuation auSrul^t, instead of 
 the ordinary augi'ul^t. 
 
 23. ie denotes repetition after pauses, each of which is long. 
 
 24. ^naBe and Jtna^^e ('a page') were originally identical in mean- 
 ing, and merely different forms of one and the same word. We may 
 translate it here with the old English knave, which retained its original 
 sense of ' page ' in the language of Shakespeare. 
 
 XV. 
 
 The present ballad may be looked upon as an attempt to substan- 
 tiate, by free and original invention, a title handed down from remote 
 ages. The Counts of Limpurg (a castle situated at a short distance 
 from Schwabisch-Hall, in the modem kingdom of Wiirtemberg) claimed 
 from times immemorial the title and privileges of cup-bearers to the 
 German Emperor, and are repeatedly styled pincernae de Limpurg in 
 ancient documents. They became extinct in 1713. As the tale related 
 here is of Uhland's owm invention, it remains uncertain which of the 
 Hohenstaufen Emperors is tlie one spoken of in the present poem. 
 
ii6 NOTES. 
 
 I. 5)ic '5efle (often spelt S5e.fic) = fjcflitn3, stronghold. 
 
 5. attcrtt)egen (properly two words of genitival formation) = uBeralt. 
 
 8. leib is etymologically connected with E. loth ; hence ©inem ctxvai 
 \?crleibcn may well be ti-anslated, * to make some one loth to do some- 
 thing. * 
 
 I I. SBitfce 8^etcr is apparently meant to denote the feather of a wild 
 bird. 
 
 13. an ter <BdUn is purposely archaic instead of an fccr ©cite; comp. 
 Auc § 137, note. See also below, v. 75. 
 
 14. ^n^S = ^vi(i)§^aumf)ol^y boxwood. 
 
 15. \d^xdUn=incederef or like the compound auSfc^reitcn. 
 
 17. For the plural 9Jiannen see Aue § 148, note 2. — Instead of h)oH 
 ('indeed'), we might also turn the sentence this way: O6n?o'^l (ofcfc^on, 
 tt)cnnglei^) cr ^ncd^te unb dJiannen nnb cin tud(jtigc8 diof ^attc, ging cr, &c. 
 
 20. ZxQ% his menial train. 
 
 21. ©cteitc, company. 
 
 22. Comp. 5, 165. 
 
 26. The phrase adopted here is somewhat homely when used of 
 Imperial state. But the poet employed it intentionally. 
 
 27. mtt l^etTen '^aufen, with a large and noisy train, ^aufe is rather 
 an undignified word: see n. on Kohlrausch, p. i, 3. 
 
 29. »orrenncn here = anfprcngcn, gatto^ircn. 
 
 31. Sagtgefinfcc means the same as Xxo^, v. 20. ©efinbc is a collective 
 noun derived from O. H. G. sine/, corresponding to Gothic sm];>s and 
 Anglo-S. si^ 'road,' 'journey,* whence O. H. G. kisiftdo, Gothic 
 gasinypa ' a roadfellow,' 'an escort.' 
 
 22. ??orfi always denotes an extensive forest, while SCDalb is the 
 ordinary wood. 
 
 36. In prose : mit mannigfaltlgcn SStumen, variis fioribus, 
 
 39. 2)ic «ieagc, plural (rarely used) of ber <§ag, for which word see 
 note on 5, 39. 
 
 40. A more usual order of words would be nnb »or tl^m f^anb fcer 
 ©raf. 
 
 41. anl^eBen is more dignified than anfangen, the original notion 
 being that of raising his voice. 
 
 42. I;tc is archaic instead of l^icr. It is more frequently used in the 
 compound attl^tc. 
 
 44. Both fcmmt and !cmmt are correct forms of the third person 
 sing. In the same manner we have both tu fcmmfl and bu fommfl, but 
 
NOTES. ' 117 
 
 in the first pers. sing., and in the whole plural the vowel cannot be 
 modified. 
 
 45. ftm<eit: comp. 5, 37- 
 
 46. fai^en is obsolete, instead of fangcn. Comp. 6, 70. 
 
 49. o^n' aUt ^a^xUi without any evil thought or suspicion. The 
 expression is not common. Grimm, 3, 1247, quotes another instance ot 
 it from Goethe : 
 
 JDanim fd^iror' id) feicrtid(> 
 
 lint) cl;n' attc Saf^rbe, 
 
 5)af idj m\d) nidjt frc^cnttic^ 
 
 SBcc}6egefcen tcerfce. 
 
 55. ^?fdnten = at3 ein ^Pfvinb ergrcifen. 
 
 57. mic »erfangen = «on mir mit S3cfd()tag Bctegt. The expression is 
 legal. 
 
 58. In poetry Bcgel^ren is sometimes construed with a genitive, like 
 \5ertangen ; comp. the genitive used after ixidv/jLU). 
 
 61. 2)ci3 ©etualbc is an intensified derivation from fccr SCSatb; comp. 
 fcaS @er;egc from ter <§vig (5, 39). 
 
 62. mir, dat. ethicus, *in my opinion,' or it may be * to my loss.' 
 
 63. In prose : Bet -^cf unt> im gette. 
 
 6g. 3d^ l)abi ctxvai ctgcn, I possess something as my own, I own 
 something. 
 
 72. 'mal instead of einntat ; its use here is somewhat idiomatic. The 
 sense of this line would require a different expression in prose, e.g. tyeiin 
 id) txft alt unb !ran! genjorben bin. 
 
 74. Here mir is *for me.' 
 
 78. tf)vC mir baS is a familiar and somewhat off-hand phrase, instead 
 of t^u' mir ben ©efaKen, do me the favour. — ©efelt, * comrade,' is like- 
 wise a familiar and good-humoured appellation. Comp. 5, 207. 
 
 79. Biirftctt is provincially used in the sense of trinlen. It would 
 seem to have been originally a slang word in this sense. 
 
 80. SBafferquctC is a somewhat redundant compound, inasmuch as 
 JDuett of itself means a water-spring. But comp. v. 88, whence an 
 argument may be derived why Uhland has expressly spoken of zaattrr 
 here. 
 
 82. ftar=rein. 
 
 83. Big o6en=Bt8 an ben 9Janb, to the brim, v. 92. 
 95. We say more fully, tton bicfcr ©tunbc an. 
 
ii8 . NOTES. 
 
 XVI. 
 
 The dynasty of the Hohenstaufen owed its destruction to the Papal 
 power, which the Hohenstaufen Emperors had always opposed with all 
 their might. Frederick II., who was only three years old at the death 
 of his father (1197), was crowned at Aachen in 1215, and soon took up 
 the policy of his family, which he continued during his whole reign. 
 When Pope Gregory IX. convoked a council at Rome, Frederick's 
 illegitimate son, Enzio or Hensius (i. e. Heinz, an abbreviated form of 
 Heinrich), intercepted many of the bishops on their way, after a sharply 
 contested naval battle with "the Genoese fleet, A.D. 1241. Enzio's 
 valour was henceforth of great assistance to his father, who honoured 
 this favourite son with the royal title. But in 1249 Enzio was beaten 
 by the Bolognese in the battle of Fossalta, and taken prisoner. *' Les 
 Ghibellins etaient conduits par le roi Hensius ; chaque armee comptait 
 de quinze a vingt mille combattants. La bataille fut longue et sanglante, 
 mais elle se termina par la defaite complete des GhibelUns. Le roi 
 Hensius tomba lui-meme entre les mains des vainqueurs; il fut aussitot 
 conduit a Bologne et enferme au palais du podestat. Le senat de 
 Bologne repoussa toute offre de ran9on, toute intercession en sa faveur ; 
 il pourvut d'une maniere splendide a son entretien, mais il le retint 
 captif pendant le reste de sa vie, qui dura encore vingt-deux ans." 
 Simonde di Sismondi, Histoire de la Renaissance de la liberie en Italie 
 (Paris, 1832), vol. I. p. 125. It was, therefore, Enzio's tragic fate to 
 survive the extinction of all the rest of his family (Frederick II. Dec. 
 13» 1250; his son Conrad IV. 1254; Manfred was defeated and killed 
 in the battle of Benevent 1266; Frederick's grandson Conradin was 
 defeated at Tagliacozzo Aug. 23, 1268, and executed at the command 
 of Charles d'Anjou, Oct. 29, 1268). When the news of Conradin's 
 execution reached him, Enzio attempted an escape. **Pour mieux 
 tromper la vigilance de ses geoliers, il se fit enfermer dans un tonneau 
 que des hommes devoues devaient faire sortir- de Bologne sur un chariot 
 charge de marchandises ; mais au moment ou ce precieux chariot allait 
 depasser la derniere porte de la ville, I'un des gardiens ayant apergu une 
 meclie de cheveux blonds qui s'echappait de Tune des fentes du tonneau, 
 et s'etant eerie: *0h ! il n'y a que le roi Hensius qui puisse avoir de si 
 beaux cheveux ! ' le pauvre prince fut decouvert dans son etroite 
 cachette, et ramene dans sa prison, oil il mourut trois ans apres, con- 
 sume d'ennuis et de regrets.'* Lame-Fleury. 
 
NOTES, 119 
 
 4. Slvir is poetical instead of 2tttcr. 
 
 5. Reno is the river on which Bologna is situated. 
 II. ob = o6gteic!^, although. Comp. 40, 19. 
 
 21, 22. In prose: iretne 16Iutigrotr;e 2;^rflnen. 
 
 25. Hnb tfl = njenn njirflii^ mein SSatcr geflcrten ifl. 
 
 29. In poetry 9)Zont> is often used instead of 3}Zonat. The two 
 words are originally identical. Comp. the Greek }xr\v and E. moon, 
 
 33 sq. Animate and inanimate nature is to participate in his grief. 
 
 36. SCBctfen, * melodies,' in the same way as modi is used in Latin 
 [inagna modis tenuare parvisy Hor.). 
 
 38. It is more usual to say l^ervortccfen. — There is a period to all 
 complaints, just as nature does not always mourn in the garb of winter, 
 but returns to new life in spring, I too may conceive new hopes, in 
 spite of my glorious father's death. 
 
 39. His father had been designated as the Sun (19), his brothers — 
 Conrad IV. in Germany, and Manfred in Sicily and Naples — are now 
 styled stars. 
 
 40. mir, dat, eth. =meine 35ruter. 
 
 44. Comp. Horace's expression, lucida sidera^ likewise applied to 
 two brothers. 
 
 47. The most usual form of this word is the plural btc ^irummcr; 
 the singular is originally bag ^rumm, but is almost out of use nowadays ; 
 but the plural btc ^^rummer has erroneously been employed as a singular 
 (as in this line) by many writers since Klopstock; nay, even ber %x\xm> 
 mcr occurs. 
 
 48. The preposition »on is not employed here merely to replace the 
 genitive, but denotes that which is left ^the splendour of the house. 
 
 51. The expression ftc^ mtt @tau6 tefaen is very bold, in the sense of 
 fid^ mtt ®taub Bcbecfen or Beftrexien (Bcfprengen). Grimm (wbrterb. i, 1539) 
 quotes from Jean Paul the expression \\^ mit *|3ubei- befdcn, to bestrew 
 one's hair with powder. 
 
 54. According to the ancient legend, Philomela was changed into 
 a nightingale by mourning for the slaughter of Procne's child (Itys). 
 See Ovid, Met, vi. 451 sqq. 
 
 57. 2luen is here used in the wider sense of the word; see n. on 
 7, 10. 
 
 68. jum JJontggfaat, so as to make it like a regal hall. 
 
 69. The usual form is ^erfc^onern. 
 
 70. rcftgcr SBetn means merely red (or rosy) wine. 
 72. The sound of the hatp goes forth into the land 
 
I20 NOTES, 
 
 75. BcgraBen is the infinitive, not the past participle. 
 
 76. ^erjUcB (very frequently also in the diminutival form, ^crjtieB* 
 d;cn) = Eng. 'sweetheart.' 
 
 79. toerBtuten, to expire in bleeding. 
 
 82. 2)ic 3;rcuc, instead of fccr 5rreue = tcr i^rciint, v. 86. 
 
 96. ^ersatterlieBfl, most dearly beloved. 
 
 98. In this style of poetry, the apocopated form JBrucf' is rather 
 harsh at the end of the line. 
 
 104. Observe the omission of the copula unb. The songs are said 
 to call back his friend and the merry old time. 
 
 109. The harp is the cause of the cheerful tone of Enzio's mind ; 
 the hai-p being dashed to pieces, his cheerfulness is likewise killed with 
 grief. 
 
 iir. Observe the difference between ^erfcr^o^te here and ^cr!er* 
 I)au8 above, v. d^, 
 
 112. aScrtraucrn, *to waste (pine) away in mourning.' 
 
 118. @d()manenUcb, the final song, shortly before death. It is an 
 old belief that the dying swan breaks out into melodious singing. 
 
 119. 2lte is a Germanized form of the French adieu^ much used in 
 poetry. 
 
 120. More strictly we ought to expect the perfect in this sentence, 
 which is intended to express a final result, in much the same sense as 
 \t%i tjl tcr \t%it ^taufc tofct. But these two tenses are sometimes used 
 promiscuously, particularly by natives of the South of Germany. 
 
 XVII. 
 
 The death of Conrad IV. (1254) was followed by what Schiller 
 designates bic faifcrlofe, bic fc^rerfltd()e 3eit, commonly called the Interreg' 
 num in German history. This lawless period was auspiciously termi- 
 nated by the election of Rudolf von Habsburg (or Hapsburg), a.d. 
 1273. His election took place at Frankfort-on-the-Maine, the corona- 
 tion at Aachen. Rudolf was even before that time possessed of con- 
 siderable power as count of Habsburg, Lenzburg, and Kyburg, and 
 protector of numerous cities and districts. 
 
 In the present ballad Schiller's intention is to depict and exalt 
 the virtue of Humility, even in the greatest of the land. The source of 
 the tale is in the Chronicon Helveticum of -^gidius Tschudi (Gotzinger, 
 Deutsche Dichter^ I. p. 398 sq.), and Schiller appears to have adhered, 
 with much fidelity, to the original narrative. 
 
NOTES, 121 
 
 1. Jlaifer^varf)t, * imperial state.' 
 
 2. aUcrt^^umlid^, 'time-honoured' (lit. old-fasliioned, antique). 
 
 3. Jtontg 9lubolf3 \)nX\^t SJJaci^t is said in imitation of such a Homeric 
 expression as Upy\ ts TrjXe/jidxoLO. We might also say that QJiaci^t was 
 here synonymous with the common term QKaiefiflt. 
 
 5 sq. "The office, at the coronation-feast, of the Count Palatine of 
 the Rhine (Grand Sewer of the Empire and one of the Seven Electors) 
 was to bear the Imperial Globe and set the dishes on the board ; that 
 of the King of Bohemia was cup-bearer. The latter was not, however, 
 present, as Schiller himself observed in a note (omitted in the editions 
 of his collected works), at the coronation of Rudolf." Lord Lytton. 
 
 6. fce3 pcvitnitn SBetnS is the partitive genitive, which is but rarely used 
 in German without a preceding subst. or adj. Comp. Goethe's Her7nann 
 and Dorothea, i, 166 : ©oiKjfam Brad^te bie 3Jiutter beg flaren I^crrtid^en SBcineg. 
 
 8. ber ©terne ®r;or, the seven planets known in the Middle Ages. 
 
 9. According to mediaeval notions, the Emperor was the temporal, 
 and the Pope the spiritual ruler of the whole orbis terrarum. Comp. 
 7, 20, where the dying Emperor styles himself <§errfd(>er ciner SSctt. 
 
 10. u6en, instead of the compound auSuBen. 
 
 11. SSattott preserves its French accent even in German. 
 
 1 7. The Emperor was considered the highest judge in all temporal 
 matters. Rudolf of Habsburg, in particular, was famous for his strict 
 administration of justice. 
 
 21. JDer ^olat, from poculum, always denotes a goblet of curious 
 workmanship. 
 
 23. We might also say jmcir instead of h)oI;I, or the sentence might 
 be turned thus: oBitjof;! (oB^teic^) bag gefl gtanjt..., (fo) »evmiffe xd) boc^.... 
 
 28. ®o l^aB' idj'g gel^attcn, * this custom have I observed.* 
 
 31. The princes form a circle around the Emperor. 
 
 32. ber Scalar denotes a long robe that descends to the feet (ad 
 talos), 
 
 35. ber <Saitcn @otb = bie golbenen ©aiten. The strings are, however, 
 only of the colour of gold. 
 
 36. £)tc aJiinne is a synonym of SieBc, but only admissible in the 
 highest style of poetiy. It is a mediaeval word which had gone out of 
 fashion, but was revived by the romantic school of poetry. 
 
 43. in Semanbeg ^fiidjt flel^en is not a common expression, meaning 
 ' to be some one's liegeman.' The ' greater master ' is, of course, the 
 divine power by which all genuine poetry is inspired. 
 
 46. tton njannen=njo;^er. 
 
122 
 
 NOTES. 
 
 49. The thoughts awakened by poetry are bunfct, 'secret,' because 
 their existence was hitherto unknown to us; they are tounfcetfcar, 
 * strange,' because their starting- up out of their sleep has a starthng 
 effect upon us. 
 
 51. 3n tie ©atten fatten is not a common expression, though readily 
 understood. We commonly say, xa.\<i) in tie @aiten grcifen. 
 
 53. 5)a'3 SCBaifcnjer! is a dignified expression, instead of tie Sagt. 
 
 54. fTiic^tig, fleet. It has been justly observed that it is a strange 
 oversight on Schiller's part to send the Count a-hunting on horseback for 
 chamois, since it is notorious that these fleet animals live on rocky 
 heights inaccessible to horses. 
 
 57 sq. In the author followed by Schiller the expressions are as 
 follows : dero zeit reit graf Rudolf von Habsburg {harnach kunig) mii 
 sinen dienern tiff's weidzverk . . .tmd wie er in ein ouw (see our note on 
 7, 10) kam allein mit seinein pferd, hbrt er ein schellen klingeln...dd fand 
 er ein priester mit de?n hochiviirdigen sacrament und sin mess7ier^ der 
 im das glogli ('little bell') vortrtcg, d6 stieg graf Rudolf von stnem 
 pferdy kniet nieder und tH dem heiligen Sacramejtt reverenz. This pas- 
 sage may be sufficient to show how closely Schiller has followed his 
 original. 
 
 59. S)er Sei6 te3 ^errn: the host, which, according to Roman 
 Catholic notions, represents the actual body and blood of the Lord. 
 See also our note on 6, 51. 
 
 60. ter aJtcpner, from Lat. 7nansionarius (in Middle High German 
 it is mensner and i7iessenaere\ originally the doorkeeper of the 
 Church. 
 
 64. crtofet : is this the present, or should we supply \j^i ? 
 68. We should pronounce :6etfeit with the accent on the second 
 syllable ; the original form is Bei (or jur) @eite legen. 
 
 70. In prose we should rather say, urn taS J8ad)tein ju turcf)fc()reiten. 
 
 71. SBaS fc^afiil tu? is said in accordance with the Swiss idiom, in- 
 stead of toag tt;uft tu ta? In the South of Germany fc^affcn is often used 
 as a synonym of arfceitcn. 
 
 73. xa^VciXi, is a very dignified expression, instead of i^ trantcrc. 
 There is always a notion of solemnity in this word. 
 
 74. J^immetgfofl, ' heavenly food,' denotes the sacrament. 
 
 75. keS ^!\^^% @tcg, the small bridge leading across the brook. 
 
 78. h)crtc = 3U VijixX icertc.— ^eil, 'salvation.' We often read fein 
 e»tgc8 -^ett. 
 
 79. SBaiTcrlcin, a small stream. The good priest purposely ex- 
 
NOTES. 123 
 
 tenuates the size of the water, as if what he is about to do were 
 nothing so very great after all. 
 
 83. bcgc^wn governs the genitive ; see Aue § 349. 
 
 86. 5)tc SSegiec kc3 Sageng ijcrgniigen is an expression admissible 
 only in the elevated style of poetry. In prose we say fid[> mit ettra^ 
 \jergnugen. 
 
 89. 2)a is, properly speaking, unnecessaiy. 
 
 90. This line is often cited in German schools as an instance of a 
 very loose participial construction. The poet's meaning is, of course, 
 that the horse was modestly led by the bridle and not bestridden 
 by the priest, but as the words stand now they might imply that 
 the priest (who is the subject immediately preceding) was led by the 
 bridle. 
 
 91. 0ltd^t hjoKc l<x% (^Q% God forbid. — !Demutr;3rtnn, a compound 
 formed by Schiller, = bemutl^tgcr @inn. 
 
 93. ctn JJio^ Befci()reiten is a dignified expression, instead of etn ^ferb 
 bcfieigen, * to bestride a horse.' 
 
 95. In prose: unb XQ^Xi^x bu eS ntd^t (\i?> bein )Jerfi3nticl)c3 ©tgentl^um 
 ncl^mcn h)tttft. — 2)cr ©enjinnfl (or, as it ought rather to be spelt, ©cnjinft) 
 is merely concrete, while ber ©etDtnn is both concrete and abstract. 
 
 99. £>a3 Scl^cn, 'a fief,' the word is connected with Icil;cn, * to lend.' 
 The expression, §u Se^cn tragen, is technical in the sense of ' holding ' 
 in fief. 
 
 loi. @o mcgc : we may observe that fo, which is often used at the 
 head of a wish, corresponds exactly to the I^atin sic as seen in such 
 a sentence as Horace's sic te diva potens Cypri ; sic fratres Heleiiae.— 
 Jt^oft: see note on 4, 15. 
 
 103. The pronoun cud^ is emphatically repeated from the first line 
 of the sentence, though, strictly speaking, unnecessary in this place. 
 
 106. rttterlic^(eg) SBaltcn, knightly rule. 
 
 107 sqq. The six daughters of Rudolf were — (i) Mechtilda, subse- 
 quently consort to Ludwig, Duke of Bavaria; (2) Agues, consort to 
 Albrecht, Duke of Saxony; (3) Hedwig, consort to Otto of Branden- 
 burg; (4) Caihariita, consort to Otto, Duke of Bavaria; (5) Gutta, 
 consort to Wenzel, king of Bohemia; (6) dementia, consort to Charles 
 Martel, prince of Sicily. 
 
 no. *And may their latest generations still flourish. * The expres- 
 sion is not, however, quite clear in its grammatical construction, on 
 account of the position of the verb, which ought rather to be after 
 
 B. 9 
 
124 NOTES, 
 
 1 1 1, mtt ftnncnbcm ^ait^t=mit nad()benfnd() aufgeftii^tem «!&viu)?te. 
 
 113. Observe the peculiar German construction, fcem ©dngcr inS 
 Slugc, instead of in fcaS 'ilugc beg ©Augers. 
 
 114. 5)a^ SSefceuten is a poetical use of the infinitive instead of tie 
 S3et-eutung. 
 
 116 sq. Schiller has with much tact merely insinuated what the 
 original writer, Tschudi, has plainly stated in the following paragraph : 
 Der p Hester wird kaplan des churfiirstlichen Erizbischoffs von Mainz, 
 und hat im tmd andern hej'i'n von sole her tugend, ouch von mannheit 
 des grafen Rudolf so dick (so much, greatly) angezeigt^ dass sin nam im 
 ^anzen rich 7'UJ7iwurdig und bekannt ward, dass er hernach za romischen 
 kiinig erwelt ward. 
 
 118. 2lttcg = 3lffc. The neut. sing, of the pronoun alt is often used 
 of persons with a plural meaning. 
 
 120. gottUc^cS aSaltcu, divine dispensation. 
 
 XVIII. 
 
 I. Germersheim is a small town in the Palatinate, about two (Ger- 
 man) miles' distance from Speyer, on the Rhine, and the Queich, a 
 small tributary. 
 
 4. The game of chess is commonly denoted by the compound ba§ 
 (Sc^jarfjf^iet Rudolf I. was very fond of this game (hence the adj. 
 gettjo^nt). 
 
 6. ol^ne 3agcn, without hesitation, i.e. plainly and to the point. 
 
 10. SBol^t, in all probability. 
 
 14.' Observe the omission of l^attc. We might also say, Bcentct 
 
 1 5. Eight German Emperors were originally buried in the ancient 
 Cathedral of Speyer (Conrad II., Heinrich III., IV., V., Philip of 
 Swabia, Rudolf of Habsburg, Adolf of Nassau, and Albrecht I. ) ; but 
 their bones were impiously unearthed and dispersed by the French 
 invaders. May 31, 1689. 
 
 16. fei'g ttottenbet, there let my course be finished ! 
 
 27. ^a^ettan is the original trisyllabic form, instead of which Jia^tan 
 is now more usual. 
 
 28. l^atb Seic^(c), already half a corpse. 
 
 31. The birds that have found shelter (<§ut) in the branches of the 
 linden-tree. 
 
 33. fceS Scgg : for this use of the genitive see our note on 13, 45. 
 
NOTES, 125 
 
 34. tie Bancje (Sage, * the anxious tale.' The * tale ' is styled Sang, 
 because the people whisper it to one another with fear and wonder. 
 
 35. ):8t(t), ' shape,' like the Greek dbos. 
 
 40. tm aJlaten is poetical and archaic instead of in fcem 9Jiat. 
 
 46. xa\^ denotes the last effort made by the Emperor. He musters 
 up strength sufficient to enter the Imperial hall with a quick and active 
 step. Comp. 7, 36, 
 
 49. 5)cv IjciCgc Seib: comp. 17, 59. 
 
 51. ftcfj vcriungen means to grow young again. 
 
 55. entfdjlummcrt, like entfd()Iafen, * slept away,' is often used of peace- 
 ful and quiet dying. 
 
 58. The expression jur i^cid^e Hetcn is the technical term of inviting 
 to a funeral. Hence the man whose business it is to do this is styled 
 fcer Seid^enftittec. 
 
 62. The people, black, in a countless throng. For this use of the 
 genitive comp. (S^ waltt ein ^ilger, !^of;cn 2)rangeg. Uhland. 
 
 63. 3)er, i.e. Hx 3)cm. 
 
 64. The expression tec ®om fcc6 «!9tmmet3 is by no means uncom- 
 mon, even in the higher style of prose. Comp, the beautiful lines of 
 Thiimmel, quoted by Grimm, worterb. 2, 1234: 
 
 SBenn aufgef^mungen au§ bent ©c^kmntc 
 3)c3 3i'fcifc:()en ntein fveier ©etjl: 
 ^^on einem ju bent ant em 2)ome 
 S)er (StcrngcSaubc njeitec !limmt. 
 
 XIX. 
 
 The subject of the present ballad is taken from the events which 
 happened in the reign of the 'Em.peror A Ibrec^i (1298 — 1308), the son 
 of Rudolf of Habsburg. After Rudolfs death, the Electors had chosen 
 Adolphus of Nassau to be his successor, who reigned from 1292 — 
 1298. Adolphus chiefly aimed at enlarging his own territorial pos- 
 sessions ; by promising to assist Edward I. of England against Philip 
 le Bel of France, he obtained considerable subsidies from the English 
 king, and this money he employed to purchase Thuringia from the 
 landgrave then reigning there, Albrecht^ an unworthy man whom 
 history has branded with the disgraceful addition ber Unavtige, or de- 
 gener in Latin. Albrecht by his cruelty had driven away his excellent 
 
 9—2 
 
126 NOTES. 
 
 wife, Margaretha^ daughter of Frederick II., the famous Hohenstaufen 
 Emperor; when the poor lady was obliged to leave the Wartburg 
 (near Eisenach), she is said to have bitten her boy's cheek in the ex- 
 cessive grief of leaving him ; hence he bears in history the name of 
 grtetrid^ mit tct geBiffenen SBangc. The unkind father, who had taken 
 a second wife, Kunigunde von Eisenberg, sold his land in order to 
 deprive his sons by the first wife, Friedrich and Diezniann^ of their 
 inheritance. Meanwhile the conduct of Adolphus had excited general 
 disgust. The German princes declared that he had forfeited his 
 dignity, and elected in his stead Albrecht of Habsburg. But the two 
 brothers were not freed from their troubles by this change. Adolphus 
 fell fighting against his rival in the battle of GoUheim ; but Albrecht 
 himself renewed his predecessor's pretensions to Thuringia, on the 
 plea that the purchase had been made in favour of the Imperial 
 throne, and not of the then occupant of it. Friedrich and Diezmann 
 fought manfully for their paternal estate. The present poem relates 
 one of the episodes of the war. It terminated in the complete de- 
 feat of the Imperial troops in the battle of Lucka (not far from 
 Allenburg) on May 31, 1307. 
 
 4. fidj fc^irmen=fid() toert^eiiigen is peculiar to an elevated style. 
 
 8. tterfaufen is used in a somewhat loose manner here, inasmuch 
 as Albrecht sold his land, properly speaking ; but the Pope and 
 Habsburg contributed to the bargain being carried out. — i^m is dat. 
 comm. 
 
 10. fianke is a poetical form of the plural instead of Sdnter. 
 
 15. This may be an allusion to Luther's subsequent residence at 
 the Wartburg, during which he commenced his translation of the 
 Bible. 
 
 18. uBcrmanncn, originally *to bear down by force of numbers,' 
 hence generally to conquer, vanquish. 
 
 21. The expression iibcr @tccf unt Stein is proverbial of hurried 
 progress, regardless of bad roads and other obstacles. Observe the 
 alliterative form of this phrase. 
 
 22. In prose : urn fccr ©cfangcnfc^aft 6ci bent Jlaifer ju cntgcl^en. 
 
 23. In prose : 2)er Sanfcgraf ifl allcin (etnjig) karauf 6etac!5)t, etc. 
 29. 9icic^8))anicr, the Imperial standard. 
 33. The phrase @anb am SKecr is proverbial of an immense mul- 
 
 titude. It is of biblical origin, comp. Psalm cxxxix. 18 : @otttc if^^ 
 fic jd^ten, fo toiitbe i^rcr mc^r fcin bcnn t)C3 ®anbc«, and i Kings iv. 29 ; 
 
NOTES. 127 
 
 (Sott gab ©atomo fel^r grofc SBctsr^ett unb S5crftanfc, itnb gctrcft <§cr3, hjie 
 ®anb, tec am Ufer fce3 €)tcerc8 Hegt. Comp. also ballad 30, 6. 
 
 37. fd)Icc5()t and fff)Uc(jt ( = E. slighi) were originally one and the 
 same word; hence the phrase fdjtec|)t unb rcd^t, * simple and right.* 
 In the present passage, ein fci^ted(?tc§ 23aucrn^au§ means a cottage of 
 poor appearance. 
 
 40. mir is * dat. ethicus ' or * commodi,' in English to be trans- 
 lated by adding the possessive pronoun to ^naben. — ftitten, to quiet, hence 
 to suckle. 
 
 41. 3)etn)eit (originally a genitive, ber SB cite), 'meanwhile.' Comp. 
 5, 210. — In prose we should have to say, tvenbct er fetn ^fetb itm. 
 
 45. ijottec is a conversational and poetical form instead of »clt 
 when used like a preposition. 
 
 51. The genitive bcS Sanbgraf^ is not correct; it ought to be beg 
 Sanbgrafen. 
 
 XX. 
 
 The period from the thirteenth to the sixteenth century was the one 
 most favourable to the growth of the power of the princes and nobles, 
 and embraces the decay of the once powerful Imperial dignity. The 
 sole aim of the Emperors of this time appears to have been to augment 
 and increase their own family estates, while they cared little for the 
 Empire as such. We shall, therefore, now turn our attention to the 
 condition of the separate states of the German Empire. Ballads 
 XX. and xxr. contain two episodes of the history of the Empire 
 during this period of misrule. 
 
 Count Eberhard II. of Wurtemberg reigned from 1344 to 1392 
 conjointly with his brother Ulrich IV. who died in that year without 
 leaving an heir. Eberhard was surnamed bcr ©ceiner, i.e. the quarreller. 
 His lot was cast in a most disturbed period. The Swabian cities, 
 encouraged by the example of the Swiss, attempted to shake off the 
 yoke of their prince, and the lower nobility were likewise astir to free 
 themselves of their duty and allegiance. The Emperors of this period, 
 Charles IV., Wenceslaus, and Ruprecht, possessed little or no autho- 
 rity, and Eberhard was obliged to stand by himself against all his 
 enemies. Uhland has related some of the memorable events of Eber- 
 hard's reign in a series of ballads, from which we have selected a 
 poetical account of the battle of Reutlingen, May 14, 1377. Eberhard 
 was engaged in the siege of Ulm, and had ordered his son Ulrich to 
 blockade the city of Reutlingen, near which the castle of Achalm is 
 situated. 
 
128 NOTES, 
 
 3. gifiget is a veiy appropriate expression in this place, being 
 employed both of birds and of armies, like the E. wing. (There is, how- 
 ever, another reading glucje.) 
 
 4. I;cif!er ^ranj liere = f;cipc§ a3cfcrangttt)cvten. The town was being 
 hard pressed. 
 
 5. ftc^ er:^eBen = aufkcc^cn, fidj aufmac^en. — ju SJZac^t is less common 
 than Bei SSl^^i or ^ur SfZadbt^cit. 
 
 6. Uradj is a fortified town on the river Erms, to the east of Reut- 
 lingen. 
 
 8. Observe the omission of the verb finb or irertcn. This is very 
 frequent in a lively description. 
 
 9. The more common expression is gvimmiger 3orn. 
 
 12. gut^at, down the mountain, comp. Fr. a vaL 
 
 1 3. Seonl^arb is always pronounced as three syllables. 
 
 14. Singer is best translated by 'a common.' The derivation of the 
 word is anything but clear. 
 
 15. We say * they draw out their proud array.' 
 
 19. furtcr, an archaic word, =»onr arts. Comp. 9, 30. 
 
 23. 3)ie SJottc is frequently used in the sense of the E. cretv^ when 
 not employed of sailors, with a certain notion of disorder and turbu- 
 lence. Here it means merely the subdivisions of the town forces. — 
 Sc^njatt suggests the idea of rising waters that dash against rocks and walls. 
 
 27. feeler, see 5, 69. 
 ; 31 sq. The town of Reutlingen is famous for its tanyards and 
 dyeing works. 
 
 33. ^eut' ntmmt man n1cf)t gefangcn, no quarter is given to-day. 
 
 34. fid^ fctumen = fic^ mit SBtumcn Bebecfen, not a common expression. 
 Grimm, wbrterb. 2, 161, quotes only one instance from Voss: me tort 
 griinenteS 2;(;at fi^ Blumet. 
 
 36. aScuberteidjen : the bodies of their fallen and slain friends and 
 comrades lie around the surviving knights in such high heaps as to 
 form a kind of tower (umt^urmt). (The compound SBrubertei^e is 
 omitted in Grimm.) 
 
 38. The expression Big in'^ (innerfle) 2Jtart mube is proverbial. 
 
 40. We also say, ficfj burc!()^auen or burdjfd^jlagen. — Uhland alludes to 
 an ancient legend, according to which two brothers, Egino and Rudolf, 
 rebuilt the castle of Achalm in the reign of the Emperor Conrad, 1006. 
 When Rudolf asked his dying brother what name he was to give the 
 Castle, he answered Ach Allm — , intending to say Allmdchtiger^ but his 
 voice was stopped by death. Rudolf, however, called the castle 
 
NOTES, T29 
 
 Achalm in memory of his brother. In reality, the name of Achalm is 
 equivalent in meaning to SQBaffcrat))c {aha being old GeiTnan-— Latin 
 aqua). Comp. 7, 10. 
 
 43. 5)er Cualm is rarely used in the meaning, *a fainting-fit,' or 
 *a kind of stupor.* Comp. Middleton's play, A Mad IVor/d {I) odaley, 
 vol. II. p. 330, ed. 1826), *a fit, a qualm.' 
 
 47. geret^t = tn didlf xmb ®Hct) au6gelegt. 
 
 48. ttiit fic(;ercm @c(ett, with a safe conduct. 
 
 49. fccnn is occasionally used instead of aU after a comparative. 
 59. gekffen, instead of lo^getaffcn or fal^ren taffen. 
 
 61. @d()i(fce§vimt = Sfitttcrfd(jaft. 
 
 6^. The royal house of Prussia are descended from the counts of 
 ZoUern. 
 
 64. im funf t'gen ©Tanj, in the splendour M^hich vi^as to come to it. 
 
 65. jmeen, archaic for jtcci (comp. Eng. ttvaiit)^ often used in 
 Luther's Bible: see Luke xxiv.'i3. 
 
 (d(i. This is an allusion to the arms of the knights of Sachsenheim. 
 
 71. ©cfc^ted^te, instead of ®efd(?tcd()t, produces a somewhat strange 
 and affected impression. 
 
 72. inS -^crj, i.e. death struck him home, so that he cannot come 
 back like his ancestor. 
 
 73. The partitive genitive fceS 3ammer§ is dependent on genug : satis 
 viiseriarum, 
 
 77. auSgel^citt means * completely healed.' 
 
 78. Ulrich guessed what welcome he would meet with from his 
 father. 
 
 79. The preposition Bet would, perhaps, be more generally used in 
 the phrase (Sincn teim ©ffen treffen. 
 
 83. This peculiar treatment was not uncommon in the middle ages 
 in the case of knights who were deemed to have disgraced their standard 
 or been remiss in their duty. The table-cloth was cut through for 
 them, and their bread was laid upside down. 
 
 XXL 
 
 Count Eherhard im Barf, who was bom in 1445, succeeded to the 
 inheritance of his ancestors in 1457, under the guardianship of the 
 Emperor Frederick III. He is considered one of the best rulers that 
 his country ever had, and was greatly beloved by his subjects. He died 
 in 1496. He was raised to the ducal dignity by the Emperor Maxi- 
 
7 30 NOTES. 
 
 milian I. The subject of the present ballad is derived from Camera- 
 rius's life of Melanchthon (Gotzinger, Deutsche Dichter^ I. p. 670). 
 
 4. The diet held at Worms in 1495 is the one alluded to in the 
 present poem. 
 
 15. ®d;affcn = kirtrf en, bring about. See 17, 71. 
 
 16. In prose the order of words would be — ax^ ®d;a|5cn njol^I nid(?t 
 
 22. This would in prose be expanded into a qualifying sentence: 
 tcenn fie audfj nodj fo grc^ ftnb. 
 
 23. ful^ntid? is the adv. of ful^n. 
 
 24. In prose it would necessarily be tn ben ©rf^oo^, and even as it 
 is, the omission of the article appears to be rather harsh. 
 
 28. ©belfiein should be understood in the collective sense. 
 
 XXII. 
 
 The Emperor Maximilian (or, as he was commonly called, Max^ I. 
 was, perhaps, the most popular prince of the House of Habsburg. His 
 chivalrous qualities, and his bold, daring character endeared him to high 
 and low. The Austrian poet, Anastasius Griin, has celebrated a number 
 of Max's exploits in a series of ballads, entitled ^er U%it 9{ittcr, and one 
 of these we have inserted in our collection. The event related in it is 
 said to have taken place at the same diet as the one mentioned in the 
 preceding poem. 
 
 1. Frederick III., the father and predecessor of Maximilian I., 
 reigned from 1440 to 1493. — ®ruft, a more dignified expression than 
 ®raB, is frequently employed of princely sepulchres. 
 
 2. giilfcen is archaic instead of gotbcn. — ©onnenaar, the eagle that 
 soars "aloft towards the sun, — ©KM gu and @h"icf anf, * good speed.' — 
 ©center, here neuter as usually. Compare, however, note on 7, 57. 
 
 4. Si\^i is used metaphorically of mental culture, comp. the Fr. 
 les lumieres, 
 
 6. Dbem is archaic instead of Sltl^cm. 
 
 8. It was customary for princes of that time to keep privileged 
 court-jesters. 
 
 10. ©artenreid^, the kingdom of his garden. The gardener puts his 
 garden in order and is there * monarch of all he surveys.' 
 
 11. cr!oren, see note on 4, 12. — ©c^attcnl^ut is an uncommon com- 
 pound, instead of which we should probably say in prose, in bcffcn 
 beptenbem ©c^jatten. 
 
NOTES. 131 
 
 12. It is not the toil (9)Juf;e) which is fd()iyut of itself, but the work 
 is difficult on account of the sultry heat (fdjmul) of the day. 
 
 13. tcalten is here used in the sense of walking slowly. See 17, 
 73.— cin unb auS, *up and down'; that is, they entered one street (ein) 
 and walked down to the end of it until they got into another (au§). 
 
 16. tx<x\i\i (connected with the adj. trcu and the verb trauen) is 
 sometimes used in familiar speech as a kind of interjection with an 
 affirmative sense: * surely, to be sure.' Comp. *I trow' in ballad- 
 poetry. — man<i) ciner corresponds exactly to * i7iany a one'* ; it is, how- 
 ever, a provincial idiom in German, instead of the simple manc|)er. 
 
 18. The line will be readily understood in its application to French 
 pronunciation. 
 
 19. fe^cnis used in the same sense as when v/e say 'to set 2i song 
 to music' 
 
 23. ©cfinorfeljugc is almost equivalent in sense to the simple 
 "Sdfjncrfet, or to »erfc^ncrfclte 3ugc, flourishes. 
 
 24. ®d(jrte6, instead of l^at er eingefcIjricBctt. This employment of the 
 imperfect instead of the perfect is anything but correct. 
 
 25. i.e. iebcm, ber eg Ueft. 
 
 26. !am^feSfrol^ = fam^ff>e3icttg. There is also the form fam^ffrol^. 
 
 27. magjl tu = fannjt ku. This is the original sense of mogen (still 
 perceptible in the compound ^ermogcn), which is in modern German 
 admissible in an elevated style or in poetry. 
 
 28. JRubc originally means 'a strong hound.' ©in JHutcnfnec^t is, 
 therefore, a groom of the kennel. 
 
 29. furfccr. See note on 20, 19. 
 
 30. (JfccKna^^c, a page of noble parentage. Grimm has only ©tcf* 
 fnate. — In prose we should say baS 2Qa^)3enI)ilt) (* the armorial bearings ') 
 ter ^aBsButgcr. 
 
 31. For the term JTam^feg^^tan, comp. our note on 4, 39. Grimm 
 gives only an instance of Jtam^f^Ian. 
 
 32. 2)ec i^ranfe is often used in German instead of bcr i^ranjofc (see 
 our note on SchiWer^s Maid 0/ Orleans, Prol. 3, 126). Hence also the 
 adj. frcin!tfd^ = franjofifd(j. The expression ^ranjmann, employed in the 
 next line, is generally used in a contemptuous sense. 
 
 35. »cr!tdrt, * surrounded with a halo.' 
 
 36. See Rev. xii. 7. 
 
 40. The technical expression is (©tnen) gum 9Jtttcr fdjtagen, to 
 dub knight. — Bro» stands in the same sense as in French : soyez 
 brave. 
 
132 NOTES. 
 
 42. 3;raucn is here gen. sing, (referring to the Virgin Mary) : comp. 
 15, 13, also Aue § 157. The wine in question is actually called Sicb* 
 fraucnnn(c|>. 
 
 45. ^\i *JJlaj:en3 2l6enUifd(> = an fccr fatfctlici^en Jlafet ju 2lBcnb. 
 
 48. ©luporn, a word probably invented by the poet, means *a 
 warm spring' (23crn = ^«rw, rerunning water), and is intended to denote 
 the glowing wine. 
 
 51. mil iemanben anBinten, to pick a quarrel with some one. 
 
 53. ftangcn tie SBed^er, an allusion to the German custom of striking 
 the glasses gently together to produce a ringing sound when drinking to 
 the health of anyone. 
 
 54. gcnuBcr, a poetical form instead of gegcniiBcr. ' 
 
 56. We have here a shortened conditional sentence, instead of trenn 
 man ant 2)?orgen...frug, if indeed the question was put to the two. — fclbcr, 
 instead of feltft ; this is a popular form, which should be avoided in 
 careful prose-composition. 
 
 XXIII. 
 
 Georg von Fnindsberg was one of the foremost generals of the early 
 part of the reign of Charles V. He subsequently assisted at the sack of 
 Rome by the Imperial troops under the command of the famous Con- 
 netable de Bourbon. 
 
 3. The addition of the article before the proper name is a pecu- 
 liarity of popular speech, and is avoided in careful composition, unless 
 with an adjective (e.g. ten BcrilT;mten Sutl^er). 
 
 6. Close to the place where Luther was to enter the hall. 
 
 13. !u:^ngeflatttg is an adjective readily understood, but not in com- 
 mon use. (It is omitted in Grimm.) In prose we should say niit 
 ful^nen ©eflalten. 
 
 19. True faith is like steel-armour or a breast-plate; hence the 
 expression fial^tt instead of the simple and commonplace j!drft. 
 
 28. 5Die Scfung is the watchword, a term used by Luther in his 
 translation of the Bible, Judges xx. 38, and 2 Mace. xiii. 15. The 
 expression is probably derived from an old word lijfcn, * to hear,' and 
 would thus seem to be connected with the E. listen. 
 
 30. iJromm^erwegen might also be written as two words, the first 
 part being adverbial, * daring in piety.' 
 
 31. fcer «^immetgerl6c, *heir of heaven,' an appellation given to Luther, 
 a one who fights for the cause of Heaven and trae religion, and may 
 therefore be deemed sure to inherit the kingdom of Heaven. 
 
NOTES, 133 
 
 33. 3)icnd^Tcin, * frail monk.' The diminutive is expressive of the 
 insignificance or weakness of Luther's person when compared with the 
 formidable array of power with which he is called upon to struggle. 
 
 34. Observe the so-called yf^/r^a; etyniologica in tlie phrase cinen ®aiig 
 gel;en. 
 
 35. (S^tad()tgcttjitter is a compound readily understood, and ta3 Set* 
 tcr ter ©c^tadjt would be admissible even in prose. 
 
 39. 3JJit ©tnem im Steinen fcin is properly used of having cast up and 
 settled one's accounts with some one. 
 
 41. JDegen has been explained in a previous note (5, 37). Jt)er grcifc 
 2)cgcn is, therefore, synonymous with fccr aUe ^ctb or Sxitter. 
 
 48. Comp. the expression {ytammenfc^ttjcrt, 22, 36. 
 
 XXIV. 
 
 Luther died Feb. 18, 1546, and was saved by death from witnessing 
 the great calamities that befell the cause of the Protestants. On July 
 20th of the same year, the Elector of Saxony and the Landgrave of 
 Hesse, the two most powerful princes of the Protestant party, were 
 declared rebels and outlawed by the Emperor Charles V., and on April 
 24th of the ensuing year the army of the Elector was completely 
 routed near Miihlberg. As Charles threatened to kill the Elector, the 
 gates of the capital, Wittenberg, M^ere opened to the enemy, in order 
 to save his life. Then it was that the memorable scene took place, 
 when the Duke of Alva pressed Charles to have Luther's bones disin- 
 terred from their resting-place in the Schlosskirche, whereupon Charles 
 is said to have replied with the reproof related in the present poem. 
 
 1. guf^ei'Sfefle may be understood in a twofold sense, (i) as the 
 fortified town in which Luther lived, (2) the centre from which his 
 doctrine spread over all Germany. 
 
 2. Instead of ber ®iegcr we should prefer in prose oX% ©iegct. 
 
 3. For the construction of this line and the following we refer to 
 our note on 15, 17. 
 
 5. The student should consider why Sutf;er8 lycjlc is here spelt as 
 two words, but as one in v. i. 
 
 8. biUig, with justice, fittingly. 
 
 10. Uluf ienn corresponds to the Fr. eh hien, 
 
 11. For the phrase iixooiS) ^rei^gefcen, see our note on Kohlrausch, p. 
 33' 3. 
 
134 NOTES, 
 
 XXV. 
 
 On Sept. 7, 1556, Charles V., worn out with toil and disappoint- 
 ment, abdicated and in 1557 retired to the monastery of San Yuste, near 
 Placenzia, in the West of Spain. The arrival of Charles at the gate of 
 the monastery is the scene imagined by the poet : it is a stormy night, 
 nature suiting the aspect of the worn-out Emperor's mind. The 
 monarch's only request is for quiet and solitude in which to await his 
 death. Charles V. died on Sept. 21, 1558. 
 
 1. fur unb fur, ' without ceasing, incessantly.' 
 
 2. ^if^anifci() is more stately, because more uncommon than the 
 ordinary adj. fpanifdj. 
 
 6. "Charles had no relish for amusements of any kind. He en- 
 deavoured to conform, in his manner of living, to all the rigour of 
 monastic austerity. He desired no other society than that of monks, 
 and was almost continually employed with them in chanting the hymns 
 of the missal. As an expiation for his sins, he gave himself the discipline 
 in secret with such severity, that the whip of cords which he employed 
 as the instrument of his punishment was found after his decease tinged 
 with his blood. Nor was he satisfied with these acts of mortification, 
 which, however severe, were not unexampled. He resolved to celebrate 
 his own obsequies before his death. He ordered his tomb to be erected 
 in the chapel of the monasteiy. His domestics marched thither in 
 funeral procession, with black tapers in their hands.... He himself fol- 
 lowed in his shroud. He was laid in his coffin [@ar!e^l^ag] with much 
 solemnity. The service for the dead was chanted. This affected him 
 so much, that next day he was seized with a fever. His feeble frame 
 could not long resist its violence." Robertson, Life of Charles K, 
 book XII. (p. 580 sq. in the Paris edition of 1828). 
 
 8. Charles V. held the crowns of Germany, the Netherlands, 
 Austria, Spain, Naples, and Sicily, together with the new world disco- 
 vered by Columbus. 
 
 9. fid() Ijcquemen is an elegant expression in' the sense of submitting 
 to something. Comp. Fr. s^ acconwtoder, 
 
 10. :6ctiatcmen is not a common word, though easily intelligible: 
 * to diadem.' Grimm quotes only the present instance of this expres- 
 sion. 
 
 14. Charles V. was indeed the last Emperor that attempted to 
 reassert the ancient prerogatives of the Imperial station, and to reduce 
 the overbearing vassals, who had become independent and powerful 
 
NOTES, 135 
 
 princes, to the position of mere servants of the crown. It is true that 
 the existence of the * Empire ' was protracted for another 250 years, 
 but it was a mere name, without any living reality, etdcSKov dixavpbv. 
 The * ancient Empire ' was indeed buried with Charles V. This disso- 
 lution and dismemberment was, if possible, carried still further by the 
 most destructive war in the history of Germany, the Thirty Years 
 War, 
 
 XXVI. 
 
 The most striking figure among the warriors and generals of the 
 Thirty Years' War is that of Wallenstein, whom Schiller has made the 
 central figure of a noble trilogy. Originally a simple nobleman, Albrecht 
 von Waldstdn, he had been raised to the dignity of duke, and enriched 
 with the domains of Friedland, in the North of Bohemia. After beating 
 the Protestants, headed by King Christian IV. of Denmark, Wallenstein 
 turned all his forces against the city of Stralsund, the only place in 
 Germany that continued to hold out against his victorious army. The 
 citizens defended themselves so manfully that Wallenstein was at length 
 obliged to raise the siege, after having uselessly sacrificed 12,000 soldiers 
 in repeated assaults, and though he had sworn to take the town ' even if 
 it were chained to the heavens.' The memory of the siege is still kept 
 up by the citizens of Stralsund in an annual festival celebrated on 
 July 24th. 
 
 4. 2)ic attc Sitcfin, the giant oak. 
 
 II sq. Properly speaking, the sword which he holds in his right 
 hand digs up the sandy soil. 
 
 15. £)e^ ( = fceffen) is the demonstrative pronoun. 
 
 20. Stralsund is surrounded with water on all sides, and connected 
 with the main land by means of three bridges. ** Stralsund... est la plus 
 forte place de la Pomeranie. EUe est batie entre la mer Baltique et le 
 lac de Franken, sur le detroit de Gella : on n'y peut arriver de terra 
 que sur une chaussee etroite, defendue par une citadelje et par des 
 retranchements qu'on croyait inaccessibles." Voltaire, Charles XI I ^ 
 livre huitieme. 
 
 28. The usual expression is l^er'oor^ruf^cn. 
 
 29 sqq. The citizens of Stralsund were supported by reinforcements 
 sent from Sweden and Denmark. 
 
 36. The expression Jjimmet^jett occurs also in 8, 12, 
 
 40. ®e*5tt)eig has a collective sense, imparted to the original word 
 3n)civj by the prefix gc*. 
 
136 NOTES, 
 
 49. 2Ba§ tft'g? *what can this be?* Wallenstein endeavours to 
 make light of the warning whispered to him by the tree, but for all that 
 his mind is accessible to superstitious impressions. So also v. 65. 
 . 54. The phrase e6 gift points to the object for the accomplishment 
 of which the toast is drunk. * Here's to the fall of the fortress 1 ' See 
 also 8, II. 
 
 56. aJJeereaflut means merely the waves of the sea; there being no 
 ebb and flow of the tide in the Baltic. 
 
 57. See note on 22, 53. 
 
 61. The expression is intentionally repeated from v. 45. Comp. 
 also V. 97. 
 
 67. gcfc^aftig, instead of eilig. 
 
 73. ^befcvidjtig is the opposite of l^efttg, v. 65 ; cf. the equivalent ex- 
 pression mit gutem Sefcai^t, 13, 47. 
 
 75 sq. In prose we should be obliged to say imb Bet tern J^tange tac^tc 
 SBaUcni^cin ntiicl^tig auf. 
 
 82. llm5U(ite = flashed around. Comp. 40, 7. 
 
 83. <Der ©ifentalt is a poetical expression (omitted in Grimm) instead 
 of the commonplace Jtanonenfugel. 
 
 88. A capital illustration of the proverb * there's many a slip 'twixt 
 the cup and the lip,' or the Greek TroXXd jxera^i/ ttAci kvXlkos Kal xetXeoj 
 dKpov. 
 
 92. His cheek had turned pale with fright at the sudden shock. 
 
 103. Compare Schiller's lines : 
 
 mit teg @cfd()t(!e3 2JJdd^tcn 
 3ft fein ew'ger aSunb gu flec^tcn, 
 Hub bag llnglucf fdjrettet fc^nctl. 
 
 1 04. ntmmcr is a stronger negation than ni(^t, or f ctnen ^rieg. Comp. 
 also 13, 15. 
 
 105. In prose: SBir jiel^ctt »on tcr Seftung aB. 
 
 110. This is an allusion to the annual festivity mentioned in our 
 introductory remarks. 
 
 XXVII. 
 
 The * Great Elector,' Frederick William, Elector of Brandenburg 
 and Duke of Prussia (1640 — 1688), stands at the beginning of a new 
 epoch. The house of Habsburg, though still honoured with the Impe- 
 rial name, had already sufficiently proved how little mindful it was of 
 the true interests of the German nation, and how incapal)le of protecting 
 German honour and dignity. While the Emperor quietly yielded up 
 German territory to the encroachments of Louis XIV., the overbearing 
 
NOTES. 137 
 
 king of France, the Great Elector stood on the banks of the Rhine, 
 doing his duty as a prince of the Empire and fighting against Turenne. 
 In order to free himself from this valiant adversary, the French king 
 caused the Swedes, his allies, to invade the domains of the Elector. 
 The Swedes were burning and ravaging the districts of the Neumark, 
 wdien the Elector suddenly appeared, after a rapid march, and beat the 
 enemy (who was not prepared for his sudden appearance) in the glorious 
 battle" of Fehrbellin. The army of the Elector consisted of 5000 cavalry, 
 while the hostile army numbered 11,000 men. 
 
 The event which forms the subject of our ballad is related by 
 Frederick the Great, in his Memoires pour servir a riiistoire de la maisoit 
 de Brandebourg^ in the following terms : 
 
 **I1 est digne de la majeste de I'histoire de rapporter la belle action 
 que fit un ecuyer de I'electeur dans ce combat. L'electeur montait un 
 cheval blanc: Froben, son ecuyer, s'aper9ut que les Suedois tiraient 
 plus sur ce cheval qui se distinguait par sa couleur, que sur les autres ; 
 il pria son maitre de le troquer contre le sien, sous pretexte que celui de 
 I'electeur etait ombrageux ; et a peine ce fidele domestique I'eut-il monte 
 quelques moments qu'il fut tue, et sauva ainsi par sa mort la vie a 
 I'electeur." 
 
 It should, however, be added that this story, in spite of the authority 
 of Frederick the Great, has no actual foundation, and may be treated as 
 a mere legend. 
 
 3. The Rhin is a small river in the Mark. 
 
 5. The expression xiq^ me^r denotes that the Swedes had obtained 
 a considerable portion of Pomerania in the Westphalian peace (1648). 
 
 8. The river Oder discharges its waters into the Baltic by three 
 different channels, called Feene^ Swine, and Dievenow. The Peene 
 formed in those days the frontier between Sweden and Prussia. 
 
 9. Count Gustavus Wrangl was the Swedish commander. 
 II. The more usual phrase is iefcer 5lrt. 
 
 13. traun, 'to be sure'; see n. on 22, j6. 
 
 16. nidjt au3 ©d^euen, not out of fear. Comp. the phrase, cr fdjcut 
 tag Seuer, he is afraid of fire. 
 
 18. The preposition gu is generally added, when ruKit is con- 
 strued with the dative. — Soldiers are often addressed as Winter by 
 a popular commander. 
 
 20. gcfdjie^t = gerid^tet hjirb (sc. baS ®d)iepen). 
 
 21. The contraction ©c^tedjt'g instead of %^\i^iti is somewhat 
 harsh, but in the style of popular poetry. 
 
138 NOTES, 
 
 23. The famous general of the Elector mentioned in the present 
 line is commonly styled fcer attc 5D5rflingcr. 
 
 27. toeic^ct, in the sense of the Fr. reculezy retirez, to which jiiru^ is 
 commonly added in German. 
 
 28. tcr gteid^c = fic|) ^&% gteicijc, undisturbed. 
 
 29. tnoc^tc eS a^nen= 'probably had a presentiment.* 
 
 32. gangcn instead of gegangcii, is another peculiarity of popular 
 speech. Comp. also 12, 9. 
 
 33. The fate of Prussia seemed at that critical moment to depend 
 on the accurate aim of a Swedish soldier. 
 
 35. Frederick, the son of the Great Elector, was crowned king of 
 Pmssia at Konigsberg in 1701. He reigned from 1688 — 1713. 
 
 36. An Elector wore in token of his dignity a peculiarly shaped 
 hat or cap of scarlet trimmed with ermine. 
 
 39. The prince of Homburg was one of the Great Elector's 
 generals; he was noted for his impetuosity (Jpi^e) and nearly lost hrs 
 life for allowing his rashness to carry him away so far as to counter- 
 act the express orders of the Elector. See H. von Kleist's tragedy, 
 ^riuj Sriefcric!^) »yn ^cmburg. 
 
 41. Death is often compared to a reaper, Comp. our note on 
 Kohlrausch, p. 66, 4. 
 
 42. 2lIleS = 2mc. See note on 17, 118. 
 
 46. @cn)er;r is used in the wider sense of ' artillery.' 
 
 48. jurec^t reiten = 5ureiten, * to break in ' (of a horse). 
 
 49. In prose: ju \^m l^criikr. — SieBUng^rop, * favourite horse. ' We 
 have elsewhere spoken of the compounds formed with :8icbUng, and their 
 correspondence with the 2,diy favourite, 
 
 52. fcen 3uget Xang vcr^anget : comp. 4, 82. 
 
 59. %tx @d()immet fe^t l^oc^ auf = bdumt fid() l^cc^ auf. 
 
 60. According to strict grammar, we should expect the plural of 
 the verb after two subjects. But this rule is by no means invariably 
 observed in German. 
 
 61. 9iitter denotes the noble cavaliers, and not exactly * knights.* 
 The time of mediceval knighthood had long since passed by. 
 
 63. «>^a 1 expresses the Elector's surprise when he understands Fro- 
 ben's generous intention, 
 
 XXVIII. 
 
 **L'annee 17 17, le prince Eugene assiegea Belgrade, dans laquelle il 
 y avait pres de quinze mille hommes de garnisou ; il se vit lui-meme 
 
NOTES. 139 
 
 assiege par une amiee innombrable de Turcs qui avangaient centre son 
 camp et qui I'environnerent de tranchees ; il etait precisement dans la 
 situation oil se trouva Cesar en assiegeant Alexie; il s'en tira comme 
 lui ; il battit les ennemis et prit la ville ; toute son armee devait perir ; 
 mais la discipline militaire triompha de la force et du nombre." Vol- 
 taire, Siecle de Louis XV, p. 4 ed. de Basle (1785). Eugene's splendid 
 victory was celebrated in the popular song which we have likewise 
 inserted in the present collection. Freiligrath's poem is ijitended to 
 suggest a scene which may have taken place at the time of the com- 
 position of the spirited S5otfg(ieb which has not lost anything of its 
 vitality after the lapse of more than a century and a half. 
 
 1. S2}er ba? 'who's there?' is the cry of the sentinels. 
 6. In prose : fdfjnjcre ^arafcinet. 
 
 9. fDag ^ifet, a French expression like most military terms, in- 
 stead of the German tie Setttvadje. 
 
 14. The dative JDcrfen is antiquated, instead of ^tdt. See also 
 
 Aue § 137, note, and compare the phrases auf ©rtcu, ju ©^ven, »on 
 ©eitcn. 
 
 16. 3}ie ^%Xib6^^l denotes the dice (SQBitrfel) which are made of 
 bone. 
 
 19. 3lffattc is often used of a battle. 
 
 20. We often say, ju 3^u§ unb Stommen, 'for the benefit of ' 
 
 23. SSJeipen unb Siot^cit denotes the different uniforms of the Im- 
 perial troops. The general uniform of the Austrian army is white. 
 
 27. JDenen is archaic instead of ben. — ^{eiteveieute is the plural of 
 Slcttergmann. 
 
 34. t1:jU ^xix^tn is in the popular style instead of cr firtc^, comp. 
 13, 26. 
 
 XXIX. 
 
 In the *Volkslied' we notice very many antiquated expressions. 
 We shall merely give their modern equivalents. 
 
 2. luicb'rum fncgen = tvieber crnjcrben. 
 
 3. aSelgarab is a lengthened form instead of the usual SSctgrab. 
 
 4. cincn S3vu(ien = einc J8vii(!c. 
 
 5. funnt' = fonnte. — tucf en = rucf en. 
 
 6. filr = »or. In the language of the seventeenth century the two 
 prepositions fur and »or were used quite promiscuously. 
 
 8. @tucf = @tuif or @tucf{cn), field-piece, cannon. 
 
 10. Observe the careless rhyme or rather assonance in Sager and 
 B. 10 
 
I40 NOTES. 
 
 x>ix]<\^tn. Such negligent rhymes are quite in the style of popular 
 poetry. Others of the same kind occur further on in the poem. 
 
 1 6. futragircn instead of fouragircn, possibly with some reference 
 to the German word gutter. 
 
 21. ®cinc ©eneral instead of ©cncrvitc. 
 
 22, injirugtren=in|lruiren. The plebeian dialect adds the letter g 
 in order to avoid the hiatus. 
 
 24. r;d^t, i. e. in bcr riditigen SBctfc. 
 
 25. S3ei fcer ^arc(e, when the parole^ i. e. the watchword of the " 
 day w-as given out. 
 
 29. fci(jarmu^en is a word peculiar to the soldier's language : the 
 proper word being fd;armu$eln. Comp. the Fr. escarmoucher. 
 
 28 sq. 9ltteg...»ag instead of %{Xt...\Qt\^t. The neuter of the pro- 
 noun is often used to denote persons collectively. (17, 118; 27, 42.) 
 
 33. (Sedans = @d(jan5c. 
 
 44. a(8 n)tc = gcrafcc n^ic. It is not considered correct to employ al3 
 iDte in good writing, though it is often heard in conversation. 
 
 46. There is no prince Lndwig known as having fought at the 
 siege of Belgrade. Eugene's brother in arms was Prince Ludwig von 
 Baden, who was not, however, present on this occasion. 
 
 47. '§att't instead of l^attet would be inadmissible in correct writing. 
 
 XXX. 
 
 The splendid victory of Leuthen was won by Frederick the Great 
 over the Austrians on Dec. 5, 1757. The event related in the 
 present poem is recorded by Mr Carlyle in the following characteristic' 
 manner : 
 
 "Thick darkness; silence; tramp, tramp, — a Pnissian grenadier 
 broke out, with solemn tenor voice again, into Church-Music; a known 
 Church-Hymn, of the homely Te Deum kind, in which five-and-twenty 
 thousand other voices, and all the regimental bands, soon join — 
 
 Sflun kanfet 2ltlc ®ott, 
 
 3Jiit -^erscn, 3Jiunb «nt> -^antcn, 
 
 3)cr grope 2)inge t^ut 
 
 5lit un8 unb alter ©nbcn. 
 
 Now thank God, one and all, 
 
 With heart, with voice, with hands — a, 
 
 Who wonders great hath done 
 
 To us and to all lands- -a. 
 
NOTES. 141 
 
 And thus they advance; melodious, far-sounding, through the hollovv 
 night, once more in a highly remarkable manner. A pious people, of 
 right Teutsch stuff, tender though stout; and, except perhaps Oliver 
 CromYi^ell's handful of Ironsides, probably the most perfect soldiers ever 
 seen hitherto." Frederick the Great, book xviii. chap. x. (p. 277 of 
 the Leipzig reprint). 
 
 1. fcaS ^ai[erl;ccr = bag !aifctUd()e <^ecr, the Imperial army (of Maria 
 Theresa). 
 
 3. Observe the omission of the verb ifl in the relative sentence. 
 
 4. The fearful work done during the day is being covered up with 
 the veil night throws over it. 
 
 5. Sid^t is used in the sense of (Stern. Comp. Genesis i. 14 : unto 
 (55ott fprac!() : @g njerten Stdjter an fcer SSeftc be8 J^imhielg. The expression, 
 @anfc am QJiccr in the following line is likewise biblical. 
 
 10. ©ctag, * feasting.' 
 
 13. cntqueltcn is originally used of a well or spring breaking forth 
 with might ; it is then metaphorically employed of* singing, and even 
 of strong powerful speaking and declamation. — er fingt fort, *goes on 
 singing.' 
 
 17. @S |iromt = ba3 QSctf (bag Ǥeer) firomt (jufammcn)* 
 
 18. ©infattcn is the technical term for joining in a song. 
 
 19. fetcrn, *to be lazy, be behindhand, or backward.' 
 •20. Pronounce >^ob6. The original form is <§c6oc. 
 
 21. What had originally been a mere river (@tv«m) increases to the 
 size of the sea. 
 
 22. rtng3 = ringgum, all around (in a ring). 
 
 23. The valley, which had already composed itself to quiet and 
 repose, is wakened up by the singing of the army and re-echoes with 
 the solemn chant. 
 
 24. Pronounce S^ovat, with the accent on the second syllable. 
 This is originally an adj. in Latin, canuen choi-ale^ a lay sung by a 
 choir. 
 
 XXXL 
 
 The anecdote which has furnished the subject of this ballad is well 
 known. We may add that Frederick II. or the Great, built the palace 
 of Sanssouci in the years 1745 — 1747, and that the windmill which the 
 obstinate owner refused to give up to the royal bidder is still in 
 existence and still belongs to the descendants of the miller. 
 
 10 — 2 
 
142 NOTES, 
 
 I. The adj. fcrgenfrci is used in allusion to the name of the king's 
 palace, * Sans souci.^ The miller was, perhaps, even more free from 
 care than the king. 
 
 4. In prose : in l^eif cm unt faltem SBettcr. 
 
 6. The verb auffeaucn is very properly employed here, because the 
 palace stands on high terraced ground. 
 
 12. The king offers so much purchase-money that the miller will 
 be enabled to build up another and much larger mill in some other spot. 
 
 15. * My father laid his blessing on it.' 
 
 22. Instead of ker fiavrc (Sinn we also find the compound ter Starr* 
 finn, * obstinacy.' 
 
 27. id? gcB' mid^ trcin, * I submit to it'; synonymous phrases are, fic^ 
 in ctipal fdjicfen and fiigcn, fief? mit etwaS jufricfcen gebcn. 
 
 XXXII. 
 
 *'A remarkable Prussian Hussar major [subsequently general], the 
 famous Ziethen," is the expression of Carlyle in hi^ Frederick the 
 Great, book xil. ch. Xlll.; "a rugged simple son of the moorlands; 
 nourished, body and soul, on orthodox frugal oatmeal (so to speak), 
 with a large sprinkling of fire and iron thrown in ! A man bom poor, 
 son of some poor squirelet in the Ruppin country — a big-headed, thick- 
 lipped, decidedly ugly little man. And yet so beautiful in his ugliness : 
 wise, resolute, true, with a dash of high uncomplaining sorrow in him. 
 One of the best Hussar-captains ever built. By degrees King Frederick 
 and he grew to be what we might call sworn friends." And in the 
 account of Frederick's last years (1780— 1785), book xxi. ch. Viii., 
 Carlyle says, *' Ziethen comes rarely, and falls asleep when he does," and 
 in another passage (ch. v. ) he relates the last meeting of the two friends 
 when the king made Ziethen, then an old man of eighty-six, sit down 
 while himself and all his suite remained standing. 
 
 The general tone and style of this ballad are eminently popular. 
 
 4. Observe the construction cr tl^it bictcn, and comp. 5, 32. 
 
 6. @inem fecn ^Jclj njafdjen is a popular expression, denoting * to give 
 some one a good drubbing.' 
 
 7. Seifcl^ufarcn, hussars of the guards. 
 
 9. BUncn, or more commonly turdjfctfiucn, means * to beat black and 
 blue.' Comp. the phrase, ©incn griin unb blau fc^tagcn. 
 
 10. In the battle of Lowositz, Oct. 15, 1756, the Austrian general, 
 
 
NOTES. 143 
 
 Brown was beaten; the victory of Prague (where brave Schwerin fell) 
 was obtained on May 6, 1757. The battle in the neighbourhood of 
 Liegnitz was fought on Friday morning, the 15th of August, 1760 
 (Carlyle, book XX. ch. ill.); the battle of Leuthen, as has already been 
 mentioned, took place on the 5th of Dec, 1757. The arrangement is 
 not strictly chronological. 
 
 13. The battle of Torgau (Nov. 3, 1760) was won by Ziethen 
 alone, after the king had left the field of battle ; see Carlyle's descrip- 
 tion, book XX. ch. V. 
 
 15 sq. auSfct^rcn, 'to sweep clean.' 
 
 21. In prose we should say, e3 ertuicg ftd(j Jtciner tragc. 
 
 23. ©in falter (£ci() tag is a stroke of lightning which does not cause fire. 
 
 25. 2)er Srictc is the peace of Hubertsburg, concluded on Feb. 21, 
 1763. In this peace Prussia obtained the undisputed possession of 
 Silesia. 
 
 27. 3)ev ®c^tad(jtgcnoffc, comrade in war. 
 
 29. Daun was a gYt2itcunctator in his method of warfare. 
 
 37. mir is the dat. ethicus, which is so common in German. 
 
 XXXIII. 
 
 S chill's name occupies a prominent place among the patriotic 
 soldiers of the present century. Schill was born on the 6th of January, 
 1776, near Dresden, and entered, at the age of 16 years, into the 
 same regiment of hussars, of which his father had been £)6erftHeutcnant. 
 Schill distinguished himself by his great bravery in the disastrous 
 battle of Jena, in which he was severely wounded. He was then 
 employed in various military commands, and charged with a mission 
 to the Swedish court, after which he was stationed in Berlin. Towards 
 the end of 1808, he resolved, though unsupported by the Prussian 
 Government, to renew the war against the Corsican tyrant, then in the 
 zenith of his power. On April 28, 1809, Schill left Berlin with a small 
 force of 600 horsemen ; on the night of the 29th he was reinforced by 
 300 volunteers. They marched to Wittenberg and Dessau, calling 
 upon the people to rise against the French oppressors ; but the French 
 soldiers were already moving against S chill's scanty force. At 
 Dodendorf, about a German mile from Magdeburg, Schill obtained a 
 victory over the French troops sent against him; but his power was 
 too insignificant to venture on besieging the fortress of Magdeburg, then 
 in the hands of the French. He therefore proceeded to Stendal, and 
 thence into Mecklenburg with a view to make for tlie coast where he 
 
1 44 NOTES. 
 
 hoped to find English ships. But the people did not rise anywhere, 
 and Schill perceived that he was not strong enough to effect anything 
 by himself. Meanwhile, Napoleon's brother, King Jerome of West- 
 phalia, had set a price of 10,000 francs on SchilFs head, and a con- 
 siderable French force was on its way against the daring adventurer. 
 Schill now threw himself into the strong fortress of Stralsund, with a 
 force which had gradually increased to the number of 1800 men. But 
 instead of attacking the French before they could invest the town 
 (comp. V. 36 sqq.), Schill imprudently resolved on standing a siege— a 
 proceeding the more dangerous, because the king of Denmark (v. 36) 
 had reinforced the French with an auxiliary force of 1500 men. The 
 town was stormed by land and sea, and Schill's forces proved insufficient 
 for a protracted defence. Though he and his soldiers performed 
 marvels of valour, street after street was wrested from them, and at 
 length Schill himself was killed. When his body was found and 
 recognised, his head was cut off and sent to Cassel, and from thence 
 to Leyden where it was long kept in spirits as a public show; in 1837 
 it was given up, and buried at Brunswick. Schill's trunk was buried 
 in the cemetery of Stralsund, and his resting-place is now covered 
 with a fitting monument. When Arndt wrote his poem, this monu- 
 ment had not yet been erected (comp. v. 54). 
 
 4. In prose we say n(k^ ttxaai kurj^cn. 
 
 5. im ©d^ritt, keeping time (with the feet). 
 
 8. ijranjmann, see note 22,32 . — erBkffen , a euphemistic term for fictBcn. 
 
 16. In prose we should say kie ubrigcn ntadfjten langc SBcine, i.e, 
 ran away as fast as their legs would carry them. According to the 
 ordinary rules of German pronunciation, tang would not rhyme with 
 btanf ; but in the North of Germany, ng at the end of words often has 
 the sound of nt. 
 
 17. <Domi^ is a small fortress in Mecklenburg. 
 
 18. @(i(>eImcnfranjofctt, *the French rogues.' This compound was 
 probably invented by Arndt. Comp. a song of 1870: 
 
 SlBcnn att' tie ®c(jetmfran3ofcn 
 
 @int) au8 fccm Sanb l^inaug. 
 See R. WUlcker, Fiirifzig Feldpostbriefe eines Fran/cfurfei's [lldWe^ 1876), 
 p. 6. 
 
 20. R\m = Fr. ^m vif, the cry of the French sentinels. 
 
 21. tctfig is derived from teifcn, which is originally identical withi 
 tcttcn ; hence kcr reifigc 3ug means pretty much the same as the train o^ 
 cavalry. Comp. v. 24, 
 
w 
 
 NOl'ES, 145 
 
 26. ®tcfj ttcrtiegcn, to lie (in a place) Math a bad result. See no. 26. 
 
 27. Charles XII., king of Sweden, was besieged in Stralsund by 
 Prussia, Poland, and Denmark; there is a stone still shown in the 
 fortifications of Stralsund with an inscription stating that it formed the 
 usual resting-place for the king. Sweriges ko7iung Carl deii XII hade 
 hdr sit wanliga natldger da Stralsund beldgrades af 3 kunungar /ran 
 den 19 Octob. til den 22 Dec. 1715. 
 
 28. The fortifications had been partially dismantled. 
 
 31. The horsemen feel their German blood stirring within them. 
 
 34. 33u6c is nowadays used like the E. knave (hence BuBifc^ 
 * knavish '), but had, like this, once merely the meaning of * boy. ' 
 
 39. Observe the omission of the personal pronoun bu after the verb. 
 This would not be possible in correct prose, but is often noticed in 
 homely everyday speech. 
 
 41. The trisyllabic form ©tratefunb is fully justified by the original 
 name of the town, and moreover, the straits which divide Stralsund 
 from the island of Riigen, are still called Strela-Su7id. 
 
 49. The expression ol^nc ®ang unb ittang is proverbial, denoting the 
 absence of all solemnity, or all the 'pomp and circumstance' of a 
 funeral. Comp. the following lines. 
 
 51. Stintcngru^ (omitted in Grimm): /military salute'; it is custo- 
 mary to fire a charge of musketry at a soldier's funeral. 
 
 55. JDcr iungflc ^^ag (i. e. dies novissimus), doomsday. 
 
 61 sq. This alludes to the time of the wars of 18 13 and 181 4, when 
 S chill's memory at last received due honour, and his glorious, though 
 rash, attempt was held up as an example of patriotism. 
 
 64. In prose we should, of course, be obliged to change the order 
 of words. 
 
 XXXIV. 
 
 At the peace of Pressburg (26th Dec. 1805) Austria had been 
 compelled to cede to Bavaria the rich province of the Tyrol. But the 
 hearts of the Tyrolese remained faithful to the Habsburg dynasty, 
 and the impolitic treatment they received at the hands of the Bava- 
 rian rulers, exasperated them so much that they rose into open rebellion. 
 At the head of the insurgents was /Indreas Hofer, „ber ©anbttjirtl^ 
 im ^affe^rtl^ate/' who enjoyed a great popularity among his com- 
 patriots, a brave and valorous man. Though at first successful 
 against the French and the Bavarians, the unskilled peasants were 
 finally overcome after the Austrian troops had been withdrawn. 
 Andreas Hofer did, indeed, wonders of valour, and even obtained a 
 splendid victory near the Iselberg (comp. v. 13); three times did he 
 
146 NOTES. 
 
 wrest the city of Innsbmck out of the hands of the enemy, — but in the 
 end the French remained victorious. Hofer's hidingplace was betrayed 
 by some greedy wretch, who wished to earn the prize set on his head ; 
 the brave man was conducted to Mantua, and there shot by the 
 order of Eugene, Viceroy of Italy. Hofer died with the courage of 
 a hero and martyr, highly honoured by his people. 
 6. Observe the alliteration in ©(^mad(j unb (adfjmerj. 
 
 9. (^antmirt:^, i.e. landlord of the tavern 'am Sand.' 
 
 10. ru^ig is the adverb. 
 
 11. Death appeared to him as something quite insignificant. It 
 is related that Hofer said shortly before his execution — 2lfce fc()il^t;e S2?elt ; 
 fc letci)t fommt mir tag ©terpen »or. tap mir xCx^i ctnmal fcte 5lugen nap hjcrtcn. 
 
 17. aSaffenbruber, companions m arms, the other Tyrolese who 
 were prisoners in Mantua. 
 
 26. Even in fetters a free man. 
 
 30. For mt = ntd(jt comp. 13, 23. 
 
 36. Comp. v. 8 sq. 
 
 39. 5U(Mer is a somewhat pedantic, and in the present instance more 
 impressive form than ^ter. 
 
 XXXV. 
 
 For an account of Bliicher's great victory over the French under INIar- 
 shal Macdonald in the battle of the Katzbach we refer to Kohlrausch, 
 The Year 1813, published in the Pitt Press Series, pp. 36—39. 
 
 5. In prose it would be more usual to give this in the form of 
 a conditional clause : n>enn aud? He JTote^irunte Iirennt. 
 
 9. ringen (lit. *to wrestle') is often used of the last struggles in 
 the agonies of death. 
 
 10. In prose : in Ijangen ^'ctceangflen. 
 
 14. toitb expresses the strange excitement which has seized- the 
 trumpeter. 
 
 16. cin jteincrn SBitb, a statue of stone. 
 
 19. The allusion is, of course, to the compound JDonncrn?cttcr. The 
 phrase, SSictoria (the signal of victory) njcttert njtc cin 3)onner in tag Sanb 
 (goes forth into the land with the sound of thunder) is anything but usual. 
 
 30. i^iclt'^ = l^ictt ta§. 
 
 XXXVI. 
 
 The * fieldmarshal' celebrated in this spirited poem is Bliicher, that 
 prototype 01" a German warrior, whom his soldiers called 3?iarfci^viU 35pr» 
 tevirt^, and whose praise has been recorded by Goethe in the pithy lines^: 
 
NOTES, 147 
 
 3n •'C'arrcn unb ilricg, 
 
 3m ®turj unb Sicg, 
 
 aScnju^t yxxCt) grcjj — 
 
 (go rt^ cr un3 »on Scinfccit Io§. 
 
 1. SGBag = hjarum, t»c§(;a(6. 
 
 2. im flicvjenfcen ®au3, 'in flying gallop.' 3)er (gaug is not a very 
 common noun, except in the proverbial phrase in ©viug unb ^rau8 le&en, 
 to live recklessly. 
 
 4. fdjneifcig from itc (2d()ncite, the edge of the sword. 
 
 6. tuatten = im SBinbc pattern. 
 
 7. The verb greifen is very unusual, but easily understood. Old 
 wine is better than fresh must, and possesses more flavour (called 
 iBIumc in German, whence the expression W\i)tx\. in the present line). 
 Thus BlUcher's matured experience is preferable to the rashness of 
 younger soldiers. 
 
 9, 10. For the rhyme »crfanf fc^trang, comp. 33, 16. 
 
 10. gen is a contraction of gcgcn. It is especially employed in a 
 higher style. 
 
 12. 2)ic S[Bdtfd(>cn denotes here the French. *' At various points on 
 the frontiers of our race we find them affixing this name on the conter- 
 minous Romance-speaking people. This is the most probable account 
 of the names Wallachia^ the Walloons in Belgium, and the Canton 
 Wallis in Switzerland. On this principle we call the Romanised 
 Britons, and the Germans called the Italians, by the same name — 
 Welsh." Earle, The Philology of the English Tongue^ ed. 2, p. 23. 
 Blucher was one of the few who maintained the honour of the Prussian 
 arms after the disastrous battle of Jena. 
 
 14. The interjection l;ei is quite appropriate to the spirited and 
 popular style of this poem. It is very common in the ancient poem of 
 the Nibelunge. — ^tx ttjeif c Sungting, the youth with white hair. Though 
 old in years Bliicher had preserved all the spring and elasticity of youth. 
 (Comp. also Kohlrausch p. 52, 7.) — in'n = in ben would be inadmissible 
 in prose or ordinary poetry ; it is a shortening permitted by the popular 
 style. 
 
 15. Comp. the similar expressions in 32, 15 sq. 
 
 17. ©incn ©traup l^alten, * to fight a battle.' For the word (gtrau^ 
 see note on 4, 52. 
 
 19. The adj. l^afig (from «!5afe) is very uncommon. Grimm quotes 
 only the present instance of the word. *They ran away like hares.' 
 Comp. V. 27. 
 
 22. The verb Tcl;rcn is either construed with two accusatives (cincn 
 
1 48 NOTES. 
 
 ftnjciS tcT;rcn), or the person who is taught something may be put in 
 the dative (as we have it here). In the passive we may either say, 
 '\&l njcrbc ctmag getel^rt, or mir hjirb ctmag gelcl^i-t. Compare with this the 
 Latin construction of docere, 
 
 24. £)^ne!^ofen is a translation of the term Sansculottes^ originally 
 applied to the democratic party in the French revolution, and here 
 to the whole French army. 
 
 25. The original form of the name is SBartcnBurcj. For the 
 battle of Wartenburg, we refer to Kohlrausch p. 52 sq. 
 
 31. fi(^cr, so as not to rise again. 
 
 35. This poem was written about the close of 181 3, before 
 Bliicher had crossed the Rhine, and advanced into France. 
 
 XXXVII. 
 
 For the formation and history of Lutzow's corps we may refer to 
 Kohlrausch, The Year 18 13, p. 27, with our notes. 
 
 I. »om 2BaItc = »om SB. ^er; the bold riders being conceived as 
 advancing from the side of the wood. As we are not supposed to 
 be aware of the exact description of the sight exciting our attention, 
 the neuter pronoun e8 is employed in the following lines. 
 
 4. For tarein see n. on 3, 31. 
 
 6. tie fc^tvarjen ©efcKcn, *the black lads.* 
 
 9. In prose : »on einem SSerg gum anbcrn. 
 
 12. frfinfifd(> = franjofifdfj. In its proper application, this adj. may 
 be used (i) of the ancient tribe of the Franks who conquered Gaul 
 in the fifth century ; (2) of the modern province of Franconia, on 
 the upper Maine. — (Sd(?ergcn is here contemptuously used of the sol- 
 diers of Napoleon. Comp. ^cnferSbtut v. 37. 
 
 16. i£)er SButl^rtc^ (a term often applied to a furious tyrant) should 
 of course be understood of Napoleon. — metntc is here identical with 
 todi^ntc, inasmuch as his hope was without foundation. 
 
 17. The riders dash up to the brink of the river like far- shining 
 tempest and lightning. 
 
 24. 2Bt(t]^erjtg is not a very usual adjective, though easily under- 
 stood. Sanders quotes another instance of it from Voss's translation 
 of Homer : ©0 n)tltl;crjtg tfl Reiner, iap 9Zid)t3 il^n Bftntigcn !5nntc. 
 
 30. itinfctn is properly used of dogs, though it is also employed 
 in a wider sense. Luther has it even of birds : 3d() toinfcltc trie cin 
 ^ramd(j unb ©d^matSc. Jes. xxxviii. 14. 
 
 38. We should notice the idiomatic use of the past participle 
 
NOTES, 149 
 
 instead of the imperative. See our note on Goelhe's Hermann and 
 Dorothea i, 174. 
 
 39. tagcn corresponds to dawn both in etymology and in mean- 
 ing; here the new morning which begins to dawn should be under- 
 stood metaphorically of liberty. 
 
 41. nad^fagen means * to re peat after some one ' : comp. Goethe as 
 quoted by Sanders : SDenjtcicJjeu OietcnSavten fagcii ficfj nacJj, ^j^anjen ft(^ f»-^rt. 
 
 XXXVIII. 
 
 For the events which form the groundwork of this poem, we may be 
 allowed to refer to the account given by Kohlrausch as edited in the 
 Pitt Press Series {The Year 1813), p. 26 sq. For Scharnhorst's bra- 
 very in the battle of Liitzen (or Grossgorschen) on May 2, 1813, see 
 ibid. p. 17. 
 
 1. The 'dance of war' is a frequent expression for war itself. 
 Comp. Schiller: 
 
 %\)tViXt% SQBciB, gc^*, l^ot' kie Jlobcglanjc, 
 Svipt mic^ fcrt jum mitbcn ^riegegtauje. 
 
 2. There is a certain ambiguity in the expression of the poet, 
 inasmuch as it is possible to take both ^etbcntanjc and ©cncrat as subject. 
 According to the first explanation, :6rad(> would be intransitive ( = * was 
 broken ') and ©cnerat would be the apposition : ' there broke your fair- 
 est lance, your general.' We should, however, prefer another explana- 
 tion, according to which the order of words would be cucc @eneral Brac^ 
 (trans.) kte fc^unj^e J^etfcentanjc, in the sense of *he fought most bravely.' 
 ©inc Sanjc Brcc^en is a phrase derived from tournaments, quite equivalent 
 to the E. to break a lance for someone. — The compound -J^eltenlanjc is 
 not registered in Grimm. 
 
 5. Sreifjeitgmaffcn are arms taken up in defence of liberty— a com- 
 pound not registered in Grimm. 
 
 7. The omission of the personal pronoun fcu after rafffl is poetical 
 and colloquial. In the same manner, we should supply i(^ in the next 
 line in prose : noc^ Blutenb mitt idj eu^j biencn. Comp. v. 15. 
 
 10. JvcrBen is here used in the general sense of suing ior some one's 
 friendship and alliance. 
 
 11. Sft'g Befdjtoffen=:iDcntt c3 (einmat fo) Befrfjtoffcn tf^ (decreed by fate). 
 
 12. (£ci()ttjerin [Rxixi S^rifto)?:^, ®raf »ou), one of the generals of Fre- 
 derick II. of Prussia, fell in the battle of Prague, May 6, 1757. 
 
 14. This is an allusion to the fate which is said to have befallen St 
 Nepomuk, the confessor of the queen of Wenceslaus, king of Bohemia ; 
 having refused to betray the queen's confessions to her jealous husband, 
 
I50 NOTES. 
 
 he is said to have been thrown from the bridge into the river Aloldau, 
 on which Prague is situated. Nepomuk is now considered the patron 
 saint of Prague. 
 
 19. ©ctummet, * stir, turmoil.* 
 
 22. The sense is evidently intended to be ju kcm ^^i\)t tcr attcn 
 2)eutf(^en. 
 
 23. ^i<xQii is used in the same way as state in poetical English. 
 Charlemagne is conceived as presiding in state over the heavenly coun- 
 cil of genuine old Germany. 
 
 26. Bcttung = 0lad()rid?t, comp. tidings. 
 
 29. (gul^nunggnjunbcn is a word probably coined by our poet ; it 
 would be more usual to say tic ©ul^nnjuntc. 
 
 33. The common alliance of all German tribes against Napoleon 
 should strive to transform Scharnhorst's word into actual truth and 
 deed. The present poem was composed anterior to the battle of Leip- 
 zig, in which the liberty of Germany was finally asserted against the 
 French. 
 
 34. Schamhorst had been very active in the re- organisation of the 
 Prussian army, which formed the surest guarantee of victory. 
 
 37. Sergcgforfl, a compound easily understood, is not registered in 
 Grimm. 
 
 42. Does the poet mean to connect the name of ^^avnljcv^ with 
 the verb I;orflen and the noun 2lar, which is often used in poetry as a 
 synonym of 2tbtcr ? The idea is certainly very far-fetched. 
 
 45. fccm 9SoTfc is dativus commodi, in the sense of fur fcaS SSotf. 
 
 XXXIX. 
 
 A pithy little poem expressive of Bliicher's bluntness and quickness 
 of decision. Many of the leaders of the allied armies hesitated whether 
 it would be advisable to cross the Rhine and pursue the flying enemy 
 into France, but Bliicher's vote carried the day, and he was the first to 
 cross, in the night of new year's day, 1814. 
 
 5. A short command instead of gefct mir fctc ©cncratfarte l^er ! 
 
 7. 5Da:^ier may be compared with atll;icr, 34, 39. 
 
 8. S)en Singer brauf, here and line 10, contains an admonition to 
 mark the enemy's position by pointing out the place in the map. 
 
 13. It would be more usual to add ka before the relative sentence. 
 
 XL. 
 We have thought fit to include in our collection this fine poem, 
 which attained to such great celebrity in the late memorable war. 
 It was written thirty years before 1870, but became famous in that year, 
 
NOTES, 151 
 
 when the enthusiasm of the whole German nation was excited to 
 its greatest pitch. The poet himself had long been dead when his 
 song resounded from one end of Germany to the other. 
 
 2. S[Bogen)?vatt, the dash of waves (against a rocky shore). 
 
 7. jucfen is the expression used of the electric spark which thrills 
 through the body. See 26, 82. 
 
 10. 3)tarf is the old appellation of the boundary district, like the 
 English marches. Hence 3)tarfgraf, marquis. 
 
 13. Jl)aS SBkucn te3 <§immcl3 is a poetical expression instead of the 
 ordinary ter Bkue «^imme(. 
 
 14. S[Bo = »on iror;er. 
 
 20. S[Batfd()cr : comp. 36, 12. — These lines are addressed to the 
 river Rhine, which the French poet Alfred de Musset had claimed 
 as belonging to his nation by right of conquest : 
 
 Nous I'avons eu, votre Rhin allemand — 
 Son sein porte une plaie ouverte, 
 , Du jour oil Conde triomphant 
 
 A dechire sa robe verte. 
 Oil le pere a passe, passera bien 1' enfant. 
 31. ttnnt='runs' in its original meaning. In modern German 
 rinnen is to trickle, to flow gently. 
 
 XLT. 
 
 By the battles fought around Metz on the 14th, i6th, and i8th of 
 August, 1870 (commonly called the battle of Gravelotte, where the last 
 fight on the 18th took place), the French under Bazaine were beaten 
 and thrown back into the fortress of Metz, 
 
 4. The epithet manncrmortenb is Homeric ; in Homer it is employed 
 of the god of war, Ares. 
 
 9. The smoke of the repeated discharges of artillery hovered like a 
 thick fog over the field of battle. 
 
 10. iiBerfatt, more than sated, surfeited. The genitive after fatt is 
 poetical ; in prose the prepositions »ott and mit are more commonly used 
 with this adj. 
 
 13. Death is represented as a mere skeleton of bones, without flesh 
 and skin, 
 
 15. 2)a8 ®c|!trn teg JlageS is the sun. 
 
 16. 3ur JKiif^c gel^en is an archaic and poetical expression identical 
 in sense with the ordinary jitr O^ut^e or jur Siaft gel&en. — 3)ic tfirne tcr JScrgc, 
 the tops of the mountains. Originally girn or girne denotes the never- 
 melting snow of the highest mountains in the Alps. 
 
152 NOTES. 
 
 19. The preposition an expresses approximate estimation ; 'alx)ut.' 
 21. For the adj. unal^fel^bat: see our note on Goethe's Hermann and 
 
 Dorothea^ i, 107. 
 
 11, * A gaping sepulchre of nations. * 
 
 23. ©tcrnenjclt is an expression Uke -i^immctgjert, 8, 12. 
 
 29. The poet is, as it were, present on the field of battle, amid the 
 
 heaps of slain. — 3^r trcuen ^lottcn, see Aue § 175, 3. 
 
 42 sq. The allusion is to Prometheus, who was chained to the 
 
 Caucasus by the command of Jupiter. 
 
 44. baar, with the genitive, is poetical, in the sense of 'deprived,' 
 BcrauBt. 
 
 45. It is more common to use the reflective of this verb, fid) auf* 
 Bilumenb. 
 
 46. The eagle is well known as the armorial emblem of Germany. 
 Prometheus' liver was torn and devoured by an eagle, while he himself 
 was chained to the rock. ' 
 
 51. In prose: in ununtcr^rocijencm 3ugc. 
 
 55. Observe the heavy sound of the compound, (Stiirmmarfci[?tritt, 
 which resembles the heavy tramp of an army marching in time. 
 
 XLII. 
 
 King William of Prussia, born on 22nd March, 1797, succeeded his 
 brother, Frederick William IV., on 2nd Jan., 1861, and was proclaimed 
 German Emperor on iSth Jan., 1871. This proclamation took place at 
 Versailles, in the palace erected by Louis XIV. 
 
 2. This line and the one preceding it are an imitation of the open- 
 ing lines of Burger's famous Sicb »om brazen a)iannc : 
 J^oc^ !Ungt fcaS Sieb »om 6ra»cn 3i)'Jann, 
 SSic £)rge(ton unb ©tucfentlang. 
 
 9. See no. 14 in the present collection, together with our intro- 
 ductory note. The expression 9taBen6rur, in v. 11, is likewise explained 
 by this reference. 
 
 i6. bcr (Sin^ett (Sidjc, the oak, emblem of German strength and unity. 
 
 26. The usual form is l^odjgcmutl^. 
 
 27. tobbereit = bcreit gum ^^obc. 
 
 33 — 40 have been most obligingly rewritten by the poet, expressly 
 for the present collection. What he had in 1871 expressed in the form 
 of a wish has meanwhile, to a certain degree, been fulfilled, and the 
 auspicious reign of the first German Emperor of the House of Hohen- 
 zoUern has already been productive of a large amount of the blessings 
 enumerated in these lines I 
 
NOTES, 153 
 
 NOTES ON THE AUTHORS OF THE POEMS UNITED 
 
 IN THE PRESENT COLLECTION. 
 
 Arndt (Ernst Moritz), bom at Schoritz in the Isle of Rligen, 26th 
 
 Dec. 1769, one of the foremost patriots in the wars of 18 13 and 181 4, 
 
 subsequently professor at the University of Bonn, where he died 29th 
 
 Jan. i860. [33, 36.J 
 
 Baur (Karl), born at Darmstadt in 1788, professor at the College of 
 his native town. [4.] 
 
 Besser (Hermann), born at Zeitz in 1807, lives at Potsdam in the 
 position of Kegierungs- Assessor, [ 30. ] 
 
 Chamisso (Adalbert von), by birth a Frenchman, whose original 
 name was Louis Charles Adelaide de Chamisso de Boncourt, born in 
 the castle of Boncourt in Champagne, 27th Jan. 1781, was driven out 
 of his native country by the revolution and became a thorough German. 
 Died at Berlin, 2 1 St Aug. 1838. [12.] 
 
 Curtmann (Wilhelm Jacob), born at Alsfeld in Hessia, 3rd March, 
 1802, headmaster at Worms. [31.] 
 
 . DoHM (E.), author of various poems, lives in Berlin as editor of the 
 Kladdei'adatsch (the German Punch), [4 1 .] 
 
 Elze (Karl), one of the foremost Shakespeare-critics in Germany, 
 formerly at Dessau, now professor of English literature at the University 
 of Halle. [42.] 
 
 Fontane (Theodor), born at Neu-Ruppin, 30th Dec. 1819, studied 
 Natural Philosophy at Berlin, then lived at Leipzig and Dresden, spent 
 four years in London, and returned to Berlin in 1859, where he lives 
 now as secretary to the Academy. [32.] 
 
 Freiligrath (Ferdinand), bom at Detmold, 17th June, 18 10, ori- 
 ginally merchant, lived in London 185 1 — 1868, when he returned to 
 Germany. He died at Cannstatt i8th March 1876. [28.] 
 
 Grun (Anastasius) is the nom de plume of the Austrian Count Anton 
 Alexander Maria Auersperg, born at Laibach in Krain nth April 1806, 
 died at Graz 12th Sept. 1876. [22.] 
 
 Gunther (Karl Friedrich), born at Altenburg in 1807. He holds 
 the dignity Q>i Diaconus in his native town. [26.] 
 
 Hagenbach (Karl Rudolf), born at Basle 4th May 1801, professor 
 of theology at the University of his native town. [23, 24.] 
 
 Kerner (Justinus), born at Ludwigsburg, i8th Sept. 1786, physi- 
 cian at Weinsberg, where he died 22nd Feb. 1S62. [18, 21.] 
 
 KOPISCH (August), born at Breslau 26th May 1799, lived as painter 
 at Berlin, where he died 6th Feb. 1853. [3, 39.] 
 , KoRNER (Theodor), born at Dresden 31st Sept. 1791, joined 
 
154 NOTES, 
 
 Lutzow's corps, and fell in a skirmish near Gadebusch in Mecklenburg, 
 26th August 1 8 13. [37.] 
 
 Menzel (Wolfgang), bom at Waldenburg in Silesia 21st June 1798, 
 died at Stuttgart 23rd April 1873. [19.] 
 
 Minding (Julius), bom at Breslau 8th Nov. 1808, studied medicine, 
 and terminated his life by committing suicide, in New York, 7th Sept. 
 1850. [27.] 
 
 MosEN (Julius), born in Voigtland (Saxony) 8th July 1803, was first 
 solicitor at Dresden, and accepted in 1844 the appointment of managei 
 to the Grand-Ducal Theatre at Oldenburg, from which position he 
 retired in 1848, on account of impaired health. He died loth Oct. 
 
 1867.. [34, 35.] 
 
 MuHLER (Heinrich von), born 4th Nov. 1812, sometime Pmssian 
 minister of Instruction, died at Potsdam in 1874. [9.] 
 
 Platen (August, Graf von P.-Hallermiinde), bom at Ansbach, 
 24th Oct. 1796, died at Syracuse, 5th Dec. 1835. [1,6, 10, 25.] 
 
 RucKERT (Friedrich), born at Schvveinfurt, i6th May 1789, professor 
 at Erlangen (1826) and subsequently at Berlin (1841), concluded his life 
 on his estate near Coburg, 31st Jan. 1866. [14.] 
 
 ScHENKENDORF (Max von), bom at Tilsit nth Dec. 1783, died at 
 Coblenz on the Rhine 18 17, on his birthday. [38.] 
 
 Schiller (Friedrich von), bom at Marbach, loth Nov. 1759, died 
 at Weimar, 9th May 1805. [17.] 
 
 SCHNECKENBURGER (Max), bom at Thalheim near Tuttlingen in 
 the kingdom of Wiirtemberg, 27th Feb. 18 19, owner of an ironfoundry 
 at Burgdorf in Switzerland, where he died in the flower of his age in 
 1849. [40.] 
 
 Schwab (Gustav), born at Stuttgart, 19th June 1792, professor of 
 classical literature at the College of his native town until 1837, then 
 pastor at Gomaringen near Tubingen, 1841 pastor at St Leonard's 
 Church, Stuttgart, died there 3rd Nov. 1850. [11.] 
 
 SiMROCK (Karl), born at Bonn 28th Aug. 1802, professor of German 
 literature at the University of Bonn, where he died i8th July 1876. [2.] 
 
 Stolterfoth (Adelheid von), baroness of Zwierlein, bom at 
 Eisenach nth Sept. 1800, died in 1875. [7.] 
 
 Uhland ( Johann Ludwig), bom at Tiibingen 26th April 1787, died 
 there 13th Nov. 1862. [5, 13, 15, 20.] 
 
 VoGL (Johann Nepomuck), bom at Vienna in 1802, died there i6th 
 Nov. 1866. [8.] 
 
 Zimmerman N (B. F.Wilhelm), bom at Stuttgart 2nd Jan. 1807, pro- 
 fessor at the College of his native town. [16.] 
 
 CAMBRIDGE: PRlNTliD BY C. J. CLAY, M.A. AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS. 
 
University Press, Cambridge. 
 
 May, 1880. 
 
 PUBLICATIONS OF 
 
 C6e Cambntise Sttnibersfttp ^redsf. 
 
 THE HOLY SCRIPTURES, &c. 
 
 The Cambridge Paragraph Bible of the Authorized English 
 
 Version, with the Text revised by a Collation of its Early and 
 other Principal Editions, the Use of the Italic Type made uniform, 
 the Marginal References remodelled, and a Critical Introduction 
 prefixed, by the Rev. F. H. Scrivener, M.A., LL.D., one of the 
 Revisers of the Authorized Version. Crown Quarto, cloth gilt, 2ij. 
 The Student's Edition of the above, on good writing paper ^ with 
 one column of print and wide margin to each page for MS. notes. 
 Two Vols. Crown Quarto, cloth, gilt, 31J. 6^. 
 
 The Lectionary Bible, with Apocrypha, divided into Sec- 
 tions adapted to the Calendar and Tables of Lessons of 187 1. 
 Crown Octavo, cloth, y. 6d. 
 
 Breviarium ad usum insignis Ecclesiae Sarum. Fasciculus II. 
 
 In quo continentur Psalterium, cum ordinario Officii totius 
 hebdomadae juxta Horas Canonicas, et proprio Completorii, 
 Litania, Commune Sanctorum, Ordinarium Missae cum 
 Canone et XIII Missis, &c. &c. juxta Editionem maximam 
 pro Claudio Chevallon et Francisco Regnault a. d. 
 MDXXXi. in Alma Parisiorum Academia impressam : labore ac 
 studio Francisci Procter, A.M., et Christophori Words- 
 worth, A.M. Demy 8vo., cloth, 12s, 
 
 The Pointed Prayer Book, being the Book of Common 
 
 Prayer with the Psalter or Psalms of David, pointed as they are 
 to be sung or said in Churches. Embossed doth. Royal 24mo, is. 
 The same in square 32mo, cloth, 6d, 
 
 The Cambridge Psalter, for the use of Choirs and Organists. 
 
 Specially adapted for Congregations in which the ''Cambridge 
 Pointed Prayer Book" is used. Demy 8vo. cloth, t^s. 6d. Cloth 
 limp cut flush, 2s. 6d. 
 
 The Paragraph Psalter, arranged for the use of Choirs by 
 Brooke Foss Westcott, D D., Canon of Peterborough, and 
 Regius Professor of Divmity, Cambridge. Fcp. 4 to. 5^. 
 
 Greek and English Testament, in parallel columns on the 
 
 same page. Edited by J. Scholefield, M.A. late Regius Pro- 
 fessor of Greek in the University. New Edition^ with the marginal 
 references as arranged and revised by Dr Scrivener. Cloth, red 
 edges. 7J-. (id. 
 
 London: Cambridge Warehouse^ 17 Paternoster Row, 
 
 3000 
 
 14/5/80 
 
PUBLICATIONS OF 
 
 Greek and English Testament. The Student's Edition 
 
 of the above on large writing paper. 4to. cloth, i is. 
 
 Greek Testament, ex editione Stephani tertia, 1550. Small 
 
 Octavo, is. (>d. 
 
 The Gospel according to St Matthew in Anglo-Saxon and 
 
 Northumbrian Versions, synoptically arranged : with Collations of 
 the best Manuscripts. By J.M. Kemble, M.A. and Archdeacon 
 Hard WICK. Demy Quarto, los. 
 The Gospel according to St Mark in Anglo-Saxon and 
 
 Northumbrian Versions, synoptically arranged, with Collations 
 exhibiting all the Readings of all the MSS. Edited by the Rev. 
 Professor Skeat, M.A. Demy Quarto, los. 
 
 The Gospel according to St Luke, uniform with the pre- 
 ceding, edited by the Rev. Professor Skeat. Demy Quarto, los. 
 
 The Gospel according to St John, uniform with the pre- 
 ceding, edited by the Rev. Professor Skeat. Demy Quarto, ioj. 
 
 The Missing Fragment of the Latin Translation of the 
 
 Fourth Book of Ezra, discovered, and edited with an Introduction 
 and Notes, and a facsimile of the MS., by R. L. Benslt, M.A., 
 Fellow of Gonville and Caius College. Cloth, ioj. 
 
 THEOLOGY— (ANCIENT). 
 
 Sayings of the Jewish Fathers, comprising Pirqe Aboth 
 
 and Pereq R. Meir in Hebrew and English, with Critical and 
 Illustrative Notes ; and specimen pages of the Cambridge University 
 Manuscript of the Mishnah 'Jerushalmith '. By C. Taylor', 
 M.A., Fellow and Divinity Lecturer of St John's College. Demy 
 Octavo. \os, 
 
 Theodore of Mopsuestia's Commentary on the Minor Epistles 
 
 of S. Paul. The Latin Version with the Greek Fragments, 
 edited from the MSS. with Notes and an Introduction, by H. B. 
 SwETE, B.D , Rector of Ashdon, Essex, and late Fellow of 
 Gonville and Caius College, Cambridge. In two Volumes. 
 Vol. I., containing the Introduction, and. the Commentary upon 
 Galatians — Colossians. Demy Octavo. 12s. 
 
 Sancti Irengei Episcopi Lugdunensis lihros quinque adversus 
 
 Hsereses, versione Latina cum Codicibus Claromontano ac Arun- 
 deliano denuo collata, prsemissa de placitis Gnosticorum pro- 
 lusione, fragmenta necnon Gra^ce, Syriace, Armeniace, commen- 
 tatione perpetua et indicibus variis edidit W. Wigan Harvey, 
 S.T.B. Collegii Regalisolim Socius. 1 Vols. Demy Octavo. i8j. 
 
THE CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS. 3 
 M. Minucii Felicis Octavius. The text newly revised from 
 
 the original MS. with an English Commentary, Analysis, Intro- 
 duction, and Copious Indices. Edited by H. A. Holden, LL.D. 
 Head Master of Ipswich School, late Fellow of Trinity College, 
 Cambridge. Crown Octavo. 7^. 6d. 
 
 Theophili Episcopi Antiochensis Libri Tres ad Autolycum. 
 
 Edidit, Prolegomenis Versione Notulis Indicibus instruxit Gu- 
 LiELMUS GiLsoN HUMPHRY, S.T.B. Post Octavo. 5J-. 
 
 Theophylacti in Evangelium S. Matthaei Commentarius. 
 
 Edited by W. G. Humphry, B.D. Demy Octavo. 7^. 6d, 
 
 Tertullianus de Corona Militis, de Spectaculis, de Idololatria, 
 
 with Analysis and English Notes, by George Currey, D.D. 
 Master of the Charter House. Crown Octavo. 5J. 
 
 THEOLOGY— (ENGLISH). 
 
 Works of Isaac Barrow, compared with the original MSS., 
 
 enlarged with Materials hitherto unpublished. A new Edition, by 
 A. Napier, M.A. of Trinity College, Vicar of Holkham, Norfolk. 
 Nine Vols. Demy Octavo. jCd' 3«^» 
 
 Treatise of the Pope's Supremacy, and a Discourse con- 
 cerning the Unity of the Church, by Isaac Barrow, Demy 
 Octavo. 7J. 6d. 
 
 Pearson's Exposition of the Creed, edited by Temple 
 
 Chevallier, B.D., late Professor of Mathematics in the Uni- 
 versity of Durham, and Fellow and Tutor of St Catharine's College, 
 Cambridge. Second Edition. Demy Octavo, p. 6d, 
 
 An Analysis of the Exposition of the Creed, written by the 
 
 Right Rev. Father in God, John Pearson, D.D., late Lord 
 Bishop of Chester. Compiled for the use of the Students of 
 Bishop's College, Calcutta, by W. H. Mill, D.D. late Regius 
 Professor of Hebrew in the University of Cambridge. Demy 
 Octavo, cloth. 5J. 
 
 Wheatly on the Common Prayer, edited by G. E. Corrie, 
 
 D.D. Master of Jesus College, Examining Chaplain to the late 
 Lord Bishop of Ely. Demy Octavo. 7^. ()d. 
 
 London: Cambridge Warehouse, 17 Paternoster Row. 
 
PUBLICATIONS OF 
 
 The Homilies, with Various Readings, and the Quotations 
 
 from the Fathers given at length in the Original Languages. Edited 
 by G. E. CORRIE, D.D. Master of Jesus College. Demy Octavo. 
 
 Two Forms of Prayer of the time of Queen Elizaheth. Now 
 
 First Reprinted. Demy Octavo. 6^. 
 
 Select Discourses, by John Smith, late Fellow of Queens' 
 
 College, Cambridge. Edited by H. G. Williams, B.D. late 
 Professor of Arabic Royal Octavo. *]s. 6d. 
 
 Caesar Morgan's Investigation of the Trinity of Plato, and of 
 
 Philo Judseus, and of the effects which an attachment to their 
 writings had upon the principles and reasonings of the Fathers of 
 the Christian Church. Revised by H. A. Holden, LL.D. 
 Head Master of Ipswich School, late Fellow o*" Trinity College, 
 Cambridge. Crown Octavo. 4J. 
 
 De Ohligatione Conscientiae Prselectiones decern Oxonii in 
 
 Schola Theologica habitae a Roberto Sanderson, SS. Theo- 
 logiae ibidem Professore Regio. With English Notes, including 
 an abridged Translation, by W. Whewell, D.D. late Master of 
 Trinity College. Demy Octavo. 7^. 6d. 
 
 Archbishop Usher's Answer to a Jesuit, with other Tracts 
 
 on Popery. Edited by J. Scholefield, M.A. late Regius Pro- 
 fessor of Greek in the University. Demy Octavo, "js. 6d. 
 
 Wilson's Illustration of the Method of explaining the New 
 
 Testament, by the early opinions of Jews and Christians concern- 
 ing Christ. Edited by T. TuRTON, D.D. late Lord Bishop of 
 Ely. Demy Octavo. 5j. 
 
 Lectures on Divinity delivered in the University of Cam- 
 bridge. By John flEV, D.D. Third Edition, by T. Turton, 
 D.D. late Lord Bishop of Ely. 2 vols. Demy Octavo. i$s. 
 
 GREEK AND LATIN CLASSICS, &c. 
 
 {See also pp. 12, 13.) 
 
 The Agamemnon of Aeschylus. With a translation in English 
 
 Rhythm, and Notes Critical and Explanatory. By Benjamin 
 Hall Kennedy, D.D. , Regius Professor of Greek. Crown 8vo. 6s. 
 
 The Thegetetus of Plato by the same Editor. [In the Press, 
 London: Cambridge Warehouse^ 17 Paternoster Row, 
 
THE CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS. 5 
 
 P. Vergili Maronis Opera, cum Prolegomenis et Commen- 
 tario Critico pro Syndicis Preli Academici edidit Benjamin 
 Hall Kennedy, S.T.P., Graecae Linguae Professor Regius. 
 Cloth, extra fcp. 8vo, red edges, price 5^. 
 
 Select Private Orations of Demosthenes with Introductions 
 
 and English Notes, by F. A. Paley, M.A., Editor of Aeschylus, 
 etc. and J. E. Sandys, M.A., Fellow and Tutor of St John's 
 College, and Public Orator in the University of Cambridge. 
 
 Part I. containing Contra Phormionem, Lacritum, Pantaenetum, 
 Boeotum de Nomine, Boeotum de Dote, Dionysodorum. Crown 
 Octavo, cloth. 6j-. 
 
 Part II. containing Pro Phormione, Contra Stephanum I. II. ; 
 Nicostratum, Cononem, Calliclem. Crown Octavo, cloth. 7j. (>d. 
 
 The Bacchae of Euripides, with Introduction, Critical Notes, 
 
 and Archaeological Illustrations, by J. E. Sandys, M.A, Fellow 
 and Tutor of St John's College, and Public Orator. \_Nearly ready, 
 
 M. T. Ciceronis de Natura Deorum Libri Tres, with Intro- 
 duction and Commentary by J(^sp:ph B Mayor, M.A., Professor of 
 Classical Literature at King's College, London, together with a nev/ 
 collation of several of the English MSS. by J. H. Swainson, M.A., 
 formerly Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge. {^Nearly ready, 
 
 M. T. Ciceronis de Ofliciis Libri Tres with Marginal Analysis, 
 
 an English Commentary, and Indices. Third Edition, revised, 
 with numerous additions, by H. A. Holden, LL.D., Head 
 Master of Ipswich School. Crown Octavo, cloth. 9^. 
 
 M. T. Ciceronis pro Cn. Plancio oratio by the same Editor. 
 
 \^In the Press, 
 
 Plato's Phsedo, literally translated, by the late E. M. Cope, 
 
 Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge. Demy Octavo. 5^. 
 Aristotle. The Rhetoric. With a Commentary by the late 
 E. M. Cope, Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge, revised and 
 edited by J. E. Sandys, M.A., Fellow and Tutor of St John's 
 College, and Public Orator. 3 Vols. Demy 8vo. £\ \\s. ()d. 
 
 HEPI AIKAIO:SYNHS. The Fifth Book of the Nico- 
 machean Ethics of Aristotle. Edited by Henry Jackson, M.A., 
 Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge. Demy 8vo, cloth. 6s, 
 
 Pindar. Olympian and Pythian Odes. With Notes Explana- 
 tory and Critical, Introductions and Introductory Essays. Edited 
 by C. A. M. Fennell, M.A., late Fellow of Jesus College. 
 Crown 8vo. cloth. 9^. 
 
 The Isthmian and Nemean Odes by the same Editor. 
 
 {^Preparing, 
 London: Cambridge Warehouse^ 17 Paternoster Row, 
 
PUBLICATIONS OF 
 
 SANSKRIT AND ARABIC. 
 
 Nalop'akhyanam, or, The Tale of Nala ; containing the San- 
 skrit Text in Roman Characters, followed by a Vocabulary and 
 a sketch of Sanskrit Grammar. By the Rev. Thomas Jarrett, 
 M.A., Regius Professor of Hebrew. Demy Octavo. loj. 
 
 The Poems of Beha ed dm Zoheir of Egypt. With a 
 
 Metrical Translation, Notes and Introduction, by E. H. Palmer, 
 M.A., Lord Almoner's Professor of Arabic in the University of 
 Cambridge. 3 vols. Crown Quarto. Vol. II. The English 
 Translation. Paper cover, ioj. 6^^. Cloth extra, 15J. [Vol.1. 
 The Arabic Text is already published.] 
 
 MATHEMATICS, PHYSICAL SCIENCE, &c. 
 
 A Treatise on Natural Philosophy. Volume I. Part I. By Sir 
 
 W. Thomson, LL.D., D.C.L., F.R.S., Professor of Natural Philo- 
 sophy in the University of Glasgow, and P. G. Tait, M.A., Pro- 
 fessor of Natural Philosophy in the University of Edinburgh. 
 Demy 8vo. cloth, ids. 
 
 Elements of Natural Philosophy. By Professors Sir W^. 
 Thomson and P. G. Tait. Parti. Second Edition. 8vo. cloth, pj. 
 
 An Elementary Treatise on Quaternions. By P. G. Tait, 
 
 M.A., Professor of Natural Philosophy in the University of Edin- 
 burgh. Second Edition. Demy 8vo. \a,s. 
 
 A Treatise on the Theory of Determinants and their Ap- 
 plications in Analysis and Geom*»trv. By Robert Forsyth 
 Scott. M.A., of Lincoln's Inn; Fellow of St John's College, 
 Cambridge. Demy Svo. \is. 
 
 Counterpoint. A practical course of study. By Professor 
 G. A. Macfarren, Mus. Doc. Second Edition, revised. Demy 
 4to. cloth. 7J. dd. 
 
 The Analytical Theory of Heat. By Joseph Fourier. Trans- 
 lated, with Notes, by A. Freeman, M.A., Fellow of St John's 
 College, Cambridge. Demy Svo. 16^. 
 
 Mathematical and Physical Papers. By George Gabriel 
 
 Stokes, M.A., D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S., Fellow of Pembroke 
 College and Lucasian Professor of Mathematics. Reprinted from 
 the Original Journals and Transactions, with additional Notes by 
 the Author. Vol. I. \Nearly ready, 
 
 London : Cambridge Warehouse^ 1 7 Paternoster Row, 
 
THE CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS. 7 
 
 The Electrical Researches of the Honourable Henry Caven- 
 dish, F.R.S. Written between 1771 and 1781, Edited from the 
 original manuscripts in the possession of the Duke of Devonshire, 
 K.G., by J. Clerk Maxwell, F.R.S. Demy 8vo. cloth, iSs. 
 
 Hydrodynamics, a Treatise on the Mathematical Theory of 
 Fluid Motion, by Horace Lamb, M.A., formerly Fellow of 
 Trinity College, Cambridge; Professor of Mathematics in the 
 University of Adelaide. Demy 8vo. cloth, 12s. 
 
 The Mathematical Works of Isaac Barrow, D.D, Edited by 
 
 W. Whewell, D.D. Demy Octavo, 'js. 6d, 
 
 Illustrations of Comparative Anatomy, Vertebrate and In- 
 vertebrate, for the Use of Students in the Museum of Zoology and 
 Comparative Anatomy. Second Edition. Demy Svo. cloth, is. (>d, 
 
 A Catalogue of Australian Fossils (including Tasmania and 
 
 the Island of Timor), by R. Etheridge, Jun., F.G.S., Acting 
 Palaeontologist, H.M. Geol. Survey of Scotland. Demy Svo. 10^.6^. 
 
 A Synopsis of the Classification of the British Palseozoic 
 
 Rocks, by the Rev. Adam Sedgwick, M.A., F.R.S., with a 
 systematic description of the British Palseozoic Fossils in the 
 Geological Museum of the University of Cambridge, by Frederick 
 McCoy, F.G.S. One vol.. Royal Quarto, cloth, Plates, £1. is. 
 
 A Catalogue of the Collection of Cambrian and Silurian 
 
 Fossils contained in the Geological Museum of the University of 
 Cambridge, by J. W. Salter, F.G.S. With a Preface by the 
 Rev. Adam Sedgwick, F.R.S. With a Portrait of Professor 
 Sedgwick. Royal Quarto, cloth, "js. 6d, 
 
 Catalogue of OsteolOgical Specimens contained in the Ana- 
 tomical Museum of the University of Cambridge. Demy8vo. is.6d. 
 
 Astronomical Observations made at the Observatory of Cam- 
 bridge by the Rev. James Challis, M.A., F.R.S., F.R. A.S., 
 Plumian Professor of Astronomy from 1846 to i860. 
 
 Astronomical Observations from 1861 to 1865. Vol. XXI. 
 
 Royal Quarto, cloth, 15^. 
 
 LAW. 
 
 A Selection of tbe State Trials. By j. w. Willis-Bund, M.A., 
 
 LL.B., Barrister-at-Law, Professor of Constitutional Law and His- 
 tory, University College, London. Vol. I. Trials for Treason 
 (1327 — 1 660). Crown 8vo., cloth, i^s. Vol. II. [In the Press. 
 
 London: Cambridge Warehouse^ 17 Paternoster Row, 
 
8 PUBLICATIONS OF 
 
 The Fragments of the Perpetual Edict of Salvius Julianus, 
 
 Collected, Arranged, and Annotated by Bryan Walker, MA., 
 LL.D., Law Lecturer of St John's College, and late Fellow of 
 Corpus Christi College, Cambridge. Crown 8vo., cloth. Price 6s, 
 
 The Commentaries of Gains and Rules of Ulpian. (New 
 
 Edition.) Translated and Annotated, by J. T. Abdy, LL.D., 
 late Regius Professor of Laws, and Bryan Walker, M.A., 
 LL.D., Law Lecturer of St John's College. Crown Octavo, i6j. 
 
 The Institutes of Justinian, translated with Notes by J. T. 
 Abdy, LL.D., and Bryan Walker, M.A., LLD., St John's 
 College, Cambridge. Crown Octavo, 16^. 
 
 Selected Titles from the Digest, annotated by Bryan 
 
 Walker, M.A., LL.D. Part I. Mandati vel Contra. Digest 
 xvii. I. Crown Octavo, 5^. 
 
 Part II. De Adquirendo rerum dominio, and De Adquirenda 
 
 vel amittenda Possessione, Digest xli. i and 2. Crown 8vo. 6s. 
 
 Grotius de Jure Belli et Pacis, with the Notes of Barbeyrac 
 
 and others; accompanied by an abridged Translation of the Text, 
 by W. Whewell, D.D. late Master of Trinity College. 3 Vols. 
 Demy Octavo, 12s, The translation separate, 6s, 
 
 HISTORICAL WORKS. 
 
 Life and Times of Stein, or Germany and Prussia in the 
 
 Napoleonic Age, by J. R. Seeley, M.A., Regius Professor of 
 Modern History m the University of Cambridge. With Portraits 
 and Maps. 3 vols. Demy 8vo. 48J. 
 
 Scholae Academicae; some Account of the Studies at the 
 
 English Universities in the Eighteenth Century. By Christopher 
 Wordsworth, M.A., Fellow of Peterhouse; Author of ''Social 
 Life at the English Universities in the Eighteenth Century." Demy 
 Octavo, cloth, 1 5 J. 
 
 History of Nepal, translated from the Original by Munshi 
 Shew Shunker Singh and Pandit Shri Gunanand; edited 
 with an Introductory Sketch of the Country and People by Dr D. 
 Wright, late Residency Surgeon at Kathmandu, and with nume- 
 rous Illustrations and portraits of Sir Jung Bahadur, the King of 
 Nepal, and other natives. Super- Royal Octavo, lis. 
 
 The University of Cambridge from the Earliest Times to 
 
 the Royal Injunctions of 1535. By James Bass Mullinger, M.A. 
 Demy 8vo. cloth (734 pp.), 11s. 
 
 London: Cambridge JVare/wuse, 17 Paternoster Row, 
 
THE CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS. 9 
 
 History of the College of St John the Evangelist, by Thomas 
 Baker, B.D., Ejected Fellow. Edited by John E. B. Mayor, 
 M. A., Fellow of St John's. Two Vols. Demy 8vo. 24J. 
 
 The Architectural History of the University and Colleges of 
 
 Cambridge, by the late Professor Willis, M.A. With numerous 
 Maps, Plans, and Illustrations. Continued to the present time, and 
 edited by John Willis Clark, M.A., formerly Fellow of Trinity 
 College, Cambridge. \_In the Press, 
 
 CATALOGUES. 
 
 Catalogue of the Hebrew Manuscripts preserved in the Uni- 
 versity Library, Cambridge. By Dr S. M. Schiller-Szinessy. 
 Volume I. containing Section i. The Holy Scriptures; Section ll. 
 Co??imentaries on the Bible, Demy 8vo. gj. 
 
 A Catalogue of the Manuscripts preserved in the Library 
 
 of the University of Cambridge. Demy 8vo. 5 Vols. lOf. each. 
 
 Index to the Catalogue. Demy 8vo. loj. 
 A Catalogue of Adversaria and printed books containing 
 
 MS. notes, preserved in the Library of the University of Cam- 
 bridge. 3J. dd. 
 
 The Illuminated Manuscripts in the Library of the Fitz- 
 
 william Museum, Cambridge, Catalogued with Descriptions, and an 
 Introduction, by William George Searle, M.A., late Fellow of 
 Queens' College, and Vicar of Hockington, Cambridgeshire. 7 j. 6^. 
 
 A Chronological List of the Graces, Documents, and other 
 
 Papers in the University Registry which concern the University 
 Library, Demy Svo. is, 6d. 
 
 Catalogus Bibliothecae Burckhardtianae. Demy Quarto. $s. 
 
 MISCELLANEOUS. 
 
 Statuta Academiae Cantabrigiensis. Demy Svo. 2s, 
 Ordinationes Academige Cantabrigiensis. New Edition. 
 
 Demy 8vo., cloth. 3^. 6d. 
 
 Trusts, Statutes and Directions affecting (i) The Professor- 
 ships of the University. {2) The Scholarships and Prizes. (3) Other 
 Gifts and Endowments. Demy Svo. 5^. 
 
 A Compendium of University Regulations, for the use of 
 
 persons in Statu Pupillari. Demy Svo. 6d, 
 
 London: Cambridge Warehouse, 17 Faternoster Row. 
 
lo PUBLICATIONS OF 
 
 Cfte Cambriiiffe Bible for ^cftools;^ 
 
 General Editor: J. J. S. PEROWNE, D.D., Dean of 
 
 Peterborough. 
 
 The want of an Annotated Edition of the Bible, in handy portions, 
 suitable for school use, has long been felt. 
 
 In order to provide Text-books for School and Examination pur- 
 poses, the Cambridge University Press has arranged to publish the 
 several books of the Bible in separate portions, at a moderate price, 
 with introductions and explanatory notes. 
 
 Some of the books have already been undertaken by the following 
 gentlemen : 
 
 Rev. A. Carr, M. A., late Fellow of Oriel College^ Oxford. 
 
 Rev. T. K. Cheyne, M.A., Fellow of Balliol College, Oxford, 
 
 Rev. S. Cox, Nottingham. 
 
 Rev. A. B. Davidson, D.D., Prof, of Hebrew, Free Church Coll. Edinb, 
 
 Rev. F. W. Farrar, D.D., Canon of Westminster. 
 
 Rev. A. E. Humphreys, M.A., Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge. 
 
 Rev. A. F. Kirkpatrick, M. A., Fellow and Lecturer of Trinity College, 
 
 Rev. J. J. Lias, M.A., Professor at St David's College, Lampeter, 
 
 Rev. J. R. LuMBY, D.D., Norrisian Professor of Divinity, 
 
 Rev. G. F. Maclear, D.D., Head Master of King' s Coll. School, London, 
 
 Rev. H. C. G. MouLE, M.A., Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge. 
 
 Rev. W. F. MouLTON, D.D., Head Master of the Leys School, Cambridge, 
 
 Rev. E. H. Perowne, D.D., Master of Corpus Christi College, 
 
 Cambridge, Examining Chaplain to the Bishop of St Asaph, 
 The Ven. T. T. Perowne, B.D., Archdeacon of Norwich. 
 Rev. A. Plummer, M.A., Master of Unive7'sity College, Durham. 
 Rev. E. H. Plumptre, D.D., Professor of Biblical Exegesis, King's 
 
 College, London. 
 Rev. W. Sanday, D.D., Principal of Bishop Hatfield Hall, Durham, 
 Rev. W. Simcox, M.A., Rector of Weyhill, Hants, 
 Rev. Robertson Smith, M.A., Professor of Hebrew, Aberdeen, 
 Rev. A. W. Streane, M.A., Fellow of Corpus Christi College. 
 Rev. H. W. Watkins, M.A., Warden of St Augustine' s Coll. Canterbury, 
 Rev. G. H. Whitaker, M.A., Fellow of St John's College^ Cambridge; 
 
 Honorary Chancellor of Truro Cathedral. 
 Rev. C. Wordsworth, M.A., Rector of Glaston, Rutland. 
 
 London: Cambridge Warehouse^ 17 Paternoster Row* 
 
THE CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS. ii 
 
 Now Ready. 
 THE BOOK OF JOSHUA. By the Rev. G. F. Maclear, D.D. 
 
 With Two Maps. Cloth, is. 6d. 
 
 THE BOOK OF JONAH. By Archdeacon Perowne. 
 
 With Two Maps. Cloth, is, 6d. 
 
 THE GOSPEL ACCORDING TO ST MATTHEW. By the 
 
 Rev. A. Carr, M.A. With Two Maps. Cloth. 2s. 6d. 
 THE GOSPEL ACCORDING TO ST MARK. By the Rev. 
 
 G. F. Maclear, D.D. With Two Maps. Cloth, is. 6d. 
 THE GOSPEL ACCORDING TO ST LUKE. By the Rev. 
 
 F. W. Farrar, D.D. With Four Maps. Cloth. 4^. 6d. 
 THE ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. Part L, Chaps. I.— XIV. 
 
 By the Rev. Professor Lumby, D.D. Cloth, is. 6d. 
 THE EPISTLE TO THE ROMANS. By the Rev. H. C. G. 
 
 MouLE, M.A. Cloth. 3^-. 6d. 
 THE FIRST EPISTLE TO THE CORINTHIANS. By the 
 
 Rev. Prof. Lias, M.A. With a Plan and Map. Cloth, is. 
 THE SECOND EPISTLE TO THE CORINTHIANS. By 
 
 the Rev. Prof. Lias, M.A. With a Plan and Map. Cloth, is. 
 THE GENERAL EPISTLE OF ST JAMES. By the Rev. 
 
 E. H. Plumptre, D.D. Cloth, is. 6d. 
 THE EPISTLES OF ST PETER AND ST JUDE. By the 
 
 Rev. E. H. Plumptre, D.D. Cloth, is. ()d. 
 Preparing. 
 THE GOSPEL ACCORDING TO ST JOHN. By the Rev. 
 
 W. Sanday, D.D., and the Rev. A. Plummer, M.A. 
 THE BOOK OF JEREMIAH. By the Rev. A. W. Streane, 
 
 M.A. [Nearly ready, 
 
 THE FIRST BOOK OF SAMUEL. By the Rev. A. F. 
 
 Kirkpatrick, M.A. 
 THE BOOKS OF HAGGAI AND ZECHARIAH. By 
 
 Archdeacon Perowne. 
 
 Ifl I^/'6/)C[' fd tlOTL . 
 
 THE CAMBRIDGE GREEK TESTAMENT 
 
 FOR SCHOOLS AND COLLEGES, 
 
 with a Revised Text, based on the most recent critical authorities, and 
 
 English Notes, prepared under the direction of the General Editor, 
 
 the Very Reverend J. J. S. PEROWNE, D.D., 
 
 DEAN OF PETERBOROUGH. 
 
 The books will be published separately ^ as in the Cambridge Bible for Schools. 
 
 London: Cambridge Warehouse, 17 Paternoster Row. 
 
PUBLICATIONS OF 
 
 THE PITT PRESS SERIES. 
 
 ADAPTED TO THE USE OF STUDENTS PREPARING 
 FOR THE 
 
 UNIVERSITY LOCAL EXAMINATIONS, 
 AND THE HIGHER CLASSES OF SCHOOLS. 
 
 L GREEK. 
 
 Luciani Somnium Charon Piscator et De Luctu. {Neiv 
 
 Edition with Appendix.) With English Notes, by W. E. Heitland, 
 M.A., Fellow of St John's College, Cambridge. Price ^j-. dd. 
 
 The Anabasis of Xenophon, Book VI. With a Map and 
 
 Enghsh Notes by Alfred Pretor, M.A., Fellow of St Catharine's 
 College, Editor of Sophocles (Trachinise) and Persius. Price is 6d. 
 
 Books I. III. IV. and V. By the same Editor. Price 
 
 2S. each. Book II. Price is. 6d. 
 
 Agesilaus of Xenophon. The Text revised with Critical 
 
 and Explanatory Notes, Introduction, Analysis, and Indices. By 
 H. Hailstone, M.A., late Scholar of Peterhouse, Cambridge, 
 Editor of Xenophon's Hellenics, etc. Price is. 6d. 
 Aristophanes— Ranae. With English Notes and Introduc- 
 tion by W. C. Green, M.A., Assistant Master at Rugby School. 
 Cloth. 3i-. 6d. 
 
 Aristophanes— Aves. By the same Editor. New Editmi. 
 
 Cloth. 3^. 6d. 
 
 Euripides. Hercules Furens- With Introduction, Notes 
 
 and Analysis. By J. T. Hutchinson, B.A., Christ's College, 
 and A. Gray, B.A., Fellow of Jesus College, Cambridge. Price is, 
 
 IL LATIN. 
 
 M. T. Ciceronis de Amicitia. Edited by J. S. Reid, M.L., 
 
 Fellow of Gonville and Caius College, Cambridge. Price 3^. 
 
 M. T. Ciceronis de Senectute. Edited by J. S. Reid, M.L , 
 
 Price 3J". 6d. 
 
 p. Vergili Maronis Aeneidos Liber VII. Edited with Notes 
 
 by A. SiDGWiCK, M.A., Tutor of Corpus Christi College, Oxford. 
 Price is. 6d, 
 
 Books VI. VIII. X. XI. XII. By the same Editor. 
 
 Price is. 6d. each. 
 
 Books VII. VIII. bound in one volume. Price 3^*. 
 
 Books X. XL XIL bound in one volume. Price 
 
 3^. (id. 
 
 London: Cambridge Warehouse^ 17 Paternoster Row. 
 
THE CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS. 13 
 
 PITT PRESS SERIES {continued), 
 Quintus Curtius. A Portion of the History (Alexander in 
 
 India). By W. E. Heitland, M.A., Fellow and Lecturer of St 
 John's College, Cambridge, and T. E. Raven, B.A., Assistant 
 Master in Sherborne School. With Two Maps. Price ^s. 6d. 
 
 Gai luli Caesaris de Bello Gallico Comment. I. II. With 
 
 Maps and Notes by A. G. Peskett, M.A. Fellow of Magdalene 
 College, Cambridge. Price 2s. 6d. 
 
 Gai luli Caesaris de Bello Gallico Comment. IV., V., 
 
 and Com. VII. By the same Editor. Price 2s. each. 
 
 P. Ovidii Nasonis Fastorum Liber VI. With Notes by 
 
 A. SiDGWiCK, M.A. Tutor of Corpus Christi College, Oxford. 
 Price IS, 6d, 
 
 M. T. Ciceronis Oratio pro Archia Poeta. By J. S. Reid, 
 
 M.L., Fellow of Gonville and Caius College, Cambridge. Price 
 IS. 6d, 
 
 M. T. Ciceronis pro L. Cornelio Balbo Oratio. By J. S. 
 
 Reid, M.L., Fellow of Gonville and Caius College. Price i j. 6d, 
 
 Beda's Ecclesiastical History, Books III., IV., printed 
 
 from the MS. in the Cambridge University Library. Edited, with 
 a life, Notes, Glossary, Onomasticon, and Index, by J. E. B. 
 Mayor, M.A., Professor of Latin, and J. R. Lumby, D.D., 
 Norrisian Professor of Divinity. Price p. 6d, 
 
 M. T. Ciceronis in Q. Caecilium Divinatio et in C. Verrem 
 
 Actio. With Notes by W. E. Heitland, M.A., and H. Cowie, 
 M.A., Fellows of St John's Coll., Cambridge. Price y. 
 
 M. T. Ciceronis in Gaium Verrem Actio Prima. With Notes 
 
 by H. Cowie, M.A., Fellow of St John's Coll. Price is. 6d. 
 
 M. T. Ciceronis Oratio pro L. Murena, with English Intro- 
 duction and Notes. By W. E. Heitland, M.A., Fellow of 
 St John's College, Cambridge. Second Edition. Price ^s. 
 
 M. T. Ciceronis Oratio pro Tito Annio Milone, with English 
 Notes, &c., by the Rev. John Smyth Purton, B.D., late Tutor 
 of St Catharine's College. Price 2s. 6d, 
 
 M. Annaei Lucani Pharsaliae Liber Primus, with English 
 
 Introduction and Notes by W. E. Heitland, M.A., and C. E. 
 Haskins, M.A., Fellows of St John's Coll., Cambridge, is, 6d, 
 
 London: Cambridge Warehouse^ 17 Paternoster Row, 
 
14 PUBLICATIONS OF 
 
 PITT PRESS SERIES {continued). 
 
 TIL FRENCH. 
 Histoire du Siecle de Louis XIV. par Voltaire. Chaps. I.— 
 
 XIII. Edited with Notes Philological and Historical, Bio- 
 graphical and Geographical Indices, etc. by Gustave Masson, 
 B.A. Univ. Gallic, Assistant Master of Harrow School, and G. W. 
 Prothero, M.A., Fellow and Lecturer of King's College, Cam- 
 bridge, Examiner for the Historical Tripos. Price is. 6d, 
 
 Part II. Chaps. XIV.— XXIV. By the same Editors. 
 
 With Three Maps. Price 2s. 6d. 
 
 Le Verre D'Eau. A Comedy, by Scribe. With a Bio- 
 graphical Memoir, and Grammatical, Literary and Historical 
 Notes, by C. Colbeck, M.A., late Fellow of Trinity College, 
 Cambridge ; Assistant Master at Harrow School. P7'ice 2s. 
 
 M. Darn, par M. C. A. Sainte-Beuve (Causeries du Lundi, 
 
 Vol. IX.). With Biographical Sketch of the Author, and Notes 
 Philological and Historical. By GusTAVE Masson, B.A. Univ. 
 Gallic, Assistant Master and Librarian, Harrow School. Price 2s. 
 
 La Suite du Menteur. A Comedy by P. Corneille. 
 
 With Notes Philological and Historical by the same. Price 2s, 
 
 La Jeune Siberienne. Le Le'preux de la Cite D'Aoste. Tales 
 
 by Count Xavier de Maistre. With Biographical Notices, 
 Critical Appreciations, and Notes, by the same. Price 2s. 
 
 Le Directoire. (Considerations sur la Revolution Frangaise. 
 Troisieme et quatrieme parties.) Par Madame la Baronne de 
 Stael-Holstein. With Notes by the same. Price 2s. 
 
 Fredegonde et Brunehaut. A Tragedy in Five Acts, by 
 
 N. Lemercier. With Notes by the same. Price 2s, 
 
 Dix Annees d'Exil. Livre II. Chapitres 1—8. Par Madame 
 
 la Baronne de Stael-Holstein. With Notes Historical and 
 Philological. By the same. Price 2S, 
 
 Le Vieux Ce'libataire. A Comedy, by Collin D'Harleville. 
 
 With Notes, by the same. Price 2s. 
 
 La Metromanie, A Comedy, by Piron, with Notes, by the 
 
 same. Price 2s, 
 
 Lascaris, ou Les Grecs du XV^ Siecle, Nouvelle Historique, 
 
 par A. F. Villemain, with a Selection of Poems on Greece, 
 and Notes, by the same. Price 2S, 
 
 London: Cambridge Warehouse^ 17 Paternoster Row. 
 
THE CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS. 15 
 
 PITT PRESS SERIES {continued), 
 
 IV. GERMAN. 
 
 HaufF, Das Wirthshaus im Spessart. By A. Schlottmann, 
 
 Ph.D., Assistant Master at Uppingham School. Price 3J-. 6^. 
 Der Oberhof. A Tale of Westphalian Life, by Karl Im- 
 
 MERMANN. With a Life of Immiermann and English Notes, by 
 WiLHELM Wagner, Ph.D., Professor at the Johanneum, Ham- 
 burg. Price SJ". 
 
 A Book of German Dactylic Poetry. Arranged and Anno- 
 tated by WiLHELM Wagner, Ph.D., Professor at the Johanneum, 
 Hamburg. Price 3^. 
 
 Der erste Kreuzzug (1095— 1099) nach Friedrich von 
 
 Raumer. the first CRUSADE. Arranged and Annotated 
 by WiLHELM Wagner, Ph.D., Professor at the Johanneum, 
 Hamburg. Price is, 
 
 A Book of Ballads on German History. Arranged and 
 
 Annotated by Wilhelm Wagner, Ph. D., Professor at the 
 Johanneum, Hamburg. Price 2s. 
 
 Der Staat Friedrichs des Grossen. By G. Freytag. With 
 Notes. By Wilhelm Wagner, Ph. D. Professor at the Johan- 
 neum, Hamburg. Price 2s. 
 
 Goethe's Knabenjahre. (1749— 1759) Goethe's Boyhood: being 
 
 the First Three Books of his Autobiography. Arranged and Anno- 
 tated by the same Editor. Price 2s. 
 
 Goethe's Hermann and Dorothea. With an Introduction 
 
 and Notes. By the same Editor. Price ^s. 
 
 Das Jahr 18 13 (The Year 181 3), by F. Kohlrausch. 
 
 With English Notes by the same Editor. Price 2s, 
 
 V. ENGLISH. 
 
 The Two Noble Kinsmen, edited with Introduction and 
 
 Notes by the Rev. Professor Skeat, M.A., formerly Fellow of 
 Christ's CoUeg^e, Cambridge. Cloth, extra fcap. 8vo. Price y. 6d. 
 
 Bacon's History of the Reign of King Henry VII. With 
 
 Notes by the Rev. Professor Lumby, D.D., Fellow of St Catha- 
 rine's College, Cambridge. Cloth, extra fcap. 8vo. Price 3^. 
 
 Sir Thomas More's Utopia. With Notes by the Rev. 
 
 Professor LuMBY, D.D. P7^ice 3J. 6d. 
 
 Locke on Education. With Introduction and Notes by the 
 
 Rev. R. H. Quick, M.A. Price y. 6d. 
 
 Sir Thomas More's Life of Richard III. With Notes, &c., 
 
 by Professor Lumby. [/;z Preparation. 
 
 Other Volumes are in preparation, 
 
 London: Cambridge Warehouse^ 17 Paternoster Row, 
 
UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE LOCAL 
 EXAMINATIONS. 
 
 EXAMINATION PAPERS, 
 
 for various years, with the Regulations for the Examination, 
 
 Demy Octavo, is, each, or by Post is. id. 
 {The Regulations for the Examination in 1880 are now ready, "^ 
 
 CLASS LISTS FOR VARIOUS YEARS. 
 
 6^. each, by Post *id. After 1877, Boys u. Girls dd. 
 
 ANNUAL REPORTS OF THE SYNDICATE, 
 
 With Supplementary Tables showing the success and failure of the 
 
 Candidates. 
 
 IS. each, by Post is. id. 
 
 HIGHER LOCAL EXAMINATIONS. 
 EXAMINATION PAPERS FOR 1879, 
 
 to which are added the Regulations for 1880. 
 Demy Octavo, is. each, by Post is. id, 
 
 REPORTS OF THE SYNDICATE. 
 
 Demy Octavo, u., by Post \s, id, 
 
 CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY REPORTER. 
 
 Published by Authority, 
 Containing all the Official Notices of the University, Reports of Dis- 
 cussions in the Schools, and Proceedings of the Cambridge Philosophical, 
 Antiquarian, and Philological Societies. 3^^. weekly. 
 
 CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY EXAMINATION PAPERS. 
 
 These Papers are published in occasional numbers every Term, and 
 
 in volumes for the Academical year. 
 Vol. V. Parts 41 to 55. Papers for the Year 1875 — 6, \is. cloth. 
 Vol. VI. „ 56 to 69. „ „ 1876 — 7, \is. cloth. 
 
 Vol. VII. „ 70 to 86. „ „ 1877— 8, 12^. r/^/y^. 
 
 Vol. VIII. „ 87 to 104. „ „ 1878—9, iis. cloth. 
 
 Uottlion : 
 
 CAMBRIDGE WAREHOUSE, 17 PATERNOSTER ROW. 
 
 eambrfUge: DEIGHTON, BELL AND CO. 
 ILetpjifl: F. A. BROCKHAUS. 
 
 cambridgb: printbd by c. j. clay, m.a. at the unjvbrsity press. 
 
\ 
 
 V 
 
 \ 
 
THIS BOOK IS DUE ON THE LAST DATE 
 STAMPED BELOW 
 
 AN INITIAL FINE OF 25 CENTS 
 
 WILL BE ASSESSED FOR FAILURE TO RETURN 
 THIS BOOK ON THE DATE DUE. THE PENALTY 
 WILL INCREASE TO 50 CENTS ON THE FOURTH 
 DAY AND TO $I.OO ON THE SEVENTH DAY 
 OVERDUE. 
 
 AUG 8 1938 
 
 • 
 
 
 23N0V'64Bs 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 R , _ .. o i:d 
 
 
 timr i- 'C /i ZL DM 
 
 
 HO\l 9 bA "* J wi 
 
 
 ^^fJr.>L.J3l4^ 
 
 
 
 
 A!^: . '->^. 
 
 
 
 - "- 
 
 
 ^g{J[) QRC ^ 
 
 >3T SEP* '74 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
567217 
 
 UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY 
 

 mmm^^mmmmmm 
 
 mmmmmmmmmmmmmmm:>